On The Eligibility Of The Vessels For Use On Vnitrozem. Waterways

Original Language Title: o způsobilosti plavidel k provozu na vnitrozem. vodních cestách

Subscribe to a Global-Regulation Premium Membership Today!

Key Benefits:

Subscribe Now

Read the untranslated law here: https://portal.gov.cz/app/zakony/download?idBiblio=43233&nr=223~2F1995~20Sb.&ft=txt

223/1995 Sb.



The DECREE



The Ministry of transport



of 14 June. September 1995



on the eligibility of the vessels for use on inland waterways



Change: 83/2000 Sb.



Change: 186/2005 Sb.



Change: 6/2006 Sb.



Change: 38/2006 Sb.



Change: 173/2009 Sb.



Change: 388/2009 Sb.



Change: 38/2010 Sb.



Modified: 28/2014 Sb.



The Ministry of transport determined in accordance with section 52 of Act No. 114/1995 Coll., on

Inland Navigation (hereinafter referred to as "the Act"):



§ 1



the title launched



This Decree incorporates the relevant European Union legislation. ^ 1)



section 1a



cancelled



§ 2



Specifying the characters of the individual types of vessels



(article 9, paragraph 1, of the Act)



(1) the individual types of vessels forms



and) ships that further distribute the



1. passenger ships,



2. freight motor boats,



3. tank motor boats,



4. tugs,



5. towed boats,



6. push boats



7. ferry-boats,



8. special ships,



(b)) a small vessel, which is further divide the



1. small vessels without their own drive and without sails (hereinafter referred to as

"no drive"),



2. small self-propelled vessels,



3. small craft with a sail (hereinafter referred to as "sailing"),



c) floating equipment,



(d) the floating device)



(e) to operate the floating body of) other (hereinafter referred to as "floating element").



(2) the essential defining feature of the ship is the destination for the



and the transport of persons, cargoes) or borne by the device,



(b)) other vessels dragging, pushing, or lateral direction, or



(c)) other purposes associated with repeated movement of the water way.



(3) defining the characters of certain types of subunits of ships are also



a) identifiable fore and aft of the ship and its equipment, steering or other

the device to operate at a voyage; These characters may not meet

pushed barges,



(b)) at its destination of the passenger ships to carry more than 12 passengers; for

the passenger shall not be a member of the crew of the vessel, including the leader of the vessel,



(c) its destination) at the only tug for towing, pushing or side of leadership

vessels in the report of the vessels,



(d)) at its destination of the ferries to transport passengers, cargo and vehicles

from one bank of the waterway to the other, which is part of the ferry

follow-up on the road and the replacement bridge water

the path,



(e)) at its destination, a special ship for purposes other than for the transport of persons or

costs or for towing or pushing a vessel in the report provided for in

the ship's certificate; Special boat. the fire ship, diving boat,

assessment the ship, fishing boat, the icebreaker ship for military purposes, etc.



(4) the essential defining character of the floating machine is his determination and

equipment mechanical device for working on the fairway or in the

the port. Floating machine. floating dredger, floating crane,

floating pumping station, floating pile driver, etc.



(5) the essential defining character of a floating device is not equipped with a

own power or equipment for your control when the navigation,

It is not intended for repetitive movement of the water and the path is usually

vyvázané or otherwise attached to a standing position. Floating equipment

It is for example. the floating Harbour Bridge, a floating dock, a floating garage

floating swimming pool, hotel, etc.



(6) the essential defining feature of floating bodies is that as the subject

or fixed grouping of articles is able to sail on the surface, ovladatelně

While no ships, floating or floating device.



§ 3



Technical safety requirements and technical and operational conditions

the eligibility of the individual types of vessels



(§ 9 (1) and section 10 (2) and 10 of the Act)



(1) the technical requirements on the safety of ships, floating equipment, and

floating device with a length (L) of 20 metres and more or with the volume expressed as

as the product of length (L), breadth (B) and draught (T) 100 m3 and more conditions

their operational competence and the procedure for their verification are listed

in annex No. 1 of this order.



(2) the technical requirements for the safety of small vessels and floating

equipment which are not laid down the technical requirements for the safety

referred to in paragraph 1, and the conditions for their operational capacity are listed

in annex 2 of this order.



(3) small vessels referred to in section 2 (2). 1 (a). (b)), intended for use in

rental, swimming pool, or on the swimming pool and small vessels used as

the rescue must have a visible indication of the maximum permissible

the number of persons that may be carried on board, the authority and the designated shipping must

be performed as unsinkable as specified in point 2 of Annex No 2.02.1 this

the Decree.



(4) vessels which are not subject to registration in accordance with § 14 paragraph. 5 of the Act,

can be operated on waterways, if its construction and

the technical status of the corresponding safety, passengers and

things do not threaten the environment, are sufficiently strong, stable and

to operate safely during normal load for which they are made.



(5) if the vessel is not subject to the registration of small craft with its own

power, must comply with the requirements for exhaust emissions and

the noise fixed for small vessel, self-propelled

subject to registration in the annex 2 of this order.



(6) the vessel is not subject to registration may be operated only in the

navigational waterways Community zones 3 and 4 ^ 2); vessel

not subject to registration may be operated in navigation zone water

Community paths of 2 ^ 2), if it is done as nepotopitelné according to section

No 2.02.1 Annex No. 2 of this order, or if the request complies with the

safety distance referred to in point (a) 2.02.4. No. (b)) of the annex 2 to this

the Decree.



(7) the vessel is not subject to registration, which is a floating body



and length) 20 m or more and whose volume, expressed as the product of

the length, width and draught is 100 m3 and more, can be operated on the water

the way, if, having regard to the purpose and how to use adequately meets the

the requirements laid down in annex 1 of this order,



(b)) whose dimensions are smaller than those referred to in point (a)), may be

operated on the fairway, if, having regard to the purpose and method of use

reasonably meets the requirements set out in annex 2 of this order.



The vessel is not subject to registration, which is a floating body, may be

operated on the water only when the conditions referred to in the Special

the law ^ 2a).



section 3a



The equivalence



(1) The Board may be used by other technical solutions than a technical

the solution referred to in the annex No. 1 of this order, if the European

the Commission recognised as equivalent.



(2) to issue a provisional certificate of the vessel is not a decision on the

the equivalence referred to in paragraph 1 as necessary. The administration shall inform the State fairway

The European Commission, within one month of the issue of the provisional

the certificate of the vessel, specifying the name and type of the vessel, ENI and

State in which the vessel is registered or in which it has its home

port.



(3) the State Navigation Administration may, on the basis of consultation with the European

the Commission, issue a certificate of the vessel for the purpose of the test and for a limited time

a vessel with a new technical equipment, which deviates from the

the requirements of annex 1 of this Decree, provides this equipment

equivalent safety.



(4) the information referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 shall be entered in the certificate of the vessel and is about

the European Commission informed them. ".



§ 4



Vessels subject to verification of the technical competence by



(Section 10, paragraph 3, of the Act)



The verification of the technical competence of vessels established by the Commission to support

the verification of the technical competence of the vessels shall be subject to all vessels with

the exception



and) small vessels,



(b)) of floating devices that their dimensions or carry

do not exceed the dimensions or capacity of a small vessel in accordance with § 9 (2).

1 of the Act, and that is not a floating dock,



(c) floating solids,)



(d)) the Association ships with seating up to 12 people



(e)) of the vessels referred to in section 3, paragraph 3. 1, which have valid certificates

the vessel issued pursuant to article 22 of the revised Convention for the navigation of the Rhine

or a valid certificate issued by the vessel in another Member State of the European

the Union.



The experts of the Commission and its activities



Section 4a



(Section 10, paragraph 3, of the Act)



(1) the Expert Commission consists of 3 members appointed and dismissed

nautical Office for a period of two years, which are



and Office, employee)



(b)), the expert on the construction of the ships and their machinery,



(c)) specialist in the area of navigation.



(2) the Commission shall appoint from the members of the technical Office of the President of the professional navigation

of the Commission.



(3) an expert on the construction of the ships and their machinery must

have at least secondary education with a GCSE in the field of education

Engineering and mechanical engineering ^ 2b) and practice at least 5 years in the

technical competence of the vessels referred to in section 4. An expert in the field of

Cruises must be certificated leader vessel

There is a small vessel.



(4) a member of the Expert Commission arises the oath before shipping

by the authority. The promise of a member of the Commission: "I promise that I'll be in the activities of a member of

training the Commission comply with the legislation that I am going to this activity

to perform independently and impartially according to the best of my knowledge. " The promise is
folded, if after reading the promise declares the technical Commission "

I promise. "and sign the record of the composition of the promise. In a written record

the oath shall be the date of composition of the promise. Refusal to fold

a promise or oath subject to results in that Member

the Commission does not support.



section 4b



(1) Support the Commission verifies the technical competence of a vessel at the request

the owner or operator of the vessel. The basis for the verification of the technical

the eligibility of the vessel is always prepared a report, which is

an expert on the construction of the ships and their machinery. In the case of

that the verification of the technical competence of a vessel requires also the implementation

fairway tests in this test, an expert in the field of navigation.



(2) in the case of the credentials of a legal person carrying out technical inspections

the vessels referred to in section 4 in accordance with section 10, paragraph 1. 4 of the Act (hereinafter referred to as "the charge of the

legal person ") carries out technical inspection of vessels this legal

the person. In this case, the technical inspection of the vessel taking part in at least

one member of the Commission. The provisions of the third sentence of paragraph 1 shall apply

Similarly. Proof of the technical inspection of the vessel and made its

the results of the expert in charge of the legal person shall be presented to the Commission. This

the document is the basis for the decision making Committee.



(3) the vessel shall be to the technical inspection waiting without cargo, cleaned and

equipped in accordance with the technical requirements for safety. In the framework of the

the implementation of the technical inspection of the vessel must be able to see the

part of the hull or installations which are not directly accessible or

visible.



(4) the one who performs the technical inspection is entitled, if necessary,

require the implementation of a technical inspection on dry, navigation test

submission of additional documents referred to in annex 1 of this order,

reports, opinions, and the confirmation or the synergy of other specialized

experts. During the verification of the technical competence of a vessel does not read

the experts of the Commission in charge of the legal person or fact verified valid

the technical inspection carried out in another Member State of the European Union;

This does not apply, if it is to support the Commission in charge of the legal person or the reasonable

doubts about the technical condition of the vessel.



section 4 c



(1) before the expiry of the certificate of the vessel referred to in section 7, the

the vessel is subjected to regular technical inspection of the vessel.



(2) the technical inspection of the vessel before issuing the certificate of the vessel

includes a tour of the land. From tours on land can be abandoned,

If this inspection, the vessel was already subjected to. In the case of other

technical inspection tour may be required on the land, if it is

necessary to assess the technical capacity of the vessel.



(3) the technical inspection of the vessel before issuing the certificate of the vessel

equipped with an engine for the propulsion of the vessel or vessels, or report in the

the case of significant changes to the propulsion or steering system includes

perform a test cruise. When the technical tour of the vessel may be

other required operational testing and other supporting documents.



§ 4 d



(1) the technical inspection of the vessel shall be carried out at the expense of the applicant.



(2) within 5 working days after the technical inspection of the vessel

support by the Commission or by the submission of a document made by the technical

inspection of the vessel responsible for the legal person shall issue the Expert Commission

opinion stating whether the vessel meets the conditions for

approval of the technical competence of a vessel; in a particularly complex

cases shall issue such opinion within 10 working days. The experts of the Commission

shall be decided by majority vote. Each Member of the Commission is entitled to raise

written comments concerning the implementation of the technical inspection of the vessel and

These objections to submit to the Chairman of the Expert Commission within not more than 2

working days after the technical inspection of the vessel or from

submission of the documents referred to in the first sentence; the Expert Commission shall discuss

applied and shall adopt an opinion on.



§ 4e



Particulars of a type-certificate of the vessel



(Section 12, paragraph 4, of the Act)



The type-certificate of the vessel contains:



and) basic identifying information about the manufacturer, the importer or the authorized

the dealer, at whose request the authority issued the licence for the fairway of the type,



(b)) date of issue of the certificate type and number of the rules under which it was

issued,



c) basic information about the ships:



1. the nature, type and serial number,



2. the categories under special legislation, or

about the navigation zone for which the vessel is designed and intended,



3. the structure and material of the hull,



4. length, width, height, freeboard, safety distance,



5. the greatest draught and maximum height above the surface of the vessels,



6. the maximum permissible load of the corresponding displacement,



7. the maximum permitted load



8. the largest number of persons,



9. type of propulsion,



10. for a number of machines, drive type, year of manufacture, serial number

or numbers, performance, a kind of propulzního equipment



11. in the area of the sail of the basic oplachtění and the total area of the largest

sails, for which the vessel is constructed, and



(d) a declaration by the manufacturer, an authorized) the importer or dealer that

the vessel is compliant with the approved type and its production have been observed

approved manufacturing procedures ^ 2 c).



§ 5



Vessels subject to calibration



(section 17, paragraph 1, of the Act)



Calibration shall be subject to all vessels under section 2 (2). 1 whose

the largest permissible displacement exceeds 100 m3, with the exception of the small vessels,

floating equipment and floating bodies.



§ 6



The equipment of vessels shipping documents



(section 18 (2) of the Act)



(1) a vessel subject to the registration of the vessels are equipped with a ship's

the documents. Boat Charter are:



and the ship's certificate)



(b)) a logbook



(c)) the list of crew and passengers,



d) calibration card



(e)) the book collection of the oily water,



(f) the certificate of a small vessel),



(g) a certificate of a floating device)



(h)) special permit to operate the vessel



I) revision book steam boilers,



(j)) book review of pressure vessels,



k) permit to the establishment and operation of the radiofonní station,



l) other documents (certificate of specified technical equipment, instruments

on cruises that are required in accordance with the international

agreements, documents issued on the basis of other legislation, which

apply to vessels, etc.).



(2) the ship's certificate, logbook and a list of crew and passengers,

and as passengers shall be persons present at the Board after a period of

more than 24 hours must be equipped with all vessels referred to in section 2 (2).

1 subject to registration with the exception of small craft, floating device

and floating bodies.



(3) the book of collection of oily water, in which the relevant place scoops

confirm the subscription of the water from the vessel, all boats shall be fitted with

self powered and floating equipment.



(4) the ship's certificate of small craft shall be equipped with small vessels

According to § 2 (2). 1 (a). (b)) subject to registration, and small craft

subject to the registration and intended for voyages abroad for the purpose of recreation

their operators must be equipped with an international certificate for the

recreational craft. The model ship's certificate of small craft is given in

Annex No 5 of this order. The pattern of the international certificate for pleasure

the vessel is shown in annex 6 of this Ordinance.



(5) a certificate of the floating equipment must be equipped with a floating device

subject to registration.



(6) a special permit for the operation of the vessel shall be equipped with a floating

and according to § 2 (2). 1 subject to registration, which do not have

a valid ship's certificate, the certificates of the ship a small vessel or certificate

the floating device.



(7) the review book of steam boilers and pressure vessels, including the book

valid certificate of specified technical equipment must be

shall be kept on vessels, on which these devices are located.



(8) the authorisation to set up radiofonní stations must be available on the

the vessel, which set up radiofonní stations. On these

vessels must be maintained and the journal radiofonní station.



(9) the scope of the equipment other shipping documents for individual species

vessels referred to in section 2 (2). 1 subject to the registration of vessels, shall determine

fairway management when the issue of the certificate of the vessel.



(10) a logbook, list of crew and passengers, the journal radiofonní

the station must be kept properly that the keeping of these documents begins

the date on which the vessel or boat stations were listed in radiofonní

operation, and ending on the date when that vessel or station were permanently

taken out of service. These documents must be kept for a period of three years from the

the last entry.



(11) loss or deterioration of the shipping documents shall be promptly

notified body that issued the Charter.



section 7 of the



The period of validity of the certificate of the vessel



(For section 10 (6) of the Act)



(1) the certificate of the vessel shall be issued for a vessel, whose technical

eligibility was approved for a period limited as follows:



and for passenger ships), tankers, cruisers, towing tank and push

boats for a period not exceeding five years,



(b)) for motor vessels, trucks and lighters with the exception of the
later boats, tugs, ferries, floating equipment and special

ships for a period not exceeding ten years, for ships over 30 years for a period of not more than

five years,



(c)) for small vessels for a maximum period of eight years, in the case of a new vessel,

and for a maximum period of four years, if the craft is already operating; When

the second inspection to the extension of the certificate must be

checked podponorová part of the vessel for vessels older 25 years

check podponorové part at each inspection; for navigation in

abroad can be a small vessel to the ship's certificates issued

the international certificate for pleasure craft for a maximum period of four years,



(d)) for floating devices for a period not exceeding ten years. The period of validity

the vessel's certificate issued on the basis of a valid vessel certificate

issued in accordance with article 22 of the revised Convention for the navigation of the Rhine or

a valid vessel certificate ^ 2d) issued in another Member State

Of the European communities must be the same as the period of validity of this earlier

issued the certificate of the vessel. The period of validity shall be entered on the certificate

the vessel.



(2) the period of validity of the certificate of the vessel shall correspond to the duration provided

the technical competence of a vessel certified by the technical inspection of the vessel.



(3) the period of validity of the certificate of the vessel can be for vessels in service

satisfying the conditions for the approval of the technical competence of a vessel

extended on the basis of technical inspections of vessels for a maximum period

determined in accordance with paragraph 1 with respect to the provisions referred to in paragraph

2.



(4) the model Community inland navigation Certificate is given

in annex 3 of this Decree, the pattern of the provisional Community certificate

inland waterway vessels is given in annex 4 of this order.



§ 8



Vessels subject to insurance



(section 19 (1) of the Act)



(1) liability insurance from the operation of the vessel shall be subject to

all kinds of vessels referred to in article 1 with the exception of



and towing lighters) and nedopravujících dangerous things



b) small vessels, which does not koncesovaná personal aquatic

to the right,



(c) floating equipment),



(d)) of floating bodies.



(2) the minimum limit, which must be agreed upon insurance

liability for damage caused by operation of the vessel, shall be



and 250 000 CZK) for small vessels to a maximum displacement of 10 tons, which

koncesovaná water transport is carried out, and the ferries ships intended for

the transport of fewer than 12 passengers,



(b) 500 000 CZK) for small vessels above the maximum displacement of 10 tons, which

performs koncesovaná water transport,



(c)) 40 000 CZK for one passenger from the total number of passengers

listed in the ship's certificate for passenger vessels and ferries ships

to carry more than 12 passengers,



d) 2 000 CZK per one kilowatt (kW) of the total engine power in

tugs listed in the ship's certificate,



e) 1 000 Czk per tonne of the maximum displacement of commercial motor

ships, special ships and floating equipment referred to in

the certificate,



f) 1 500 CZK per one tonne of load capacity for the tank of motor boats and ships

carrying dangerous goods listed in the ship's certificate.



The specified technical equipment on board vessels



§ 9



Determination of designated technical devices



(section 20 (1) of the Act)



(1) the technical equipment on board vessels are:



pressure equipment)



1. steam boilers, boiler liquid, including their accessories, to the

the design pressure higher than 0.05 MPa (0.5 bar),



2. pressure vessels, with the exception of pressure vessels of mining equipment

floating equipment,



3. pressure vessels for the transport of gases and liquids in vessels



(b)) gas



1. equipment for gas consumption, including the distribution and connection of the device,



2. special containers and tanks for the transport of liquefied fuel gas

and dangerous substances,



c) electrical equipment power



1. electrical equipment of vessels, including the connection cable from the shore,

the voltage exceeds 50 V direct current flows and which over 25

MA or alternating current of 10 mA, with the exception of mining equipment

floating machines,



2. a device for protection against atmospheric overvoltages on vessels,



d) lifting equipment



1. cranes and lifting gear having at least one motor drive, with the exception of

mining equipment on floating machines,



2. cranes and hoists is manual.



§ 10



The scope of the competence of authorized persons



(section 21 of the Act)



(1) a competent person for technical inspection and testing of specified

the technical equipment is the designated Inspector of technical equipment.



(2) the requirements for obtaining the professional capacity of the inspector designated

technical equipment are:



and knowledge of the law) relating to inland navigation and

the eligibility of the vessels,



b) knowledge of generally binding legal, health and safety

rules relating to specified technical equipment as well as

international conventions to which it is bound by the Czech Republic in this field,



(c) knowledge of the method of implementation and) documenting inspections, revisions and tests

designated technical facilities according to a special regulation ^ 3) and knowledge of the

construction, operation and maintenance of the relevant designated technical devices



(d) knowledge of the scope, deadlines) and method of performing maintenance intended

technical equipment, including welding and flaw detection

(according to the type of test),



e) knowledge of measurement and measuring instruments in accordance with the type of test,



f) knowledge in electrical engineering under the special regulation ^ 4) for equipment

pressure, gas, at least in the range of lifting a person educated and

the device of electric power in the range of persons.



§ 11



Conditions for acquisition of professional competence



(section 21 of the Act)



(1) an inspector designated by the expertise of the technical equipment is

Verify on the basis of fulfilment of the conditions of eligibility for examination before trial

by the Commission.



(2) the test Inspector specified technical equipment may

Subscribe to the tenderer who has a university degree obtained by completing

study programme in the field of engineering or in the field

electrical engineering) ^ 5, or higher vocational education or secondary education with

GCSE in the field of engineering and engineering education

production of ^ 2b) or in the field of high voltage electrical Equipment ^ 6)

He has professional experience in the field of at least five years.



(3) For professional practice within the meaning of this Ordinance shall be deemed the

designing, constructing, manufacturing, Assembly, repairs, maintenance and operating instructions

the device is accompanied by a written confirmation of the employer or

previous employers of the applicant.



(4) the reliability of the proof statement of criminal records, not older

three months. Reliable is not the one who was for an intentional criminal offence

been sentenced or who saved a ban on activities of the Inspector

the specified technical equipment.



(5) the President of the Commission and of its Evaluation called the Director of shipping management

written in the form of experts from the relevant field of study, with at least one

the Commission must have the professional competence of the designated officer

technical equipment. The Commission is at least three trial. Test

the Commission shall act by a majority of the votes cast and the casting vote

of the President.



(6) the test shall be carried out on the basis of a request drawn up on the prescribed

form and consists of a written and an oral part. The subject of the test is

validation of expertise stipulated in this Decree. About the test

draw up a Protocol, signed by all members of the examination Board. The applicant,

that will be good for the test, the certificate of professional competence.

If the applicant for the test's benefit, you may repeat it as soon as possible after

the expiry of the three months.



section 11a



paid



section 11b



paid



Transitional and final provisions



§ 12



(1) the designated technical devices put into service before the

the order, whose operational capacity was verified by earlier

the regulations, to perform inspection and testing under this Ordinance

be considered operationally eligible.



(2) certificates of inspectors designated technical devices

issued under the former legislation shall remain in force until the

which have been issued.



section 13



Article is deleted. 1.10 the order of navigation safety on inland waterways

the move of the Czech and Slovak Federative Republic, which is annexed to the

Decree of the Federal Ministry of transport no. 344/1991 Coll., which

issued by the order of navigation safety on inland waterways of the Czech

and Slovak Federative Republic.



§ 13a



The emission of pollutants in exhaust gases referred to in

Chapter 8 of the annex No. 1 of this Decree shall not apply to diesel engines

State management, navigation vessels fire brigade of the Czech

Republic, the armed forces and security forces of the Czech Republic,

municipal police and administrators of the waterways, if they are intended for the staff

purposes, vessels of the integrated rescue system, if they are

intended to carry out rescue and liquidation work. Emission values
pollutants in the exhaust gases is further not apply to

diesel engines of vessels intended for the construction, maintenance or security

operation of water works or other structures on watercourses used

in the management of waterways, vessels intended to protect against floods,

vessels designed to carry not more than 12 passengers in addition to the crew, and

recreational vessels under special legislation.



§ 14



This Decree shall take effect on the date of publication.



Minister:



PhDr. Stráský in r.



Annex 1



TECHNICAL CONDITIONS FOR ELIGIBILITY OF SHIPS AND FLOATING EQUIPMENT



Chapter 1



GENERAL PROVISIONS



1.01. The definition



For the purposes of this annex lays down the meaning of the terms



Types of vessels



1) vessel-ship floating machine, floating equipment, naval ship



2) motor vessel-cargo motor ship or motor tanker,



3) motor tanker-a vessel intended for the carriage of goods in fixed

tanks and built to navigate independently under its own motive power,



4) motor cargo vessel-vessel, other than a motor tanker,

intended for the carriage of goods and built to navigate independently under using

self propelled,



5) cargo boat for a cruise on the Canal-an inland waterway vessel,

the length not exceeding 38.5 m and width of 5.05 m, which usually caters to

transport on the Rhine-Rhône,



6) tug-vessel built to tow,



7) pusher-a vessel specially built to propel a pushed

the report,



8) cargo boat-towed barge or tank barge



9) tank barge-vessels intended for the carriage of goods in fixed

tanks and built to be towed, without its own drive or with your own

only sufficient to perform restricted manoeuvres;



10) tug-vessel intended for the carriage of goods that is not

tank barge, built to be towed, without own power or with

private only sufficient to perform restricted manoeuvres;



11) lighter-a tank lighter, cargo lighter or

ship-borne lighter;



12) tank lighter-a vessel intended for the carriage of goods in fixed

tanks, built or specially modified to be pushed, no

propulsion or having only sufficient to perform restricted

manoeuvres when not part of a pushed convoy,



13) cargo lighter-a vessel, other than a tank lighter,

intended for the carriage of goods, built or specially modified to be pushed,

unpowered or having only sufficient to

perform restricted manoeuvres when not part of a pushed convoy,



14) ship-borne lighter-boat built to transport on special

parent naval vessels and to navigate on inland waterways

the road,



15) passenger ship-cruise or cabin vessel constructed and equipped

to carry more than twelve passengers,



16) passenger sailing vessel-passenger vessel built and fitted out to

sail on a sailing vessel, the drive also



17) cruise passenger ship-passenger vessel without overnight cabins

of the passengers,



18) cabin vessel-passenger vessel with overnight

of the passengers,



19) high-speed craft-the motor vessel, which can reach speeds of

more than 40 km/h relative to the water,



20) the working vessel-vessel is suitably built and equipped

for use when working on the water, for example. Hopper barge for the amelioration

work, storage hopper, pontoon boat, pontoon or freight

záhozové vessel to the laying of the stone,



21) ship's boat-boat, which is used to transport, rescue, salvage

and work tasks.



Report of vessels



22) report-a rigid or towed convoy of vessels,



23) the shape of the report-the way in which the report is prepared,



24) convoy-pusher or laterally formation,



25) pusher report-a rigid system of vessels, of which at least

one is situated in front of the vessel providing the propulsion of the report, which is

one or more pushers; for the articulation is considered

the report also comprised of pusher tugs and pushed vessels

whose side allows controlled articulated connections,



26) laterally convoy-system of vessels of the United firmly next to the

myself, from which no is not before the craft propelling the Assembly,



27) towed convoy-a report of one or more vessels, floating

device or floating objects towed by one or more vessels

self-propelled, which form part of the report.



Special spaces on the Board



28) the main engine room-the space in which they are installed drive

engines,



29) the engine room-the space where combustion engines are installed,



30) the boiler room-the space where the fuel combustion

equipment to produce steam or to heat the heat-carrying medium,



31) closed gantry-waterproof, rigid, permanent construction with fixed

the walls, which are permanently and watertight deck,



32) wheelhouse-space, which houses all the control

devices and monitoring instruments necessary to the management of the vessel,



33) living space-a space intended for the use of persons normally

living on board, including galleys, storage space for

supplies, toilets and washing facilities, laundry facilities, hallways and passageways, but

the wheelhouse,



34) the passenger compartment-areas on Board intended for passengers and

closed areas such as lounges, offices, shops,

hairdressing salons, drying rooms, laundries, saunas, toilets, washrooms,

passageways, connecting passages and stairs, walls



35) control-wheelhouse, a space that contains emergency

source of electrical energy or its components, or the space place

permanently occupied shipboard personnel or crew members, for example. for

smoke detectors, remote control of doors or fire dampers,



36) stairwell-the shaft of the internal stairway or the elevator,



37) lounge-living space or room for passengers.

On board passenger vessels, dishes are not regarded as social spaces,



38) kitchen-room with a stove or similar device designed to

the preparation of meals



39) storage space-the space for the storage of flammable liquids, or

the space of the area more than 4 m2 for storage of inventory,



40) hold the cargo space-part of the vessel, as defined in the front and

the rear bulkheads, open or closed using the hatch covers, which is

intended for the carriage of goods, whether packaged or in bulk, or to

storage tanks, which are not part of the hull of the vessel,



41) fixed tank-tank associated with vessel, while the walls of the tanks either

of the hull itself, nebojsou independent of the hull of the vessel,



42) workplace-a space where members of the crew carry out their tasks, including

gangway, Derrick and ship's boat,



43 channel)-a space intended for the normal movement of people and goods,



44) safe space-a space that is delimited by imaginary vertical

plane at a distance of 1/5 BWL PARALLEL to the longitudinal axis of the hull in the plane

draught,



45) the muster areas-areas of the vessel which are specially

protected and in which people gather in the event of danger,



46) evacuation facilities-part of muster areas of the vessel, where

It is possible to carry out the evacuation of persons.



The ship's technical terms



47) plane of maximum draught-plain water

corresponding to the maximum draught at which the vessel is authorized to

navigation,



48) safety distance-the distance between the plane of

maximum draught and the parallel plane passing through the lowest

the point above which the vessel is no longer regarded as watertight,



49) the residual safety clearance-the vertical distance, that is to

available in the event of heeling the vessel between the water level and the lowest

point of the immersed side, beyond which it is no longer considered

waterproof,



50) freeboard (f)-the distance between the plane of maximum

the dive and the parallel plane passing through the lowest point

the gunwale, or if the gunwale, the lowest point of the upper edge of the side of the

the vessel,



51) the residual freeboard-vertical distance, which is available in

the case of the angle between the surface of the water and the upper surface of the deck in the

the lowest point of the immersed side of the vessel, or if there is no deck, in

the lowest point of the upper edge of the hard side of the vessel,



52) margin line-an imaginary line to the side shell plating, at least 10

cm below the bulkhead deck and not less than 10 cm below the lowest point of the side

the ship, which is not waterproof. If there is no bulkhead deck, the line

led by at least 10 cm below the lowest line, below which is the outer casings of

waterproof,



53) water displacement (in)-submerged vessel volume in m3,



54) displacement (D)-the total weight of the vessel, including cargo, in t,



55) block coefficient (CB)-the ratio between the water displacement and

the product of length LWL, breadth BWL and draught T,



56) lateral plane above the surface (AV)-lateral plane of the vessel above the

waterline in m²



57) bulkhead deck-a deck to which the required watertight

the bulkhead and from which the freeboard is measured,
58) bulkhead-wall of a given height, usually vertical, partitioning

the vessel, which is defined by the bottom of the vessel, the plating or other

bulkheads,



59) transverse bulkhead-tour, which runs from one side of the vessel to

the second,



60) wall-a dividing surface, usually vertical,



61) separating wall-a wall that is not waterproof,



62) length (L)-the maximum length of the hull in m, excluding rudder and

bowsprit,



63) biggest length (LOA)-the maximum length of the vessel in m, including all

fixed devices as components of steering gear or propulsion

equipment, mechanical or similar device,



64) length waterline (LWL)-the length of the hull in m, measured in

the plane of maximum draught,



65) width (B)-the maximum breadth of the hull in m, measured from the outside

side shell plating (without kolesnic, abrasions, etc.),



66) largest width (BOA) ": the maximum breadth of the vessel in m, including all

fixed installations such as paddle wheels, rub Rails, mechanical devices

etc.,



67) breadth of waterline (BWL)-the width of the hull in m, measured

from the outside of the shell plating at the maximum draught line;



68) height (H)-the shortest vertical distance in m between the lowest

the point of the hull or the keel and the lowest point of the deck at side

the vessel,



69) draught (T)-the vertical distance in m between the lowest point of the

the hull regardless of hernias or other imbedded and accessories

plane of maximum draught,



76A) total dive (TOA)-the vertical distance in m between the lowest point of the

the hull, including a hernia or other fixed docking accessories

plane of maximum draught,



70) front vertical-line in the front of the hull with the intersection

plane of maximum draught,



71) the clear width of the side deck-the distance between the vertical line passing through the

the most salient part of the esophageal silo on the side Board and the perpendicular

passing through the inner edge of the protective device against slip (railings,

the protective profile at the foot of railing) on the outer side of the side deck.



Steering gear



72) steering gear-all the equipment necessary for steering the vessel,

to ensure the manoeuvrability laid down in Chapter 5 of this annex,



73) rudder-rudder or rudders, with shaft, including the

quadrants and connecting with the steering apparatus elements,



74) Steering machine-part of the steering gear which ensures

the movement of the rudder,



75) powerplant-steering, between the power source

and steering apparatus,



76) source of power-the power steering drive unit and the Steering

machines from the on-board network, batteries or an internal combustion

the engine,



77) controls-control design elements and circuits to control

the motor drive unit of the Steering machine



78) steering apparatus drive unit-Steering

the machine, its drive unit and its power source,



79) manual-drive system, which is the movement of the rudder locked manual

around using mechanical transmission of forces without an additional source of energy,



80) manually operated manually-operated hydraulic drive-activity

hydraulic conversion



81) rotation speed regulator-a device that automatically ensures

and maintains the rotation speed of the vessel in accordance with preselected

values,



82) wheelhouse designed for use by one person with

radar-wheelhouse arranged so that the vessel can cruise through

radar control one person.



Properties of structural elements and materials



83) waterproof-a structural component or device so fitted that

There is no ingress of water,



84) resistant to splashing water and weatherproof design

an element or device so fitted that under normal circumstances permits

penetrate only a very small amount of water,



85) gas-tight-a structural component or device so fitted that

prevents the penetration of gas and vapours,



86) fire-resistant-a substance which neither Burns nor does not produce flammable vapours in

such quantities, that when heated to approximately 750 ° C, in themselves,

ignites,



87)-flame retardant material that does not easily or

at least the surface restricts the spread of flames pursuant to

the test procedure described in the chapter. 15.11.1 (a). (c)),



88) fire-property elements and devices proven

the test procedure referred to in the chapter. 15.11.1 (a). (d)),



89) the code for fire test procedures-international

fire test procedures by resolution MSC 61 (67), the Committee for

maritime safety, the International Maritime Organization (IMO).



Other definitions



90) radar equipment-electronic detection and navigation device

the display area and traffic,



91) Inland ECDIS-standardised system for displaying

electronic navigational charts for inland navigation and related

the information that displays selected information from authorized

electronic navigational charts of inland waterways and, optionally,

information from other vessel sensors;



92) Inland ECDIS equipment-equipment for viewing

electronic navigational charts of inland waterways, which can

to work in two modes: information mode and navigation mode,



93) information mode-the use of Inland ECDIS for only

informational purposes without radar overlay,



94) navigation mode-use of Inland ECDIS with

radar overlay,



95) shipping staff-all staff on a passenger vessel who are not

members of the crew,



96) navigation light-the light of the lanterns used to indicate the

vessels,



97) light signal-light used to supplement Visual or

audio signals,



98) engine-internal combustion engine which works on the principle of ignition

compression (diesel engine)



99) propulsion engine-the engine used for propulsion of the vessel,



100) auxiliary engine-an engine designed to use other than for the purpose of propulsion

the vessel,



101) interchangeable motor-used, refurbished the engine, which is to be replaced by the

now used by the engine and that has the same structure (serial engine,

the continental engine) as the engine, which is to be replaced by, which has the same

the number of cylinders and whose performance and speed do not differ from the performance and the speed of the engine,

to be replaced by more than 10%,



102) engine family-a manufacturer's grouping of engines which have

structures of the same properties in terms of the emission of gaseous

pollutants and particulate matter from exhaust, which meet the

the requirements of Cap. 8.01.3,



103)-engine manufacturer means any legal or natural person that

the approval authority shall be responsible for all aspects of type-approval, and

ensuring conformity of production. While this is not necessarily the person involved

directly to all stages of manufacture of the engine,



104) particles-the physical parts, which is at a temperature of not more than 52 ° C,

after dilution of the exhaust gases of the diesel engine vessel referred to in § 3

paragraph. 1 filtered clean air, collected on a filter,



105) pollutants--carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons (HC), oxides of

nitrogen and particles,



106)-emissions of pollutants in exhaust gases of diesel

the engine, which is propelled vessels



107) the inspection body-Expert Commission, which was responsible for the legal

the person or, in the cases laid down by Commission directive 2012/48/EU, which

the amended annex European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC,

laying down technical requirements for inland waterway vessels,

a professionally qualified person.



CHAPTER 2



REQUIREMENTS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF VESSELS



2.01. The basic requirement



2.01.1 vessels must be constructed in accordance with good shipbuilding practice

the ships.



2.02. The strength and stability of the



2.02.1 hull shall be sufficiently strong to withstand all stresses

that is, under the conditions of normal operation exposed



in the case of new buildings) or the reconstruction of vessels that may have

influence on the strength of the vessel, the need for sufficient strength shows

the presentation of the design calculations.



for tour vessels in service is the minimum required thickness of plating

bottom, bilge and side plates of the vessels built of steel, given the highest value

determined according to the formula:



1) for vessels longer than 40 m:

tmin = f. (b). c (2.3 + 0.04 L) [mm]



for vessels with a length less than or equal to 40 m:

tmin = f. (b). (c) (1,5 + 0.06 L) [mm]



but at least 3.00 mm

2) tmin. 0.005. and the. square root of T [mm]



where

a = frame spacing [mm]

f = factor for the spacing of the ribs

f = 1 and = < 500 mm f = 1 + 0.0013 (a-500) for and > 500 mm

b = coefficient for the bottom plates, side or bilge plates

b = 1.0 for bottom plates and side plates

b = 1.25 for bilge plates plates.



When calculating the minimum thickness can be as

ribs spacing factor coefficient 1.

The minimum thickness of the bilge plating shall in no

If less than the thickness of the bottom and the sides.



c = coefficient for the particular type of construction:

c = 0.95 for vessels with double bottom and double sides,

If the separating wall between the side spaces and podpalubním

cargo space is placed vertically in the plane of the silo
c = 1.0 for all other types of construction



(c)) for vessels with longitudinal reinforcements with double bottom and double sides

You can reduce the minimum calculated value for the thickness of the shell in accordance with

the formula in subparagraph (b)) on the calculated value, which approved classification

the company worked for sufficient hull strength (longitudinal,

lateral and local strength).



The shell plating is to be restored, if the thickness of the bottom, bilge or

hips less than the permissible value, which was determined in this way.



The minimum value determined according to subparagraph (a). and (c))) are emission limit values

taking into account the current and uniform wear and, provided that the

the ship's steel is used and that the internal structural elements like the ribs,

reinforcement floor, main longitudinal and transverse structural elements are in good

and that the hull shows no overshoot of the longitudinal strength.



If these values are reached, the plating is to be repaired or

replace. Locally, however, are permitted for small areas of less thickness,

a maximum of 10% of the calculated values. During regular inspections

towing lighters may not only be required to meet the

the requirements of the chapter. 2.02.1 (a). (b)), for the minimum thickness of the shell

the hull. This derogation shall not be more than 10%, and the minimum thickness

Hull plating shall be not less than 3 mm. Such derogations shall be in

the certificate of the vessel.



2.02.2 Applies to the construction of the hull material other than

steel hull strength (longitudinal, lateral and local) corresponds to at least

the fortress, which would be achieved by using steel with a minimum thickness of

According to the chapter. 2.02.1.



the vessel's Stability shall conform to the 2.02.3 its intended use.



2.03. Hull



2.03.1 Bulkheads extending to the deck or, if there is no deck, up to the gunwale

must be located at the following points:



and) collision bulkhead at an appropriate distance from the stem, so that the

buoyancy of the laden vessel, the remaining security

distance 100 mm if water penetrates into the watertight compartment ahead

the collision bulkhead. The requirement of the first sentence is met if the collision

bulkhead installed at a distance of between 0.04 L and 0.04 L + 2 m measured

from the forward perpendicular in the plane of maximum draught. If

distance greater than 0.04 L + 2 m, it is necessary to fulfill the requirement by

the first sentence of the show by calculation. The distance may be reduced to 0.03

L. In this case, it is necessary to demonstrate compliance with the requirement of the first sentence

by using a calculation based on the assumption that the compartment ahead of the collision

Desk including the adjoining section was completely swamped;



(b) an aft-peak bulkhead) for vessels with a length of 25 m in the relevant

distance from the stern.



2.03.2 collision bulkhead may not be any spaces or

the equipment necessary for the safety or operation of the vessel. This requirement

does not apply to anchor equipment.



2.03.3 accommodation, engine rooms, boiler rooms and any working

the premises, which are their parts, they must be separated from the

holds by watertight transverse bulkheads of cost

protaženými up to the deck.



2.03.4 the accommodation shall be separated from engine rooms,

boiler rooms and holds in a gastight and shall be directly accessible

from the deck. If such access is not, there must be an emergency exit

leading directly to the Board.



2.03.5 in bulkheads referred to in the chapter. 2.03.1 and 2.03.3 and in the Department of

the space under the CAP. 2.03.4 may not be any openings. The door in the aft

bulkhead and openings in particular for shafts and tubes are allowed, if

they are designed so that they do not affect the efficiency of the bulkheads and the Department of space.

The door in the aft-peak bulkhead are permitted if the wheelhouse is possible

remote control, whether they are open or closed, and on them

must be placed on both sides of easy to read instruction: "the door after using the

immediately close ".



2.03.6 inputs and outputs of the water in the hull and attached pipe

must be carried out so as to prevent any inadvertent intrusion

water into the vessel.



2.03.7 the foresections of vessels shall be carried out so that the anchors neither wholly nor

partly built over the side shell plating.



2.04. The engine room, boiler room and fuel tanks



2.04.1 engine and boiler rooms must be arranged so that it can be

their device easily and safely control, operate, and maintain.



2.04.2 tanks for liquid fuel or lubricating oil, which are in the normal course

the operation of the static pressure of the liquid and the passenger and

the accommodation shall not have common walls.



2.04.3 walls, ceilings and doors of engine rooms, boiler rooms and fuel tanks

shall be constructed of steel or equally fire-resistant material.

Insulation material used in engine rooms shall be protected against the intrusion of fuel

or fuel vapours. All openings in walls, ceilings, and doors

engine rooms, boiler rooms and spaces with fuel tanks must be possible

close from the outside. Shut-off devices shall be made of steel or

equally fire-resistant material.



2.04.4 engine and boiler rooms and other areas in which

inflammable or toxic gases must be adequately ventilated.



2.04.5 companionways and ladders providing access to engine and boiler rooms and

fuel tanks must be permanently affixed and made of steel or

another shock-resistant and non-combustible material.



2.04.6 engine and boiler rooms shall have two exits of which one may be

safe. From the second exit may be dispensed with if the



and the total floor area) (average length x average width at the level of the

the plane of the floor) engine and boiler room does not exceed 35 m2 and



(b) the path of each station), where the servicing or maintenance,

the East or to the staircase on the East, which leads to the outside, is not longer than 5 m

and



(c)) on the site of the operator, which is the most far from the exit doors, the

placed a fire extinguisher; the same shall apply by way of derogation from chapter. 10.03.1 (a). (e)),

If the installed power of the machines less than 100 kW.



2.04.7 maximum permissible sound pressure level in the engine room is 110

DB (A). The measuring points shall be selected with regard to the necessary maintenance in

normal operation of the device, which is located here. The noise measurement shall be carried out

According to "the administrative guideline No. 5" referred to in Appendix II to annex II

"The minimum technical requirements for vessels on inland waterways

go zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the "directive of the European Parliament and of the Council

2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for vessels

inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, as amended by

Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,

Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.



CHAPTER 3



SAFETY DISTANCE, FREEBOARD AND DRAUGHT MARKS



3.01. The safety clearance



3.01.1 minimum security distance is 300 mm.



3.01.2 the safety clearance for vessels whose openings cannot be closed

device resistant to splashing water and weatherproof, and

vessels sailing with their holds uncovered cargo holds,

increases, so that each of these holes was at least 500 mm above the

plane of maximum draught.



3.02. The freeboard



3.03. Minimum freeboard



temperatures for reduction under the CAP. 3.02 the minimum freeboard shall be not less

than 0 mm.



3.04. Draught marks



3.04.1 Plane of maximum draught shall be determined so as to

compliance with the provisions concerning minimum freeboard and

the minimum safety distance. For security reasons, however, may

be for safety clearance or freeboard determined a greater value.

The plane of maximum draught shall be determined, at least for the Canal zone

3.



3.04.2 Plane of maximum draught shall be indicated clearly

visible indelible draught marks.



3.04.3 marks for navigational zone 3 shall consist of a rectangle

300 mm long and 40 mm high with its base horizontal and coinciding

with the plane of maximum draught. Any different cost

the tag must include such a rectangle.



3.04.4 the vessel shall have at least three pairs of draught marks, of which the

one pair is placed in the middle of the vessel and two others are located

approximately one-sixth of the length from the bow and stern. It is

does not require



and for vessels) less than 40 m, where just two pairs of draught marks

located approximately one quarter of the vessel's length from bow and Stern, and



(b)) for vessels not intended for the carriage of cargo, where just one

a pair of marks located roughly in the middle of the vessel.



3.04.5 marks or indications which cease to be valid on

the new survey must be removed or marked as invalid

under the supervision of a body charged with exploring. Cost brand that

becomes illegible must be replaced under the supervision of the entity

responsible for the inspection.



3.04.6 If the vessel was calibrated in accordance with the Convention for the

calibration of inland waterway vessels and the plane of the year 1966

cejchovních marks meets the requirements of this annex, shall be replaced by the following

calibration of the brand marks. This fact must be indicated in the
the certificate of the vessel.



3.04.7 if the vessel is to be operated in inland waterway

zones outside the zone 3 (zones 1, 2 or 4), must be the front and back a few

marks according to the chapter. 3.04.4 accompanied by a vertical line, to which the

in the case of one or more zones, several additional draught lines

length 150 mm towards the bow of the vessel relative to the load lines

for zone 3. The vertical and horizontal lines must be 30 mm thick.

the cost of the brand towards the bow of the vessel must be placed on the numbers

the height and width of 40 mm, 60, which indicate the appropriate zone (see Figure 1).



Figure 1



3.05. The largest draught loaded ships which holds

spaces are not always covered so as to be resistant to

splashing water and weatherproof



If the plane Is 3.05.1 draught vessels for zone 3

laid down, provided that hold spaces may

so as to be resistant to splashing water and weatherproof, and

If the distance between the plane of maximum draught and the upper

edge of the coamings is less than 500 mm, the largest draught for

sailing with their holds uncovered cargo space under the CAP.

3.01.2.



3.05.2 in the case referred to in the chapter. the certificate of the vessel 3.05.1 writes

This figure: "If the hatch covers Are fully or partially open, it is possible to

vessel loading up to ... mm below the draught marks for zone 3. "



3.06. Draught scales



being vessels whose draught may exceed 1 m shall have on each

the side of the vessel, aft Stern; the vessel

they may also have additional draught scales.



3.06.2 the zero points of each scale is located at the intersection of the vertical

passing through the scale and the plane parallel to the plane

draught at the lowest point of the hull or of the keel,

If there is one. The vertical distance above zero point shall be graduated

in decimetres. The graduation shall be indicated from the plane of draught

the empty vessels of up to 100 mm above the plane of maximum

the dive on the both sides of the vessel lines embossed or engraved and

color-marked two different colors so that they are clearly

visible. The graduation is indicated in figures on the side of the scale

at least after every five decimetres marked next to and on top of the draught

the scale.



two rear 3.06.3 calibration scales affixed pursuant to the Convention referred to in

Kap. 3.04.6, may replace the draught scales, provided that they are

graduated in accordance with the above requirements and, in the case of

the need will be added, figures indicating the draught.



CHAPTER 4



MANEUVERABILITY



4.01. General provisions



4.01.1 vessels and convoys must demonstrate adequate navigability and

maneuverability.



4.01.2 unpowered vessels, which are intended to be towed shall

meet specific requirements set by the body responsible for the inspection,

that are necessary for the adequate manoeuvrability of the vessel.



4.01.3 powered vessels and convoys shall meet the requirements

Kap. 4.02 to 4.10.



4.02. Navigation



4.02.1 navigability and manoeuvrability shall be checked by the test

voyages. Checks, in particular, compliance with the requirements of the chapter. 4.06, up 4.10.



Compliance with the requirements of Chapter 4.02.2. 4.06 to 4.10 can be demonstrated, and other

in a way, especially if they have been tested on board the same

type.



4.02.3 the navigation and their evaluation shall be carried out in accordance with the

the requirements laid down in this annex, or of the requirements referred to in

Appendix II to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the

inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the "directive of the European

Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for

inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in

the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,

Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.



4.02.4 the test shall be carried out with the cruise vessel equipped with a provisional

the certificate of the vessel or the participation of employees of the State Canal management

responsible for the performance of State surveillance in IWT.



4.03. the test area



4.03.1 navigation by CAP. 4.02 shall take place on the stretch of water

the paths, which designated the inspection body with regard to the possibility of

the proper and safe conduct of tests (hereinafter referred to as "test area").



4.03.2 the test area must be in the part of the waterways with the flowing

or a quiet water, if possible straight, at least 2 km long

and sufficiently wide and is equipped with visible characters to determine the position of the

the vessel.



4.03.3 Test area must allow to record the hydrological data

for example. fairway channel depth, width, splavného and average speed

current in the navigation area, under different water status.



4.04. Degree of loading of vessels and convoys during navigation



4.04.1 cruises during the test must be vessels and convoys intended to

the carriage of the cargo to be loaded to at least 70% of their deadweight and the cargo must

be distributed evenly to ensure navigation on equal kýle.

If the tests are carried out with a smaller load, is the approval for downstream

navigation is restricted to this loading.



4.05. The use of the equipment of a vessel in navigation test



4.05.1 During navigation you can use all the facilities referred to in

recitals 34 and 52 of the certificate of the vessel which may be actuated from the wheelhouse,

In addition to the anchors.



4.05.2 bow anchors is, however, possible to use during the test, including

rotation in a stream under the CAP. 4.10.



4.06. Prescribed (forward) speed navigation



4.06.1 vessels and convoys shall achieve relative to the surface of the water

at least 13 km/h cruise speed. This requirement shall not apply to

pushers, if they fly alone.



4.06.2 compliance with the requirement under the CAP. 4.06.1 may not be required for

the vessels and the reports that are operated exclusively in the estuaries and

ports of call.



4.06.3 If the unladen vessel is capable of exceeding a speed of 40 km/h

due to the surface of the water, writes in the section 52 certificate of the vessel this

"the vessel is capable of exceeding a speed of 40 km/h relative to the

the surface of the water. "



4.06.4 Trial cruise to the request validation kap. 4.06.1 and its

the evaluation shall be carried out in accordance with the "Administrative instruction No. 2" referred to in the Appendix

(II) to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the

inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the "directive of the European

Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for

inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in

the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,

Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.



4.07. Ability to stop



4.07.1 vessels and convoys shall be able to stop when the

the stream in a sufficiently short time and at the same time it must be sufficiently

operable.



If the vessels are not 4.07.2 and reports longer than 86 m and wider than 22.90 m,

You can test the stopping capacity replaced by turning capacity.

The ability to stop the proof using built-up manoeuvres

test area as referred to in the chapter. 4.03 and the ability to rotate rotation

maneuvers by kap. 4.10.



4.07.3 a trial cruise to the request validation kap. 4.07.1 and its

the evaluation shall be carried out in accordance with the "Administrative instruction No. 2" referred to in the Appendix

(II) to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the

inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the "directive of the European

Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for

inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in

the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,

Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.



1.53. The ability to cruise back



4.08.1 if the stopping manoeuvre according to chap. 4.07 on calm water,

must be accompanied by a test voyage backward.



4.08.2 Trial cruise to the request validation kap. 4.08.1 and its

the evaluation shall be carried out in accordance with the "Administrative instruction No. 2" referred to in the Appendix

(II) to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the

inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the "directive of the European

Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for

inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in

the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,

Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.



4.09. Ability to elude



4.09.1 vessels and convoys shall be able to perform in a short enough

time an avoidance maneuver. This capability shall be demonstrated using the vyhýbacích

manoeuvres carried out within a test area as referred to in the chapter. 4.03.



4.09.2 Trial cruise to the request validation kap. 4.09.1 and its

the evaluation shall be carried out in accordance with the "Administrative instruction No. 2" referred to in the Appendix

(II) to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the

inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the "directive of the European

Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for

inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in

the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,

Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.



4.10. The ability to rotate
4.10.1 the vessel and the length of the report into the 86 m in width or 22.90 m must be

able to rotate in a timely manner. The test may be replaced by turning capacity

test of ability to stop by the chapter. 4.07. The ability to rotate

demonstrates using the pivotal manoeuvres against the current.



4.10.2 the trial cruise to the request validation kap. 4.10.1 and its

the evaluation shall be carried out in accordance with the "Administrative instruction No. 2" referred to in the Appendix

(II) to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the

inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the "directive of the European

Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for

inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in

the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,

Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.



CHAPTER 5



STEERING GEAR



5.01. General requirements



5.01.1 the vessel shall be equipped with reliable steering system

that provides at least the manoeuvrability required by Chapter 4.



5.01.2 Powered steering gear must be so designed that the rudder

could not change the position.



5.01.3 the entire steering gear shall be designed to withstand

a permanent tilt up to 15 St. and ambient temperatures from-20 ° C to +

50 ° C.



5.01.4 Part of the steering gear must be strong enough to

withstand the stresses to which they are subject in normal operating

terms and conditions. No external forces acting on the rudder shall impair the

the functionality of the steering gear compartment and its power unit.



5.01.5 if required force needed to control the rudder, must have

Steering motor drive unit.



5.01.6 steering apparatus with powered drive unit shall be provided with

overload protection device to limit the torque.



5.01.7 Holes in the hull and steering shaft lines for trunks must be

constructed so as to prevent leakage of lubricating oils of pollutants

the water.



5.02. steering apparatus drive unit



5.02.1 if the steering apparatus drive unit, the motor must be

equipped with a second independent drive unit or manual drive. In

the case of a fault or failure of the drive unit of the steering gear

It must be possible to start using the second independent drive unit, or

manual drive in five seconds.



5.02.2 if not the second drive unit or manual drive placed into

traffic automatically, it must be possible to do so without delay, the only

a simple and rapid action.



5.02.3 the second drive unit or manual drive shall also ensure

the manoeuvrability required by Chapter 4.



5. Hydraulic steering apparatus drive unit



5.03.1 Hydraulic steering apparatus drive unit must not serve

as the drive of the device for other power appliances.



5.03.2 Hydraulic tanks shall be equipped with a warning system that

monitors the oil level drop below the lowest permissible level

for safe operation.



5.03.3 Dimensions, construction and arrangement of the piping must be of the highest possible

extent, exclude mechanical damage or damage due to fire.



5.03.4 Hydraulic hose



and) are permissible only if they are necessary for the absorption of vibrations

or the free movement of structural elements;



(b)) must be designed for at least the maximum operating pressure;



(c)) must be replaced with new ones at least every eight years.



5.03.5 hydraulic cylinders, hydraulic pumps, hydraulic motors and

Electric Motors must be prohlédnuly at least every eight years professionally

competent person and, if necessary, corrected.



5.04. Energy source



5.04.1 steering gear with two motor propulsion units

must have at least two sources of energy.



5.04.2 If the second power source for the motor drive unit

during the voyage, permanently available must be after the time required for its

start-up balancing system with sufficient capacity.



5.04.3 the main source for the steering gear must not serve as a source of

the electrical energy for the other power appliances.



5.05. Manual drive



5.05.1 Steering wheel manual drive must not be driven by the motor

drive unit.



5.05.2, regardless of the position of the rudder shall be switched on automatically

the manual drive, a kick-back of the steering wheel.



5.06. Steering Equipment of the propellers, water-jet and cycloidal-propeller

(Voth-Schneider) propellers and bow bow thruster



5.06.1 Is a remote control to change the direction of the steering device

water-jet, cycloidal-propeller, propellers (Voth-Schneider) propellers, or

of the equivalent electric, hydraulic or

pneumatic, the vessel must be equipped with two independent

control systems between the wheelhouse and the thrust or bow

-a device which, mutatis mutandis, meet the requirements of chapter. 5.01

up to 5.05. This paragraph shall not apply to such equipment, if they are not

needed to achieve the manoeuvrability required by Chapter 5 or

If they are not necessary to stop the test.



5.06.2 If the vessel is equipped with two or more independent

kormidlovacími, vodomety, cykloidními propellers (Voth-Schneider)

propeller or bow dokormidlovacími devices, is not the second

control system necessary, if one device for vessel

maintain maneuverability required under Chapter 4.



5.07. Indicators and monitoring devices



5.07.1 the position of the rudder must be clearly perceivable from the steering position.

If the rudder position indicator electric, must have its own power supply.



5.07.2 on the control unit must be an optical and acoustic alarm

the system, which signals



and the drop in the oil level in) hydraulic tanks below the lowest

permissible level in accordance with the chapter. 5.03.2 and decrease operating pressure in

the hydraulic system;



(b)) a power outage control;



(c) loss of power fuel units);



d) control rotation speed;



(e)) disorder prescribed compensatory systems.



5.08. rotation speed Regulators



5.08.1-turn Regulators and their components shall meet the

the requirements of the chapter. 9.19.



5.08.2 to function correctly, turn regulator shall be displayed

on the control station using the green light. Must be controlled

the failure of the supply voltage or unacceptable and inadmissible fluctuations

the reduction of speed gyroscope.



5.08.3 If the vessel is equipped with, in addition to turn regulator

other steering gear, it must be possible from the control station

clearly distinguish which of these devices have been turned on. Must be

You can switch immediately from one device to another. Regulator

the speed of rotation shall not affect the other steering systems.



5.08.4 Electric power turn regulator must be

independent of other electrical appliances.



5.08.5 the gyroscopes, detectors and turn indicators used in the

the speed of rotation of the motor must meet the minimum requirements and

test procedures for turn indicators.



certifying periodic inspection.



5.09.1 tour of the correctness of installation of the steering gear must be

the body responsible for the inspection is performed. In order to verify the technical

the eligibility of the steering gear may be required to submit

the following documents:



and a description of the steering gear);



b) drawings and information on the propulsion machinery and steering units

management controls;



(c)) information about steering the machine;



d) electrical wiring diagram;



e) description of the rotation of the regulator;



f) operating manual steering gear.



5.09.2 Function of the entire steering gear shall be checked during the test

voyage. If the rotation speed regulator installed, it is necessary to

check whether you can reliably maintain the fixed exchange rate and safely

handle set the arc of rotation.



5.09.3 Inspection of the steering gear powered performs

the inspection body by means of technically qualified persons



and) before commissioning;



(b) after a failure);



c) after any adjustment or repair;



(d)), regularly at least every three years.



5.09.4 inspection must include at least:



and control) accordance with approved drawings and periodic inspection,

whether adjustments were made of the steering gear;



(b)) the steering gear control functionality for all operating

the options;



c) Visual inspection and test of hydraulic elements, in particular the

valves, pipes, hydraulic hoses, hydraulic cylinders,

hydraulic pumps and hydraulic suction baskets;



d) Visual inspection of electrical elements, especially the relays, motors and

safety devices;



(e) control of optical and acoustic) control devices.



5.09.5 the Protocol on inspection of the steering gear has



1. the result of the inspection,



2. the date of the inspection, and



3. name and surname professionally competent persons.



CHAPTER 6



The WHEELHOUSE



6.01. General provisions



6.01.1 the wheelhouse must be equipped to allow consistent performance

the helmsman duties during cruises.



6.01.2 under normal operating conditions, the sound pressure level
the noise caused by the vessel measured at the control level

the helmsman's head must not exceed 70 dB (A). The noise measurement shall be carried out according to the

"The administrative guideline No. 5" referred to in Appendix II to annex II of the "Minimum

technical requirements applicable to vessels on inland waterways of zones

1, 2, 3 and 4 of the "European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC, which

technical requirements for inland waterway vessels and

repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC,

Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC and

Directive 2008/126/EC.



6.01.3 Is a wheelhouse designed for one person with

using radar, the mate must be able to carry out their tasks in a sitting position and

all signalling and control devices and controls necessary for the management of

vessels shall be so located that the steersman can during the voyage

conveniently monitor and control, without leaving his seat and

the radar screen.



6.02. Unobstructed view



6.02.1 from the control unit must be views in all directions.



6.02.2 the area of obstructed vision for the helmsman ahead of the vessel in

the unladen condition with half the stock without ballast shall not

exceed two vessel lengths or 250 m, whichever value is the

lower, due to the surface of the water. Optical and electronic devices

to reduce the area of obstructed vision cannot be taken into account during the inspection.

To further reduce the area of obstructed vision can only use the appropriate

electronic instruments.



the helmsman's 6.02.3 in the management of the vessel shall

be at least 240 ° of the horizon, from which at least 140 ° within the forward semicircle.

In the normal direction of the perspective of the helmsman must not be the window frame,

post or superstructure. If there is sufficient unobstructed view

toward the back, they can even in the case of 240 ° field of vision to the unrestricted

term be required other measures, in particular the installation of auxiliary

optical or electronic devices. Height of the lower edge of the side

Windows shall be as low as possible, the height of the upper edge of the side and rear Windows

must be the highest possible. In determining whether the requirements are met, kap.

6.02 for visibility from the wheelhouse, assumes that on the control

the unit is the height of the eyes of the helmsman in 1 650 mm above the floor level

the wheelhouse.



6.02.4 the top edge of the Windows of the wheelhouse must be

high enough that a person at the steering position with height of eye 1 800

mm should guarantee free view of at least 10 degrees above the horizontal plane in the

the level of the height of the eyes.



6.02.5 Unlimited views of the windscreen must be in any weather

ensured by appropriate means.



6.02.6 Window used in the wheelhouse shall be made of safety

glass and have a light transmission of at least 75%. The front window on the

Unit leader of the vessel must be equipped with a non-reflective glass or

fixed so as to effectively prevent reflections. This requirement is

considered to have been met if the Windows are inclined from the vertical plane of the direction

out, and in the outer angle of not less than 10 ° and not more than 25 °.



6.03. General requirements concerning control, indicating and monitoring equipment



6.03.1 controls needed to control the vessel must be easily

rebuild to the operating position. The operating position must be clearly

clear.



6.03.2 monitoring instruments shall be easy to read. Their lighting

must be infinitely adjustable up to a complete shutdown. Light sources

not to be disruptive and not worsen readability of control devices.



6.03.3 in the wheelhouse must be installed to test the warning system

lights and indicator lights.



6.03.4 Must be clearly identifiable, whether the device is in operation.

If its functioning is indicated by indicator lights, this must be

Green.



6.03.5 Any incorrect operation or malfunction of the systems, which

monitoring is required, it must be indicated by means of Red

warning lights.



6.03.6 the red warning lights must be at the same time

an audible warning signal. Audible warning signals may be given as

a bulk signal. The sound pressure level of this signal must

exceed the maximum sound pressure level of the ambient noise on the

the steering position by at least 3 DB(a). Measurement of sound pressure level

the hazard warning signal shall be carried out according to the "Administrative instruction No. 5" referred to in

Appendix II to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the

inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the "directive of the European

Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for

inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in

the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,

Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC. An audible warning signal

It must be possible to turn off. Shutdown shall not prevent the alarm

the signal was once again running in the case of other incorrect function. Red

warning lights can be turned off only after the removal of the fault.



6.03.7 control and signal devices in the event of failure of the power supply must

automatically switch to an alternate energy source.



6.04. Special requirements for controls, signal and control

equipment main engines and steering gear



from the control station must be able to control and monitor the main

engines and steering gear. Main engines fitted with a clutch which

can be operated from the steering position, or controllable

climb propeller which can be controlled from the control unit must be

You can turn on and off only from the engine room.



6.04.2 each main engine shall be controlled by one single lever

moving through the arc of a circle in a vertical plane more or less parallel to the

the longitudinal axis of the vessel. The movement of the lever must cause the movement of the vessel

forward and aft movement of the lever must cause motion astern. To

the use of the clutch and change of direction occurs, if the lever is approximately

the neutral position. The lever must latch into the neutral position.



6.04.3 must show the direction of thrust imparted to the vessel and

rotational speed of the propeller or main engines.



6.04.4 on the control unit must be the signal and control

the device according to the chapter. 5.07.2, kap. 7.03.2 and chapter. 7.05.13.



6.04.5 vessels with a wheelhouse arranged to control one

the person with the help of the radar must be controlled by a lever. The lever must be easily

operated manually. Position of the lever with respect to the longitudinal axis of the vessel shall

correspond to the position of the Steering fins. It must be possible to release the lever in

any position without changing the position of the rudder. The neutral position of the lever must

be clearly identifiable.



6.04.6 If, in the case of a wheelhouse arranged to control one

the person with the help of radar vessel fitted with bow rudders or special

rudders, particularly for navigation, these separate

the flippers, which likewise satisfy the requirements laid down in chapter. This 6.04.5.

requirement also applies if, in the case of the report uses

the steering gear of another vessel than the vessel Manager's report.



6.04.7 Use to regulators, the rate of rotation, must be

rotation speed control can be in any position to release, without

to change the speed that is set. Range of rotation of the control must be

sufficient to ensure sufficient settings. Neutral position

must be clearly distinguishable from all other places. Lighting

the scale must be continuously adjustable.



6.04.8 device for remote control of the entire steering gear shall

be permanently installed and arranged in a way that was clearly

recognizable chosen course. If it is possible to remote control devices

to turn off, it must be equipped with an indicating device, which demonstrates the

the operating status-"on" or "off". The arrangement and

controls must be appropriate. For systems

the steering gear, as is bow bow thruster, is

permitted devices to the remote control, which is not permanently installed,

If it is possible at any time to turn off the zdvojující in the wheelhouse.



6.04.9 in the case of the propellers, water-jet, cycloidal-propeller

(Voth-Schneider) propellers and nose, equivalent equipment are

permissible equivalent controls and signal and control equipment.

Requirements in Cap. from to 6.04.8 apply, mutatis mutandis, with regard to the specific

properties and the chosen arrangement of Active Steering and propulsion

units referred to in the first sentence. As in the case of kap. 6.04.2

each unit must be controlled by a lever moving through the arc of a circle

in a vertical plane more or less parallel to the direction of the force of the power unit. From

the position of the lever must be clearly recognizable direction of the thrust

acting on the vessel. If the rudder or cycloidal propeller

(Voth-Schneider) propeller is controlled by the lever may not be required

meet the requirements of chapter. 6.04.2. Such derogations must be disclosed in the

the certificate of the vessel in box 52.



6.05. Navigation lights, light and sound signals



6.05.1 in the wheelhouse must be placed lights or equivalent
a device to control the navigation lights, if it is not possible to control

directly from the wheelhouse.



6.05.2 in wheelhouses arranged to control one person with

using the radar must be located on the control panel lights to

check the navigation lights and light signals. Switch navigation

the lights are built into the lights, or are in their

the immediate vicinity. The arrangement and color lights for navigation

lights and light signals corresponds to the actual position and colour of these

lights and signals on board. When the navigation light or

the light signal will turn on the relevant indicators or disorder

signalled in another manner.



6.05.3 in wheelhouses arranged to control one person with

using radar signals must be controlled by a foot pedal. This

requirement does not apply to the "do not approach" signal.



6.05.5 Navigation light, their covers and accessories must have

type-approval in accordance with the Government regulation on technical requirements for

marine equipment ^ 9).



6.06. Radar equipment and speed of rotation indicator



6.06.1 radar equipment and speed of rotation indicator must correspond to the

a type approved by the competent authority. Radar equipment and indicators

the speed of rotation must comply with the requirements of parts I to III of annex IX.

"The radar equipment and speed of rotation indicator used to

inland waterway vessels "directive of the European Parliament and of the Council

2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for vessels

inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, as amended by

Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,

Directive 2008/68/EC, Directive 2008/126/EC and directive 2012/48/EU.

Inland ECDIS equipment that can be operated in navigation

the scheme, is considered to be radar equipment.



6.06.2 turn indicator must be located ahead of the helmsman and in

his field of vision. In wheelhouses arranged to control one

the person with the help of radar



and) the radar screen in the normal position may not be substantially off the direction

the perspective of a helmsman;



(b)) the radar picture must remain fully visible, without the aid of a mask or

screen, whatever the lighting conditions outside the wheelhouse;



(c))-turn indicator shall be installed directly above or below the

the radar screen or be built into it.



6.07. Radiotelephone systems for vessels with wheelhouses arranged to

management of the vessel by radar by one person



6.07.1 if the wheelhouse of vessels arranged to control one

the person with the help of radar, the income must be within the radiotelephone service

category of vessel-vessel and income categories navigational information

ensure the speaker and broadcast via a fixed microphone. The changeover from reception

the broadcast must be controlled by the button. These microphones may not allow

the use of a public communication network.



6.07.2 if there is a wheelhouse designed for one person with

using the radar equipped with a radio telephone system for the public

communication network, reception must be possible from the helmsman's seat.



6.08. internal communication equipment on board



6.08.1 on vessels with a wheelhouse arranged to control one

the person with the help of radar equipment shall be available for the internal

communication on board. From the control station must be able to establish

connection



and with the bow of the vessel) or convoy;



(b) the stern of the vessel or) the rear parts of the report, if not from the control

Habitat of the direct communication;



(c)) with spaces for the crew;



(d)) with the boatmaster.



The receipt must be in all places these internal lines of communication

carried out by using the speaker and the broadcasting of a fixed microphone. Connection

with the bow and stern of the vessel or the face and the back of the report may be

radiotelephone.



6.09. Alarm system



6.09.1 the vessel shall be equipped with an alarm system, you can use

run an acoustic warning signal in accommodation spaces, machinery spaces and

where appropriate, the separate pump rooms.



6.09.2 the helmsman must have within reach of the button to "off/on", for

controlling the alarm signal; switches, which, after the release of the

automatically return to the position "off", are not allowed.



6.09.3 sound pressure level of the hazard warning signal in residential

quarters must not be less than 75 dB (A). In machinery spaces and machinery spaces

pumps must have the form of a flashing light warning signal, which is

visible from all sides and clearly perceptible at all points.

Measurement of sound pressure level the hazard warning signal shall be carried out according to the "Administrative

Guideline No 5 "referred to in Appendix II to annex II minimum technical

requirements to vessels on inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3, and

4 "directive of the European Parliament and of the Council 2006/87/EC laying down the

technical requirements for inland waterway vessels and repealing Directive

82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC,

Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.



6.10. Heating and ventilation



6.10.1 the wheelhouse shall be equipped with an efficient heating and ventilation

system, which can be regulated.



6.11. stern anchor Device



6.11.1 on vessels and convoys reports to management

the vessel's radar by one person of more than 86 m or wider

than 22.90 m mate must have the ability to run from his station

the stern anchor.



6.12. Retractable wheelhouses



6.12.1 retractable wheelhouses shall be equipped with a device for the reduction of

height.



6.12.2 startup must automatically run clearly

a recognizable sound a warning signal. This requirement does not apply if the

using appropriate structural measures to eliminate the risk of injury

resulting from the execution of the wheelhouse.



6.12.3 in any position it must be possible to leave the wheelhouse safely.



6.13. Entry in the Community certificate for vessels with wheelhouses

to control the vessel's radar by one person



6.13.1 Meets the requirements of the vessel kap. 6.01, 6.04. up to 6.08. and

6.11 for the wheelhouse arranged for the management of the vessel by one person

radar writes to the vessel's certificate: "the vessel has

a wheelhouse arranged to management of the vessel by one person

the radar ".



CHAPTER 7



CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY



7.01. General provisions



7.01.1 machinery and their associated systems and equipment must be

designed, manufactured and installed in accordance with the principles of good practice.



7.01.2 pressure receptacles intended for the operation of the vessel must be inspected

the body responsible for the inspection in order to verify that they are safe for

operation:



and their first) before putting into service,



(b)) before putting back into service, after any modification or repair and



(c)), regularly at least every five years.



Control must include internal and external inspection. Containers with compressed

air, whose interior spaces cannot be subjected to proper control, or

during the internal inspection cannot be clearly establish their status, must be

subjected to non-destructive testing or further hydraulic pressure

the test. The document on the implementation of the control contains the date, the conclusion of the controls and

signature of the authorized inspection body.



7.01.3 can only be installed on board the internal combustion engines

the combustion of the fuel with a flashpoint higher than 55 ° c.



7.02. Operating safety



7.02.1 machinery must be positioned and secured so that

sufficiently accessible for operation and maintenance and not threatening to people,

that these operations are carried out. Machinery must be secured against

accidental start.



7.02.2 main engines, auxiliary machinery, boilers and pressure vessels and their

accessories must be equipped with safety features.



7.02.3 the motors driving pressure and suction fans, ventilation systems

It must be possible to stop from outside the space in which they are located, and

from the outside of the engine room.



7.02.4 Connecting elements of pipes (hose) for fuel, lubricating oil and oil

(including hydraulic fluids) used in systems for power transfer and

in control, fuel and heating systems must be equipped with covers

or other appropriate protection to avoid spray or seepage

fuel or oil on hot surfaces, into machinery air intakes inputs

equipment or other sources of ignition. The number of units in the

These pipeline systems must be as small as possible.



7.02.5 the outer high-pressure fuel pipe of diesel engines between

the high-pressure fuel pumps and fuel injection must be

protected by a jacketed piping system capable of carrying fuel in the

failure of the high-pressure pipes. Frame system must be equipped with

device for collecting fuel and odkapávajícího devices, which

indicates a malfunction in the fuel pipes; for engines with a maximum of two

the cylinder is, however, an alarm signal is not required. Jacketed piping system

must not be used on open decks for engines powering the winches and

vertical windlass.



7.02.6 Insulation of engine parts must comply with the requirements of the chapter. 2.04.3 second

the sentence.



7.03. Propulsion device
7.03.1 propelling machinery of the vessel must be able to quickly and reliably

to operate, stop and reverse.



7.03.2, using appropriate equipment, which in the case of the achievement of critical

level triggered an alarm signal, it is necessary to monitor the



the temperature of the cooling water) and the main engines;



(b)) pressure lubricating oil for the main engines and transmissions;



(c) the oil and air pressure) at the reverzačních units of the main engines,

reverse gear or the propellers.



7.03.3 for vessels with one main engine, this engine may not

automatically turn off except overspeed protection.



7.03.4 for vessels with one main engine can be fitted with this engine

an automatic device to reduce the number of revolutions of the engine only

If the automatic reduction of the number of revolutions of the engine in the wheelhouse

indicated both visually and sonically, and devices to reduce the number of revolutions

the engine can be turned off from the helmsman.



7.03.5 Shaft must be stored so as to prevent leakage of lubricants

polluting the water.



the exhaust system of motor 7.04.



powered all exhaust gas must be evacuated from the vessel.



7.04.2 exhaust pipes must be assembled so that no part of the

the vessel did not leak exhaust gases from the exhaust pipe. Exhaust

pipes passing through accommodation or the wheelhouse shall be in

the gas-tight protective sheathing. The space between the exhaust

pipeline and gas-proof protective coating must allow the supply of

the outer air.



7.04.3 Exhaust pipes shall be arranged and protected so that it cannot

cause a fire.



7.04.4 in engine exhaust pipes must be suitably

isolated, or cooled. In areas outside the engine room sufficient protection

before touching.



7.05. Fuel tanks, pipes and accessories



7.05.1 Liquid fuel must be stored in steel tanks, which

either they are an integral part of the hull, or are they to the ship's hull

firmly attached. If required by the construction of the vessel can be used

an equivalent fire-resistant material. These requirements shall not apply to tanks

containing up to 12 litres that have been built into the production

additional devices. These requirements shall also apply to mobile

fuel tank floating equipment under the conditions specified in the chapter. 17.02.1

(a). c). Fuel tanks shall not have common partitions with tanks

on drinking water.



7.05.2 Tanks, their piping and other accessories must be stored and

arranged so that the fuel or fuel vapour may accidentally escape

in the vessel. Tank valves intended for fuel sampling or drainage

the water must be equipped with automatic closing.



7.05.3 collision bulkhead shall be located no fuel

the tank.



7.05.4 fuel tanks and their fittings shall not be located directly above the

engines or exhaust pipes.



7.05.5 fuel tank Filler openings must be clearly marked.



7.05.6 the mouth of the filling pipe fuel tanks, in addition to the tanks

filled for daily consumption, must be on board. The filling pipe shall

the latter connection neck in accordance with European standard EN 12

827:1999. Tanks must be fitted with exhaust-air pipe vyústěným to the

air above the deck, which is arranged so that it

Enter the water. The cross-section of the breather pipe must be at least

1, 25 times the cross-section of the filler neck. If the tank each other

linked, the cross-section of the connecting pipe must be at least l, 25 times

the cross-section of the filler neck.



7.05.7 with the exception of tanks mounted directly on the engine, must be

liquid fuel distribution pipes directly on the output from the tank is fitted with a

rychlouzavíracím valve, which can be operated from the deck, even if they are

the premises closed. If the device is operating, the lid or covered

the cover must be lockable. Operating the device with rychlouzavíracím

the valve must be marked in red. When the device is covered, the cover must be

or the lid marked with a symbol for the quick acting valve as shown in Figure 9

in Appendix I to this annex.



7.05.8 Fuel pipes, their connections (hoses) seals and

fittings shall be made of a material that can withstand the mechanical,

chemical and thermal stresses to which it may be assumed. Fuel pipe

must not be exposed to the harmful effects of heat and it must be possible

checking the entire length.



7.05.9 fuel tanks must be equipped with appropriate devices for measuring the

their content. The measuring equipment must be clearly legible to the highest

the surface of the filling. Glass gauges shall be effectively protected

before the impact, it must be at the lower end equipped with an automatic shut-off

the device and at the upper end connected to the tanks above the highest level

their fulfilment. The material used for the manufacture of glass at stavoznaků

normal ambient temperature must not deform. The measuring tube must not result in

the living quarters. Measuring vyústěné tubes in the engine room or boiler room

must be provided with suitable self-closing devices.



7.05.10 fuel tanks must be protected when their implementation before

spilling fuel, using appropriate technical equipment of a vessel.

This device shall be entered in the certificate of the vessel, in point 52. If the fuel

drawn from the supply of petrol stations with its own technical

devices for preventing spillage of fuel on the vessel during the performance,

the requirements do not apply to the establishments referred to in the first sentence of the section. 7.05.11.



7.05.11 if the fuel tank fitted with automatic shut-off

devices, sensors, must stop filling when the tank is full of 97%. If

used electric contact, which stops the performance through

a binary signal, passes the signal through a watertight connector

the socket. Connecting the socket must be equipped for leadership of the DC

40 to 50 in the stream, must be fitted with a cap of white colour and the position of its

the earthing contact must be ten hours.



7.05.12 fuel tanks shall be provided with openings with closures

to permit cleaning and inspection.



7.05.13 fuel tanks directly supplying the main engines and motors

necessary for the safe operation of the vessel must be fitted with a device,

that gives the NRC Visual and audible signal in the event that the level of

filling of fuel already does not guarantee safe operation.



7.06. Storage of lubricating oil, pipes and accessories



7.06.1 lubricating oil shall be stored in steel tanks which are either

an integral part of the hull, or are they to the ship's hull firmly

attached. If required by the construction of the vessel, you can use an equivalent

fire-resistant material. These requirements shall not apply to tanks having a capacity of

up to 25 litres. Lubricating oil tanks shall not have common partitions with

tanks for potable water.



7.06.2 lubricating oil tanks and their pipework and other accessories shall

be stored and organized so that the lubricating oil or vapour may

accidentally escape into the vessel.



7.06.3 the collision bulkhead shall not be placed on any tank

lubricating oil.



7.06.4 lubricating oil tanks and their fittings shall not be located

directly above engines or exhaust pipes.



7.06.5 Filling the holes on the lubricating oil tanks shall be marked distinctly.



7.06.6 lubricating oil pipes, their connections (hoses)

seals and fittings shall be made of material that will withstand

mechanical, chemical and thermal stresses to which it may be assumed.

The pipe must not be exposed to the harmful effects of heat and must be possible

their control over the entire length.



7.06.7 lubricating oil tanks shall be provided with a suitable device for the

the measurement of their content. The measuring equipment shall be legible after

the highest level of filling the tank. Glass gauges shall be effectively

protected against impacts, shall be fitted with an automatic on the lower end of the

closing device and at the upper end connected to the tanks above the highest

the level of their performance. The material used for the production of glass stavoznaků

When the normal ambient temperature must not deform. The measuring tube must not be

vyústěny in the living quarters. Measuring vyústěné tubes in engineering

or the boiler room must be provided with suitable self-closing devices.



7.07. Storage of oils used in the systems for the transmission of forces and in

control, fuel and heating systems, pipes and accessories



7.07.1 Oils including hydraulic fluids used in systems for

the transfer of forces and in control, fuel and heating systems must be

stored in the tanks, which are an integral part of the hull or

they are firmly attached to the ship's hull. If required by the construction

the vessel, you can use an equivalent fire-resistant material. These requirements are

not apply to tanks with a capacity of up to 25 litres. Such oil tanks shall not

have common partitions with drinking water tanks.



7.07.2 These oil tanks and their pipework and other accessories shall

be stored and organized so that the oil or oil vapour may accidentally

escape into the vessel.



7.07.3 the collision bulkhead shall not be placed on any tank

oil.
7.07.4 oil tanks and their fittings shall not be located directly above the

engines or exhaust pipes.



7.07.5 oil tank Filler openings must be clearly marked.



7.07.6 oil Pipeline, connecting elements (hoses) seals and

fittings shall be made of a material that can withstand the mechanical,

chemical and thermal stresses to which it may be assumed. The pipe must not

be exposed to the harmful effects of heat and it must be possible to inspect them

along the entire length.



7.07.7 oil tanks must be equipped with appropriate devices for measuring the

their content. The measuring equipment must be clearly legible to the highest

the surface of the filling. Glass gauges shall be effectively protected

before the impact, it must be at the lower end equipped with an automatic shut-off

the device and at the upper end connected to the tanks above the highest level

their fulfilment. The material used for the manufacture of glass at stavoznaků

normal ambient temperature must not deform. The measuring tube must not be

vyústěny in the living quarters. Measuring vyústěné tubes in engineering

or the boiler room must be provided with suitable self-closing devices.



7.08. Drainage and drainage system



Each section of the vessel 7.08.1 waterproof must be possible to pump out separately.

This requirement does not apply to watertight sections, which are during

the operation usually hermetically sealed.



7.08.2 Vessels with a crew shall be equipped with two separate

bilge pumps which shall not be installed in the same space.

At least one pump must be powered. For vessels with the performance

drive less than 225 kW or for vessels with a deadweight capacity not exceeding

350 t or, for vessels not intended for the carriage of goods,

having a water displacement of less than 250 m³, however, it is sufficient for one pump

with manual or powered. All of the required pumps shall be

can be used in all watertight sections.



7.08.3 the minimum performance



7.08.4 where the bilge pumps are connected to a drainage system,

the drainage pipes shall have an internal diameter of at least d1, in mm, and the pipe

the branch must have an internal diameter of at least d2, in mm. For vessels up to 25 m in length

You can reduce the value of d1 and d2 on 35 mm.



7.08.5 Are enabled only self-priming bilge pumps.



7.08.6 for each odvodňovaný section with a flat bottomed vessels wider than 5 m

must be at least one suction strainer on the port and starboard

the vessel.



7.08.7 Rear collision space it must be possible to pump out from the main engine room

using readily available, automatically closing the valves.



7.08.8 branch pipes of the sections must be connected to a main

drainage pipe using lock valves. Sections or

other spaces to allow capable (BMT) may be involved in the

the drainage system only through a simple closing device. This

requirement does not apply to the hold spaces capable of

hold the load. These spaces are filled with water ballast

load pipe, which is permanently installed and independent of the

drainage pipes, or by using the pipeline branches, which can be connected to the

the main drainage pipe by using a flexible pipe (hose), or flexible

transition pieces. For this purpose, they are not permitted to regulate the valves

the inflow of water placed on the floor of the hold of the cargo area.



7.08.9 Assembly areas of dna (nádní) holds the cargo

must be fitted with a measuring device.



7.08.10 Is on board a drainage system with a permanently installed

pipe, drainage pipe must be designed to capture space collection

oily water equipped with closures, which the inspection body

affix a seal. The number and location of these closures shall be entered in the certificate

the vessel.



7.08.11 Caps Lock is considered equivalent to sealing in accordance with

Kap. 7.08.10. The key or keys to the closures must be amended

manner and kept in a well-defined and easily accessible location in the

the engine room.



7.9. Oily water and used oil



7.09.1 on the Board, it must be possible to store water that is zaolejovanou

accumulated during the operation. For this purpose, the place of storage

considers the collection space above the bottom of the engine room (nádní).



7.09.2 for the storage of used oil in the engine room must be available

one or several specific receptacles in the volume that corresponds to the

at least 1.5 times the quantity of used oil from the sumps of all of the

installed internal combustion engines and gearboxes and hydraulic fluid from the

hydraulic fluid reservoirs. The connection used to

the above emptying receptacles shall conform to the European

standard EN 1305:1996.



7.09.3 meet the requirements of chapter. 7.09.2 may not be required for ships

used only for transport on short routes.



7.10. Noise emitted by vessels



7.10.1 the noise generated by the vessel during the voyage, in particular noise caused by

intake and exhaust must be adequately damped.



7.10.2 the noise of the vessel during the voyage at a point 25 m from

the side of the vessel shall not exceed 75 dB (A).



7.10.3 Except transhipment, not the noise of the vessel in calm in the place

Remote 25 m from the side of the vessel shall not exceed 65 dB (A).



7.10.4 noise measurement according to chap. 7.10.2. and chapter. 7.10.3 is carried out according to the

"The administrative guideline No. 5" referred to in Appendix II to annex II of the "Minimum

technical requirements applicable to vessels on inland waterways of zones

1, 2, 3 and 4 of the "European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC, which

technical requirements for inland waterway vessels and

repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC,

Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC and

Directive 2008/126/EC.



CHAPTER 8



EMISSION OF GASEOUS AND PARTICULATE POLLUTANTS FROM

DIESEL ENGINES



8.01. General provisions



every provision of this chapter shall apply to all diesel engines

with a rated output of more than 19 kW installed on ships or in

machines on such vessels.



8.01.2. Diesel engines installed on board vessels must comply with the limit

exhaust emission values laid down in the table set out in the chapter. 8.03,

If not otherwise stated in this annex.



8.01.3. compliance with emission limit values for engines with exhaust gas

determines on the basis of a type-approval according to the law of the European

the community of ^ 1).



8.01.4. For each approved engine must be on board the vessel still to

These documents or their copies of:



and the type-approval document),



(b) the instructions of the manufacturer of the engine) for the monitoring of components and

the engine parameters significant in terms of the exhaust gases.



8.01.5. The type approval and identification numbers of all the engines that are

installed on board and which are subject to the requirements of Chapter 8

the certificate shall indicate the vessels in point 52 of the number.



8.02. installing the engine



8.02.1. Engine Installation shall be carried out on the basis of the instructions of the manufacturer of the engine

for the monitoring of the components and the parameters of engine

regard to the emission of exhaust gases. In the instructions, the manufacturer shall specify the

significant in terms of the components of the exhaust gas and also adjustment and

parameters, from which you can draw the permanent compliance with emission limit values

exhaust emissions. The instructions of the engine manufacturer shall contain at least the following

information:



and, where appropriate, the type of engine) engine family with their nominal performance and

rated speed;



(b)) the list of components and engine parameters important in terms of

exhaust emissions;



c) unequivocal data necessary for the identification of authorized components

parts of significant emission of exhaust gases (eg. number of parts

on the construction works);



(d)) the engine parameters significant in terms of exhaust emissions, such as the

determining the range for injection timing, allowed the temperature of the cooling water,

maximum allowable exhaust back pressure.



In the case of engines fitted with subsequent processing system exhaust

gases contain the instructions of the manufacturer of the engine also procedures for checking whether

exhaust aftertreatment device effectively works.



8.02.2. When mounting the engines on the vessel shall comply with the limits laid down in

the framework of the type-approval. Vacuum suction and exhaust back-pressure, moreover,

must not exceed the values specified for the approved engine.



8.02.3. If engines installed on board belong to one family

engines, no changes may be made adjustments or modifications that would

could negatively affect exhaust emissions and particulate pollutants

or that go beyond the desired range of adjustment.



8.03. Maximum values of pollutant emissions of diesel

engines provided for inland vessels



8.03.1 in the event that propelled inland vessels is

diesel engine, not emissions of pollutants in exhaust gases

shall not exceed the values given in table 1.



Table 1

----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------

The category of a diesel engine: carbon monoxide Total particulate matter

displacement/net power (what) hydrocarbons (PT)
(SV/P) (g/kWh) and nitrogen oxides (g/kWh)

(liters per cylinder/kW) (HC + NO2)

(g/kWh)

----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------

In the 1:1: SV < 0.9 and P > = 37 kW 7.5 5.0 0.40

In a 1:2: 0.9 = 5.0 1.2 < SV < 7.2 0.30

In the 1:3: = 1.2 2.5 5.0 < SV < 7.2 0.20

In a 1:4: 2.5 = SV 5 5.0 < < 7.2 0.20

In the 2:1: 5 = SV 15 < < 5.0 7.8 0.27

In the 2:2: 15 = SV 20 and < <

P 3 300 kW 8.7 < 5.0 0.50

In the 2:3: 15 = < SV < 20 and P > = 3 300 kW 9.8 5.0 0.50

In the 2:4: 20 = ST. 25 5.0 < < 9.8 0.50

In the 2:5: 25 = SV 30 < < 5.0 11.0 0.50

----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------



8.03.2 Maximum permissible values of the pollutants given in the table

1 shall also apply to the auxiliary diesel engines for performance above 560 kW

installed in vessels.



8.03.3 for the auxiliary diesel engines with constant speed category

or with variable speed the performance of more than 19 kW and smaller or

equal to 560 kW installed on board vessels not maximum

the value of the emissions of polluting substances in the exhaust gases must not exceed

the values given in table 2.



Table 2

-------------------------------------- -------------------------

The net power of Carbon oxides, hydrocarbons, particulate matter

(P) monoxide (HC), nitrogen (PT)

(kW) (What) (g/kWh) (NOx) (g/kWh)

(g/kWh) (g/kWh)

-------------------------------------- -------------------------

D: = P = 130 < < 6.0 0.2 3.5 1.0 560

E: = 75 P 130 < 5.0 6.0 < 1.9 0.3

F: = 37 P 75 < < 5.0 1.3 7.0 0.4

(G): 18 = P 37 < < 5.5 1.5 8.0 0.8

-------------------------------------- -------------------------

Sum of hydrocarbons

and oxides of nitrogen

(HC + NOx)

(g/kWh)

-------------------------------------- -------------------------

H: 130 = P = 560 < 3.5 4.0 < 0.2

I: = 75 P 130 < 5.0 4.0 < 0.2

J: = 37 P 75 < 5.0 4.7 < 0.4

To: 19 = P 37 < < 5.5 7.5 0.6

-------------------------------------- -------------------------



8.03.4. in the case of auxiliary diesel engines with variable speed

about the performance of more than 19 kW and smaller or equal to 560 kW installed in

vessels must not be a maximum permissible emissions of pollutants

in the exhaust gases must not exceed the values given in table 3.



Table 3

-------------------------------------- -------------------------

Category: NET Carbon Hydrocarbons Oxides Particles

the performance of the nitrogen monoxide (HC) (PT)

(P) (CO) (g/kWh) NOx (g/kWh)

(kW) (g/kWh) (g/kWh)

-------------------------------------- -------------------------

L: = P = 130 < < 3.5 2.0 560 0.19 0.025

M: = 75 P 130 < < 5.0 0.19 3.3 0.025

N: 56 = P 75 < < 5.0 0.19 3.3 0.025

-------------------------------------- -------------------------

Sum of hydrocarbons

and oxides of nitrogen

(HC + NOx)

(g/kWh)

-------------------------------------- -------------------------

P: = P 37 56 < 5.0 4.7 < 0.025

Q: = P = 130 < < 560 3.5 0.19 0.4 0.025

R: = 56 P 130 < < 5.0 0.19 0.4 0.025

-------------------------------------- -------------------------



8.04. Credits and exemptions



8.04.1 maximum (limit) the value of the emissions of polluting substances in the

exhaust gases for engines intended for the propulsion of vessels under the CAP.

8.03.1, and the maximum permissible value of the emissions of polluting substances in the

the exhaust gases of the auxiliary engines of vessels according to the chapter. 8.03.3 with

not apply to swap engines.



__________________



1) article 4 and the following directive of the European Parliament and the Council

97/68/EC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the measures

against the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants from

internal combustion engines for non-road mobile machinery, as amended by

Directive 2001/63/EC, Directive 2002/88/EC, Directive 2004/26/EC, directive

2006/105/EC



CHAPTER 9



ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT



9.01.. General provisions



9.01.1 where there are special requirements for certain parts of the equipment,

level of safety shall be deemed satisfactory if these parts were

manufactured in accordance with the valid European standard or in accordance with the

the requirements of an approved classification society.



9.01.2 on the Board must be kept of these documents, which have been duly

bear the imprint of the stamp of the State administration of square fairway or

like the body of another Member State of the European Union:



Overview of the entire schemas) electrical equipment;



(b)) wiring diagrams for main, emergency and distribution switchboard with

the most important technical data, e.g.. the size of the stream and the nominal

current circuit-breakers and drivers;



(c)) performance data of electrical machinery and equipment;



(d) the types of cables and data) on the cross-section of the conductors.



On vessels without crew is not necessary to keep such documents must, however,

be available at all times for the owner.



9.01.3 the electrical equipment must ensure faultless functionality in a durable

Tilt up to 15 ° and ambient temperatures from 0 to + 40 ° c and the temperature on board

from-20 ° c to + 40 ° c.



9.01.4 electrical and electronic equipment and appliances shall be fully

accessible and their maintenance must be easy.



9.02 electricity supply Systems.



accommodate if the vessel is equipped with an electric system, you must have this

the system of at least two sources of energy, so that in case of failure of one resource

the second source of energy could power electrical appliances necessary for the

safe navigation for at least 30 minutes.



9.02.2 Sufficient dimensioning of power supply is necessary to demonstrate power

balance sheets. You can take into account a reasonable factor present.



9.02.3 without regard to the CAP. accommodate a pay Cap. 5.04 for the energy source for

steering devices (steering).



9.03 protection against touching, intrusion of solid objects and the ingress of water



the type of minimum protection for steersman tightly fitted parts must

correspond to the specifications in the table.

------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------

Instead of the type of minimum protection (according to IEC 60529: Publ. 1992)

----------------------------------- -------------------------------------------

Engines, Generators, Transformers, Panels, Mounting The Lighting

Cabinets, accessories, equipment

Switch

------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------

Premises, IP IP IP 22 22 22 (2) IP 22 (1) 2) IP IP 44 22

the engine room,

the Department for

Steering machine

------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------

Hold the IP 55 IP 55

cargo spaces

------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------

Cabinet IP 44

batteries and

the (Ex) (3)

------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------

The open deck and IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55

control

Habitat

------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------

The wheelhouse IP IP IP 22 22 22 22 22 IP IP

------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------

Accommodation IP 22 IP 20 IP 20

spaces in addition to the

social

the device and the

washing facilities

------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------

Social device IP 44 IP 44 IP 44 IP 44 IP 55

and washrooms

------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------



(1) if the instruments are released by the great heat: IP 12



(2) If the appliance or panels do not have this kind of protection, the

the location must meet the conditions for this kind of protection.



(3) the electrical equipment of the type with the proven safety in accordance with



and) European standards EN 50014:1997; 50015:1998; 50016:2002; 50017:1998;

50018:2000; 50019:2000 and 50020:2002 or



(b) IEC Publication 60079) as of 1 June. October 2003.



9.04 protection from explosion



Only non-explosive electrical equipment 9.04.1 can be installed in areas

which can accumulate to potentially explosive gases or mixtures of gases,

for example. the Department intended for accumulators or the storage of highly flammable

the products must be installed by the electrical apparatus. In these

spaces cannot be install light switches or other electrical

instruments. Explosion protection must take into account the properties of the

potentially explosive gases or mixtures of gases, which may arise

(explosion group, temperature class).



9.05. Protective grounding



9.05.1 Systems with voltages greater than 50 V needs to be earthed.



9.05.2 metal parts, which can be touched and which, in the ordinary course of

service are not under voltage, for example. frames and covers engines, instruments, and

lighting equipment, shall be earthed separately where they are not in

electrical contact with the hull.



9.05.3 Covers portable electric appliances and portable devices
during normal operation, must be earthed using the additional ground

the wires in the cord. This provision shall not apply in the case of the use of

protective isolating transformer and appliance fitted with a protective

insulation (double insulation).



9.05.4 cross section of uzemňovacích conductors shall be not less than the value of the

listed in the table below:

-------------------------------------------------------------------

The cross-section of the conductors of external uzemňovacích the minimum cross-section

vodičů -------------------------------------------------

[mm] in isolated cables stored separately

[mm2] [mm2]

-------------------------------------------------------------------

from 0.5 to 4 of the same cross section as the 4

the outer conductors

-------------------------------------------------------------------

more than 4 to 16 of the same cross section as the same cross-section for

the outer wires of the outer conductors

-------------------------------------------------------------------

more than 16 to 35 16 16

-------------------------------------------------------------------

more than half the cross-section of 35 to 120 half cross-section

the outer wires of the outer conductors

-------------------------------------------------------------------

more than 120 70 70

-------------------------------------------------------------------



9.06 maximum permissible voltages.



9.06.1 must not be installed on board a device with voltage higher than

is shown in the table:

------------------------------------ --------------------------------------------

The type of the device maximum permissible voltage

--------------------------------------------

Dc Single-phase Three-Phase

AC alternating current

stream stream

------------------------------------ --------------------------------------------

and Fuel and heating equipment) 250 250 500 in in in

including terminals for general use



(b)), the communication of light, povelová 250 in 250 in-

and information facilities, including

outlets for general use



(c)) for the power supply of portable Outlets

the instruments used to

open decks or in

limited or wet

metal enclosed spaces

In addition to the boilers and tanks:

1. General 50 in (1) 50 in (1)-

2. when using the protective

isolating transformer

for a single device-250 V (2)-

3. when using the device with

the protective insulation (double) 250 in 250 in-

4. when using Jet

pads = < 30 mA-250V 500 in



d) Portable electrical appliances in 250 250 in the 500 in

for example. electrical equipment for

containers, motors, fans,

and mobile pumps, which, during the

traffic are not usually transmitted

and the Guide components

which can lead to contact,

are grounded using

ground wires in the

connection cable and

In addition to this the grounding wires

are attached to the ship's hull

its location or additional

wire



e) power outlets for portable 50 in 50 in-

equipment used

in bojlerech and in tanks

------------------------------------ --------------------------------------------

(1) in the case of the voltage of the network with a higher voltage is to be applied to primary

Department (safety transformer).

(2) all poles of the secondary circuit must be isolated from the country.



9.06.2 by derogation from the kap. 9.06.1 higher voltages are permissible if they are

the necessary safeguard measures are applied:



and) for actuators whose capacity so requires;



(b)) for special on-board equipment, such as radio equipment and

the ignition.



9.07. Distribution systems



9.07.1 For DC and AC are permissible

These distribution systems:



two-wire systems), one of which is earthed (L1/N/PE);



(b)) single-conductor systems using the principle of the return line ship

Hull, only for the local device (e.g. starters in internal combustion engines,

cathodic protection) (L1/PEN);



(c) two-conductor systems insulated from) of the hull (L1/12/PE).



9.07.2 For three-phase alternating current are permitted the following distribution

systems:



and four-wire systems) with a zero-point non-grounding principle

hull return line (L1/12/13/N/PE) = (TN-S Network) or (network

The TT);



(b)) třívodičové systems isolated from the hull (L1/12/13/PE) = (network

It);



(c)) třívodičové systems with earthing of the zero point using the principle

the return line hull are not, however, permissible to end circuits

(L1/12/13/PEN).



9.07.3 Can be used other systems providing similar technical

the parameters and the same level of safety.



9.08. Shore or other external networks



the power cord of the riparian 9.08.1 networks or other external networks to the

facilities on-board network must have a solid connection to the Board

in the form of fixed terminals or fixed Sockets. Cable connectors must not be

subjected to tensile load.



9.08.2 If the supply voltage exceeds 50 V, the hull of the vessel must be

effectively grounded. Grounding the outlet must be marked.



9.08.3 switching devices for the connection shall be so arranged as to

avoid the simultaneous operation of the generator of the on-board network and

coastal energy networks or other external networks. Short-term

parallel operation is enabled during the transition from one system to another without

interruption of the voltage.



9.08.4 the connection shall be protected against short circuiting and overload.



9.08.5 on the main switchboard must be installed device indicating,

If the supply of Bank energized.



9.08.6 control equipment must be installed, in order to be in

If to compare the polarity of the direct current and three-phase

alternating current, between the connection and the sequence of the phases of the energy networks

the vessel.



9.08.7 Signal table next to the connection shall indicate



and) the measures necessary for the connection of shore;



(b)) the type of current and the nominal voltage and frequency of the alternating current.



9.09 power supply to other craft.



9.09.1 Is the electrical energy supplied to other craft, it is necessary to

use separate connections. When you use sockets to power supply

energy on another vessel for rated current greater than 16 A, it is necessary to

use of the device (e.g. switch or locking device)

ensure that the connection and disconnection can take place only if it is not

keeping energized.



9.09.2 clutch Cable must not be subjected to tensile load.



9.09.3 the provisions of the chapter. 9.08.3 to 9.08.7 shall apply mutatis mutandis.



9.10 generators and motors



9.10.1 generators and motors and their terminal boxes shall be accessible for

inspection, measurements and repairs. Type of protection shall correspond to their location

(see article 9.03).



9.10.2 generators driven by the main engine, the propeller shaft or

auxiliary unit designated for other purposes must be designed for the range of

the speed of normal operation.



9.11.



9.11.1 accumulators must be accessible and arranged so that the

shift with movements of the vessel. Must not be placed where it would have been

exposed to excessive heat, extreme cold, spray, steam or

vapour. The batteries shall not be installed in the wheelhouse, the accommodation

areas even holds in the cargo holds. This requirement is

not apply to accumulators for portable devices or batteries

requiring a charging power of less than 0.2 kW.



9.11.2 accumulators requiring a charging power of more than 2.0 kW

(calculated from the maximum charging current and the nominal voltage of the

battery and taking into account the characteristic charging curve

charging the appliance) must be placed in a special room. If they are

located on the Board, it is sufficient to their conclusion in the closet. Batteries

requiring a charging power not exceeding 2 kW may be installed in

cupboard or in a box, not only if they are located on the Board, but even under the

the deck. They can also be placed in the engine room or in another well

ventilated place, if they are protected against falling objects or

dripping water.



9.11.3 the interiors of all spaces, cabinets, chests, shelving and other

built-in parts intended for batteries must be protected against

harmful effect of the electrolyte.



9.11.4 effective ventilation must be ensured, if the batteries are

installed in a closed compartment, cupboard or chest. Ventilation with

forced convection air must be available at the nickel-cadmium

accumulators requiring a charging power of more than 2 kW and for lead-acid

accumulators requiring a charging power of more than 3 kW. The air must

Enter at the bottom and be discharged at the top to ensure complete

ventilation gases. Ventilation ducts shall not include devices to prevent

the air flow, for example. shut-off valves.



9.11.5 Required air flow rate (Q) is calculated according to this formula:



Q = 0.11. (I). n [m3/h]



where:



I = 1/4 of the maximum current admissible by the charging device for (A);



n = the number of articles.



In the case of the compensatory batteries in energy supply can be
recognized by other methods of calculation taking into account the characteristic charging

the curve of the charging unit if these calculations are based on the

the provisions of the approved classification societies or of the respective

standards.



9.11.6 if it uses natural ventilation, the cross-section of the pipes must be

sufficient for the air flow required at velocity of 0.5 m/s must not

be less than 80 cm2 for lead-acid accumulators and less than 120 cm2 for

nickel-cadmium batteries.



9.11.7 when used with forced ventilation airflow must be

available to the fan, the best suction, the engine is outside the stream of gas

or the air. Fans shall be so designed as to prevent the

the formation of sparks through contact between a blade and the fan casing and the formation of

electrostatic charge.



9.11.8 On doors or covers of compartments, cabinets or chests containing

the batteries must be placed in the symbols of the "Prohibition of fire and naked flame

smoking "as shown in Figure 2 in Appendix I with a minimum diameter of 10 cm.



9.12. Safety equipment



9.12.1 electrical switchboards



and Equipment, switches,) the fuse Panel and the appliance must be clearly

organized and easily accessible for maintenance and repair. Outlets for the voltage to

50 and for voltages greater than 50 V, must be separated and properly

marked.



(b)) For all switches and devices must be attached to the racks

labels with indication of the circuit. The fuses must be marked with the nominal

the size of the stream and the circuit.



(c)) where a device with an operating voltage of more than 50 in a

the door must be part of these instruments, which are under tension

protected against accidental touch with open door (IP 20).



d) Materials of switchboards shall have adequate mechanical strength and

to be durable, flame-retardant and self-extinguishing; may also

soak up the water and humidity.



(e)) where they are in the electrical distribution panels fuses with the big switch-off

capacity, must be available to the equipment and personal protective equipment to

the exchange of these policies.



9.12.2 switches, protective devices



and) Circuits of generators and electrical appliances must be protected from

short circuiting and overloading in all ungrounded conductors. For this purpose,

the switching device may be used that are run when a short circuit or overload

or insurance policy. Circuits to power electric motors fuel

units (steering gear) and their control circuits must be protected

only against short circuiting. If there are circuits of thermal circuit breakers, must be

These neutralized or set at not less than twice the nominal

the size of the stream.



b) outputs from the main switchboard to electric appliances with the size

stream more than 16 A shall be fitted with load or network

the light switch.



c) electrical appliances for the propulsion of the craft, the steering gear,

the rudder position indicator, navigation or safety systems, and

electrical appliances with a nominal size of stream more than 16 and must

be powered by separate circuits. d) Circuits of electrical appliances

required for the propulsion of the vessel and its maneuver must be supplied

directly from the main switchboard.



(e) the device must be shut-off) choose according to the nominal size of the stream,

thermal or dynamic strength, and breaking capacity. The switch must

turn off all the wires under tension. Must be recognisable

the switching position.



f) Fuses must be of the closed type and be made of ceramic or

equivalent material. It must be possible to replace them without danger to the

operation.



9.12.3 the measuring and control equipment



and) Circuits, batteries and generators, switchboards shall be provided with a measuring

and control equipment, if required by the safe operation of the device.



(b)) In the network with a voltage exceeding 50 V must be provided with

natural gas detector connection issuing Visual and audio alert

signal. For a secondary device, for example. control circuits, this can be from

the device may be dispensed with.



9.12.4 the location of electrical switchboards



and) Switchboards shall be situated in accessible and well-ventilated

spaces and must be protected from water damage or mechanical

damage. Pipes and air ducts shall be so arranged that, in the

case of leakage the switchboards cannot be damaged. If their location

in the vicinity of electrical switchboards inevitable, may not have a pipe in the

detachable connector.



(b)) and in the wall niches, in which are placed the unprotected

the switching device must be of a material slowing burning or be

protected by a metal coating or coating other material

slowing burning.



(c)) where the voltage exceeds 50 V, must be at the service of the front

main distribution frame located insulating gratings or mats.



9.13 emergency circuit breakers.



9.13.1 emergency circuit breakers for oil burners, fuel pumps,

fuel separators and engine-room ventilation fans must be mounted on the

one place outside the premises in which these facilities are located.



9.14. Mounting accessories



9.14.1 Wired inputs must be dimensioned on the cables that have

connect and correspond to the type of cable used.



9.14.2 Sockets for distribution circuits at different voltages or frequencies

may not be interchangeable.



9.14.3 Switch must switch all ungrounded conductors at the same time in

the circuit. In ungrounded systems circuits are allowed single-pole

the switch in the lighting circuits apart from in laundries, accommodation

bathrooms, washrooms and other wet rooms.



9.14.4 Exceeds the size of the current 16, and, it must be possible to outlet

block by using switches to the mains plug can be pushed in and

pull out only if the power contacts.



9.15 Cables



9.15.1 Cables shall be flame-retardant, self-extinguishing and resistant to

the water and oil. In accommodation spaces may be used by other types of cables,

If you are effectively protected, slow burning and are self-extinguishing.

The properties of the electrical cables on the deceleration of combustion must be in

accordance with the



and) publications of the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 60332-1:1993,

603323:2000 or



9.15.2. The conductors of the cables for power and lighting circuits shall have a minimum

cross section 1.5 mm2.



9.15.3, the actual Metal, shield or sheaths of cables shall not be

under normal operating conditions, be used as conductors or to Earth.



9.15.4 Metal shielding and sheathing of cables in the power and light

the circuits shall be earthed at least at one end.



9.15.5 cross section of the wires must take into account the maximum permissible

end temperature (current capacity) and permissible voltage drop.

The voltage drop between the main switchboard and the nejnevýhodnějším place

the device must not be for lighting circuits of more than 5% and for power or

the heating circuits of more than 7% on the rated voltage. While it is

necessary to take into account the reduced heat permeability u shielded cables and

cables in closed long-haul lines.



9.15.6 Cables shall be protected against mechanical damage.



9.15.7 a way of fixing the cables shall ensure that any load

was within the permissible range.



9.15.8 cables where they pass through bulkheads or decks shall not be

cable bushings adversely affected by mechanical strength,

watertightness and fire resistance of these bulkheads and decks.



9.15.9 Terminals and connections all wiring must be made so that the

retain the original electrical, mechanical properties, properties

flame retardant and fire-resistant properties as appropriate. The number of cable

the connections must be as low as possible. You can use them for the purposes of repair or

Exchange and, exceptionally, to simplify installation. These requirements for

the cable connections shall be considered satisfied if it is proceeded according to point

3.28 and Annex D of IEC Publication 60092-352:2005.



9.15.10 cables connected to the startup kormidelnám must be sufficiently

flexible and have insulation with sufficient flexibility to-20 ° c and be resistant

to steam and vapour, ultraviolet radiation and ozone.



9.16. Lighting appliances



9.16.1 lighting appliances shall be so placed that they emit

the heat could have set fire to nearby inflammable objects or units.



9.16.2 lighting appliances on open decks shall be located

so as not to impede the recognition of navigation lights.



9.16.3 if they are in the engine room or boiler room located in two or more

lighting appliances, must be powered at least two different circuits.

This requirement shall also apply to the premises in which they are located

refrigeration equipment, hydraulic equipment, and electric motors.



9.17. Navigation lights



9.17.1 Switchboards for navigation lights shall be installed in the wheelhouse.

It must be powered by separate AC/DC adapter from the main switchboard or by two

independent secondary distributions.



9.17.2 navigation lights shall be supplied separately from the

lighting and separately secured and controlled.



9.17.3 Disorder control unit according to the chapter. 6.05.1 shall not adversely

affect the function of the lights, which checks.



9.17.4 several lights forming a functional unit and installed
together in the same place, you can, and check together.

The control device must detect a malfunction of any of these lights.

In a double light (two lights mounted one above the other or in the same

the housing) may not be possible to use both light sources.



9.18. Alarm and safety systems for mechanical equipment



9.18.1 Alarm and safety systems for the control and protection of

the mechanical equipment shall meet the following requirements:



and alarm systems)



Warning systems must be designed so that failure warning

the system could cause malfunction of the device or controlled

the device. Binary transmitters shall be designed on the principle of the sleep

stream or load-controlled stream. Visual warning

signals must remain visible until the defect has been rectified; warning

the signal, which was taken note of, must be recognisable from the signal,

that note was taken. Each visual warning signal must

be accompanied by an audible warning. Audible warning signals

It must be possible to turn off. Turn off the audible warning signal must not

to prevent in case of failure from other causes was warning

the signal again. Exceptions may be permitted in the case of warning systems, which

they have less than five measurement points.



b) safety systems



Security systems must be designed so that before reaching the

critical state stopped or slowed down the operation of the equipment or

pointed to the need to permanently occupied by the station or stop

deceleration device. Binary transmitters shall be designed on

the load-current principle. If safety systems are not designed

so, to check themselves, must be able to check their

the correct function. Safety systems shall be independent of other

systems.



9.19. Electronic devices



9.19.1 General provisions



The test conditions in chapter. 9.19.2 shall apply only to electronic

the device, which are necessary for the steering gear and drive

vessels, including their ancillaries.



9.19.2 test conditions



and the Stress arising from) the following tests must not lead to damage to the

electronic device or malfunction. Tests according to

the relevant international standards, with the exception of the low temperature test

carried out on the appliance is switched on. These tests include checking the correct

function.



(b)) variations in voltage and frequency

----------------------------------------------------------------

Fluctuations in the

----------------------------------

permanent, short-term

----------------------------------------------------------------

In General, the frequency of +/-5%/+ 10%-5 with

voltage +/-10%/-20% + 1.5 s

----------------------------------------------------------------

The operation of the battery voltage of + 30%/-25%

----------------------------------------------------------------



c) heat test



The test device is in half an hour at a temperature of 55 ° c heat. After

reaching this temperature, the temperature is maintained at the same level for 16

hours. Then carry out a function test.



d) test at low temperature



Equipment under test is off, cooled to-25 ° c and maintained at this

temperature for two hours. Then the temperature will increase to 0 ° c and

the test in functionality.



e) vibration test



The vibration test shall be carried out in all three axes with resonant frequencies

instruments or their components always for 90 minutes. If it is not detected

no significant resonance, vibration test shall be carried out at 30 Hz.



The vibration test shall be carried out by sinusoidal oscillation within the following

the emission limit values:



In General:



f = 2.0 to 13.2 Hz; a = +/-1 mm



(amplitude a = 1/2 frequency range)



f = 13.2 Hz to 100 Hz: acceleration of +/-0.7 g.



The device, which is to be incorporated into the diesel or

steering apparatus, shall be tested as follows:



f = 2.0 to 25 Hz; a = +/-1.6 mm



(amplitude a = 1/2 frequency range)



f = 25 Hz to 100 Hz; acceleration +/-4 g.



Sensors to be installed in the exhaust pipe of the diesel

engines, may be exposed to considerably higher stresses. This is to be

in the tests take into account.



(f) the electromagnetic compatibility Test) is carried out by the publications

IEC 61000-4-2:1995, 61000-4-3:2002, 61000-4-4:1995, level test 3.



(g)) Meet can be demonstrated by the document of the manufacturer.



9.20. Electromagnetic compatibility



9.20.1 electrical and electronic systems must be installed so that

their function was not impaired. This can be achieved, in particular,



and disconnecting the transmission paths between) the source of the interference and the devices affected;



(b) reducing the causes of disturbance) at the source;



(c) reducing the sensitivity of the apparatus concerned) to interference.



Chapter 10



EQUIPMENT



10.01 anchor equipment.



Vessels not intended for the carriage of the cargo with the exception of each

containers, whose length L does not exceed 40 m, shall be equipped with

bow anchors whose total mass P is obtained using the formula:



P = k. (B). T [kg]



where



k is a coefficient that takes into account the relationship between the

length L, and width, B and type of vessel:



(L)

k = c. square root-

8. (B)



the lighters paid to = (c).



c is the empirical coefficient referred to in this table:



----------------------------------

The total tonnage in t Coefficient c

----------------------------------

to 400 45

----------------------------------

over 400 to 650 55

----------------------------------

over 650 to 1 0000 65

----------------------------------

over 1 0000 70

----------------------------------



For vessels with a total deadweight capacity of up to 400 t, due to its

construction and for its intended purpose, only used to transport

at predetermined short lines, may not be a requirement under the

the first sentence is required. These vessels may be equipped with a bow

anchors with two thirds of the total weight of the P.



10.01.2 passenger vessels and vessels not intended for the carriage of goods,

with the exception of pushers shall be equipped with bow anchors

whose total mass P is obtained using the formula:



P = k. (B). T [kg]



where:



k is the coefficient provided for in chapter. not, to determine the value

empirical coefficient (c), however, instead of the total carrying capacity

water displacement in m³ entered in the certificate of the vessel.



vessels referred to in Chapter 10.01.3. not, whose maximum length

does not exceed 86 m shall be equipped with stern anchors whose total

the weight shall be 25% of the weight of p. Vessels whose maximum length

exceeds 86 m shall be equipped with stern anchors whose total

the mass is equal to 50% of the weight calculated in accordance with chapter. or not

10.01.2. Stern anchors are not required for



and the vessels for which) would be the mass of the stern anchors was less than 150 kg; u

the vessels referred to in the chapter. the last paragraph of not taking into account the

the reduced mass of the anchors;



b) lighters.



10.01.4 vessels to conduct tightly bound reports, whose length

does not exceed 86 m shall be equipped with stern anchors whose total

the mass is equal to 25% of the maximum mass P calculated in accordance with chapter.

not for the formations (considered to be the ship's unit)

entered in the certificate of the vessel. Vessels designed to conduct tightly bound

reports after the stream whose length exceeds 86 m shall be equipped with

stern anchors whose total mass is equal to 50% of the maximum

the mass P calculated in accordance with chapter. not for shapes (considered the report

for the shipping unit) permitted and entered in the certificate of the vessel.



10.01.5 the mass of anchors determined according to chap. not to 10.01.4 may

for certain special anchors be reduced under the "Administrative instruction No. 7"

referred to in Appendix II to annex II minimum technical requirements on

vessels on inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the directive

The European Parliament and of the Council 2006/87/EC, laying down the technical

requirements for inland waterway vessels and repealing Council directive

82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC,

Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC, Directive 2008/126/EC and

2012/48/directive of the EU.



10.01.6 total mass P specified for bow anchors may be

spread over one or two anchors. It can be reduced by 15% where the vessel

equipped with only one příďovou anchor and anchor is located

in the middle of the ship. The total mass of stern anchors provided for in

pushers and vessels whose maximum length exceeds 86 m,

can be decomposed into one or two anchors. The mass of the lightest anchor shall not be

less than 45% of the total weight.



10.01.7 of cast iron Anchors are not allowed.



10.01.8 to the anchors must be marked in a durable manner, their

the mass of plastic letters.



10.01.9 Anchors weighing more than 50 kg must be fitted with winches.



10.01.10 Chain bow anchors must have a length of at least



and 40 m) for vessels with a length not exceeding 30 m;



(b)) about 10 m longer than the length of the vessel, if that is longer than 30 m and

less than 50 m;



(c)) 60 m, where the vessel is longer than 50 m.



The chains back anchors must be at least 40 m. If, however, the vessel
they must stop the downstream must be chains back anchors

at least 60 m long.



10.01.11 minimum tensile strength R anchor chains shall be calculated according to the

formula:

and with the mass of the anchors) 500 kg:



R = 0.35. P ' [CN];



b) anchors having a mass of 500 kg to 2 000 kg:

' P '-500

R = [0,35 - --------] . P ' [CN];

15 000



c) anchors having a mass of more than 2 000 kg:



R = 0.25. P ' [CN]



where



' P ' is the theoretical mass of each anchor calculated in accordance with chapter. not to 10.01.4

and 10.01.6.



Tensile strength of anchor chains shall be determined in accordance with the technical standards

valid in the Czech Republic.



If the anchor weight greater than is provided for in the chapter. not up to

10.01.6., the tensile strength of the anchor chain shall be determined as a function of the actual

the weight of the anchor.



10.01.12 if the Board more difficult with stronger anchors

anchor chains shall be entered in the certificate of the vessel only the minimum

weight and strength laid down by chapter. not to 10.01.6 and

10.01.11.



10.01.13 Connecting parts (knobs) between anchor and chain must

withstand load pulling about 20% higher than the tensile strength of the competent

the chain.



10.01.14 instead of anchor chains can be used. The cables shall have the same

tensile strength such as chains, however, it must be about 20% longer.



(h) reclassification. Other equipment



10.02.1 on board must be at least this device:



and wireless equipment)



(b)) the instruments and equipment required for broadcasting Visual and acoustic

signals and to identify the vessel,



(c) an independent backup light for) the required anchor light.



On board these vessels must also be:



and marked on the container) consolidated ordinary waste,



(b) separate marked receptacles) with sealing caps made of steel or

another durable non-combustible material of adequate size for the volume

at least 10 l, intended to collect



AA) wipes polluted with oil,



BB) hazardous or harmful solid wastes,



CC) hazardous or harmful liquid wastes,



and inasmuch as they also store



DD) of sewage,



EE) another zaolejovaného or greasy waste.



10.02.2 in addition, facilities include at least



and) connecting steel wire ropes: the vessel must be equipped with three uvazovacími

steel cables.



Their minimum length shall be:



-the first rope: L + 20 m, with a maximum of 100 m,



-the second rope: 2/3 of the first rope,



-the third rope: 1/3 of the first rope.

As soon as the rope is required for vessels with a length of L is less than

20 m Rope shall have a tensile strength Rs that is calculated according to the

formula:



L. B. T

for L. (B). T in 1 000 m3: Rs = 60 +------[CN];

10



L. B. T

for L. (B). T more than 1 000 m3: Rs = 150 +-----[kN].

100



For the required ropes must be on board the certificate according to the

the European standard EN 10 204:1991, no. 3.1.



Such steel wire ropes can be replaced with other cables of the same length and strength in the

the stroke. The minimum tensile strength of the lan must be listed in the certificate;



(b) the towing rope):



Tugs shall be equipped with a corresponding number of lan. The main rope

must be at least 100 m long, and its tensile strength, in kN, must not be

less than one-third of the total power in kW main engine or

engines. Motor vessels and pushers should also for towing

must be equipped with at least 100 m long towing rope, whose strength in

thrust in kN, equivalent to at least one quarter of the total power in kW

the main engine or engines;



(c)) throwing the rope;



(d) a gangway at least), 0.4 m wide and 4 m long, whose side margins

are marked with bright stripes; This bridge is fitted with railings. U

small vessels may be equipped with vessel shorter bridge;



e) boat-hook;



f) corresponding to the first-aid kit, the contents of which shall apply mutatis mutandis

the provisions of the special legal regulation ^ 2). First-aid kit is stored in

the living space or in the wheelhouse and stored so that it is in the case

easily and safely accessible if necessary. If you are shipping kits

keep the cover must be marked with the relevant symbol according to figure 8 in

Appendix I with a side length of at least 10 cm;



g) 7 x 50 binoculars or with larger diameter lenses;



h) instructions to the rescue or reactivation of the persons on board;



I) headlamp that can be controlled from the wheelhouse.



10.02.3 for vessels with lateral výskaje 1.50 m above the waterline in the

the unladen mass, must be available to the boarding steps or a ladder.



10. Portable fire extinguishers



10.03.1 on each of the places listed below shall be at least one portable

fire extinguisher in accordance with European standard EN 37:2007 and EN 3-8:2007:



and) in the wheelhouse;



b) near each point of access from deck to accommodation;



(c)) in the point of access to any service area not accessible from the

accommodation and in which are installed heating, cooking or

cooling on solid or liquid fuel or a liquefied gas;



(d)) at the entrance to each engine and boiler room;



(e)) at a suitable point below deck in engine rooms and boiler rooms, located

so that from any point in the space has not been the distance to

hasícímu the unit greater than 10 metres.



10.03.2 as regards the portable fire-extinguishers referred to in the provisions

the point of this annex may be 10.03.1 use powder fire extinguishers with

fire-extinguishing capability at least 21 and or other portable fire extinguishers,

the same or higher fire-fighting capabilities. Must be suitable for fires class

And, (B) and (C). On vessels without the liquefied gas, however, are

permissible spray foam fire extinguishers which use foam

forming a water film (AFFF-AR) and are frost resistant to minus (-) of 20 ° c, and

even in the case that they are not suitable for fires class C fire extinguisher.

the unit must have a minimum capacity 9 litres with firefighting capabilities

at least 13 and All fire extinguishers shall be suitable for extinguishing fires

in electrical systems up to 1000 V.



10.03.3 in addition, you can use powder, water or foam fire extinguisher

devices that are suitable for the disposal of this type of fire

most likely to occur in the areas for which the fire extinguisher

the device is intended.



10.03.4 portable fire extinguishers with CO2 as the extinguishing agent may be used

for the liquidation of fires only in the kitchens and electrical devices. The contents of the

These fire extinguishers may not be more than 1 kg per 15 m3 space in

which devices are available for use.



10.03.5 Portable fire extinguishers must be inspected at least once a

for two years. The control shall apply mutatis mutandis to the provisions of the Special

the legal regulation of the ^ 3).



10.03.6 If the fire equipment placed out of sight, it must be

the items, which is a cover, identified by the symbol for fire extinguishers in accordance with

Figure 3 in Appendix I, which has a length of at least 10 cm side.



10.03 and fixed fire-fighting systems to protect accommodation areas, the wheelhouse

and spaces for passengers



10.03 and 1 fire protection in accommodation spaces, wheelhouses and

passenger spaces must be provided only by the appropriate

sprinklerovými fire systems with pressurized water as fixed

fire systems. Requirements for stable sprinkler

equipment with a pressure of water are set out in Administrative instruction No. 9 "

referred to in Appendix II to annex II minimum technical requirements on

vessels on inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the directive

The European Parliament and of the Council 2006/87/EC, laying down the technical

requirements for inland waterway vessels and repealing Council directive

82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC,

Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.



10.03 and 2 Incorporation or alteration of these systems must be carried out only

a person having a permission under special legislation ^ 4).



10.03, and 3 the System must be made of steel or equivalent

fire-resistant materials.



10.03 and 4 System must be able to spray water on volume of at least 5

l/m2 per minute over the area of the greatest space to be protected.



10.03 and 5 Systems spraying smaller quantities of water shall

comply with the requirements referred to in IMO resolution a.800 (19), or other standards

recognised by the European Commission. Validation of requirements carried out by an approved classification

company or a professionally qualified person satisfying the harmonised standards

for the operation of testing laboratories (EN ISO/IEC 17025:2000).



10.03 and 6 System must check the person eligible under the Special

the legal regulation of the ^ 5)



and) before first putting into service;



(b)) before putting back into operation after launch;



(c)) before putting back into operation after any severe adjustment

or repair;



(d)), regularly at least every two years.



10.03 and 7 during the inspection in accordance with paragraph 8.1.3.1. 10 and 6 is checked, whether

of the system to meet the requirements of chapter. 10.03. Check must include at least



and a tour of the entire system);



(b) monitoring security systems) and the jets;



(c)) testing of pressure vessels and the pumping system.



10.03 and 8 proof of inspections includes



and date)



(b)) the conclusion and



(c) the signature of the person) of the inspection carried out.



10.03 and 9 the number of installed systems shall be entered in the certificate of the vessel.
10 .03B. Fixed fire-fighting system to protect the engine rooms, boiler rooms and machine rooms

pumps



10 .03B 1 extinguishing agents



To protect the engine rooms, boiler rooms and machine rooms of pumps in the fixed extinguishing

systems shall apply the extinguishing agents:



and) C02 (carbon dioxide);



(b) HFC 227ea) (heptafluorpropan);



(c) IG-541) (52% nitrogen, 40% argon, 8% carbon dioxide);



d) FK-5-1-12 (dodekafluoro-2-methylpentane-3).



Other extinguishing agents may be on the basis of a statement of the European

of the Commission.



10.03 (b) 2 ventilation, air intake



and) combustion air for propulsion engines shall not be sucked out of the room,

to be protected with fixed fire systems. This does not apply,

If there are two independent and hermetically separated main

the engine room or if there is a separate engine room next to the main

the engine room of the drive, to ensure that in the event of fire

in the main engine room, the vessel can move under its own power at a speed

at least 6.5 km/h relative to the water so that it is capable of

to achieve and maintain the rotation speed of the vessel 20 °/min, which must be

verified test fairway under Cap. 4.03 and 4.04.



(b) forced-draught Ventilation) the air in a space that has to be

protected, must start the fire-fighting system to automatically turn off.



(c)) Must be provided, with which you can quickly close the

all of the holes, which could, in the space to be protected,

breaking the air or gas to escape from it. Must be clearly

recognizable, whether they are open or closed.



(d)) the air escaping from the valves in the reservoirs

installed in engine rooms shall be evacuated into the open air.



e) Overpressure or underpressure resulting from the supply of extinguishing substances must not

destroy the structural elements of the space to be protected. It must be possible

without any risk of pressure.



f) Protected areas must have a device to drain extinguishing agents and

flue gas. Control of these devices must be possible from the

outside the protected areas, which is not due to a fire in these areas

inaccessible. If they are installed on board the fixed suction device

It must not be possible to turn these during fire-fighting.



10. b. 3 fire alarm system



The space to be protected shall be monitored by an appropriate

fire alarm system. Fire must be evident in the

in the wheelhouse, the accommodation and the space to be protected.

The suitability of the fire alarm system must be assessed according to the administrative

Guideline No 17 set out in Appendix II to annex II minimum technical

requirements to vessels on inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3, and

4 "directive of the European Parliament and of the Council 2006/87/EC laying down the

technical requirements for inland waterway vessels and repealing Directive

82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC,

Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC, Directive 2008/126/EC and

2012/48/directive of the EU.



10 .03B. 4 Pipe system



and they are transported to the extinguishing agent) of the space to be protected, and

(a) using a fixed piping system. Inside the room to be

the pipe must be protected and the relevant fittings made of steel. From

This requirement are excluded the pipe connecting the tank and expansion

connections, if the materials used have equivalent in case of fire

the properties of the. The pipe must be protected from the inside and from the outside against corrosion.



(b)) the output nozzle must be sized and arranged so that the extinguishing agent

was the extinguishing agent is evenly distributed. Extinguisher must be effective under the floor

the boards.



10 .03B. 5 startup device



and with an automatic fire-fighting systems) running is not permitted.



(b)) must be able to start the fire system of suitable habitat outside of the

the space to be protected.



c) boot device must be mounted so that their control

It was also possible in the event of fire and, in the case of damage by fire or

the explosion in the space to be protected, it could still be transported

the necessary quantity of extinguishing agent. Nemechanická boot device must be

powered from two different, mutually independent sources of energy. These

the power source must be located outside the space to be protected.

Management leadership in the space to be protected shall be designed

to remain functional even in case of fire for at least 30 minutes. In

If the power lead is this requirement is met, if this

management complies with standard IEC 60331-21:1999. If the boot device

located out of sight must be articles that cover is marked with a

the symbol of the "fire apparatus" as shown in Figure 6 of Appendix I to this annex,

which has a length of at least 10 cm, the parties and the text drawn up by a red

lettering on a white background:



"Fire-extinguishing equipment



Feuerlöscheinrichtung



Installation dextinction



Brandblusinstallatie



Fire-fighting installation ".



(d)) Has a fire-fighting system to protect some of the room must be the boot

equipment for each room a separate and clearly identified.



(e)) next to each of the boot device must be displayed

the indelible operating instructions in English and in one of the languages of the

the Member States of the European Union. The instruction manual contains in particular guidelines

about



AA) run the fire-fighting system;



BB) the need to check that the space to be protected, have left the

all persons;



CC) the measures that must be taken by the crew in case of starting fire

system and, in the case of entry into protected area after running or

full, especially with regard to the possible presence of hazardous substances;



DD) the measures that must be taken by the crew in the event of failure of the fire

the system.



f) operating instructions must contain a warning before you start the fire

the system must be stopped internal combustion engines drawing air from the

the space to be protected.



10. b. 6 warning system



Fixed fire-fighting systems) must bear acoustic and optical

warning systems.



(b)) the warning system will switch off automatically as soon as the fire-fighting system

running. The warning signal shall sound after a reasonably long period before

release the extinguishing agent and may not be possible to turn it off.



c) warning signals shall be clearly visible in the areas

to be protected, and approaches to these spaces and must be

clearly audible under operating conditions, in which experiencing

the maximum noise. Must be clearly distinguishable from other

acoustic and visual signals in the area to be protected.



d) Acoustic warning signals shall be clearly audible in the surrounding

areas even if they are closed by connecting door, and under the operational

the conditions, in which experiencing noise.



(e)) where the warning system custom control short circuit, interruption of the conductors and

voltage drop, it must be possible to check its correct operation.



(f)) for each entry into an area, which can be conducted, the extinguishing

must be clearly visible label with the following text prepared

red lettering on a white background:



"Watch out, the fire extinguisher!



Leave the area as soon as a warning signal.



Vorsicht, Feuerlöscheinrichtung!



Bei Ertönen des Warnsignals (Beschreibung des Signals) den Raum immediately

verlassen!



Attention, installation ďextinction ďincendie!



Quitter immédiatement ce local au signal (description du signal)



Years, brandblusinstallatie op!



Bij het in werking treden van het alarmsignaal (omschrijving van het

signaal ruimte onmiddellijk verlaten dèze,)!



Warning, fire-fighting installation!



Leave the room as soon as the warning signal sounds (description of

signal) ".



10 .03B. 7 pressure vessels, fittings and pressure management



and) pressure vessels, fittings and pressure lines must be in accordance with the

the requirements of the specific legislation. ^ 6)



(b)) the pressure vessel must be installed according to the manufacturer's instructions.



(c)) pressure vessels, fittings and the pressure of leadership may not be located in the

the living quarters.



(d)) the temperature in cabinets and assembly areas where there are pressure vessels

placed, shall not exceed 50 ° c.



e) Cabinets or assembly areas on board must be firmly fastened and

have ventilation holes, which are arranged so that, in case of leaks

the pressure vessel was unable to escape the vessel no gas. Direct connections to

the other spaces are not permitted.



10 .03B. 8 the quantity of extinguishing agent



If the quantity of extinguishing agent is intended to protect more than one room, may not

be the total quantity available is greater than the quantity of extinguishing agent required

for the greatest space to be protected.



10 .03B. 9 Installation, inspection and documentation



and can install or System) rebuild the only person authorized by

special legal regulation ^ 7) for the performance of these activities. Must be

compliance with the requirements laid down by the manufacturer and the manufacturer of the fire extinguishing agent system

(product data sheet, safety data sheet).



(b)) System must check the person eligible according to a special legal

Code ^ 6)



AA) before first putting into service;



BB) before putting back into operation after launch;



CC) before putting back into operation after any severe adjustment
or repair;



DD) regularly, at least every two years.



(c) the inspection) checks whether the system meets the requirements of chapter

10.



(d)) the tour includes at least



AA) tour of the entire system;



BB) pipe leak test;



CC) function test startup and control systems;



DD) pressure vessels and their contents;



EE) check for leakage and device to close the area to be

protected;



FF) inspection of fire alarm system;



Gg) control of the warning system.



(e)) must be issued a document on the tour, which includes

the result of the inspection, the date and signature of the person who has done the tour.



(f) the number of fixed fire extinguishing systems) shall be entered in the certificate of the vessel.



10. b. 10 CO2 fire-fighting systems



Fire-fighting systems using CO2 as the extinguishing filling must in addition to the requirements of the

According to the chapter. 10 .03B 1. up to 10 .03B. 9 comply with the following provisions:



and) the CO2 must be stored outside the space to be protected in

space or Cabinet hermetically separated from the other areas. The door to the

These space and cabinets shall open outwards, must be

lockable and bear the symbol "on the outside of the General

danger "as shown in Figure 4 of Appendix I, which is at least 5 cm high,

together with the marking "CO2" in the same color and the same height.



(b) premises used for the storage of containers) with CO2, which is located below the deck, must

be accessible only from the outside. These facilities must be equipped with its own

adequate artificial ventilation with exhaust pipes; This ventilation system

must be completely independent of the other ventilation systems on board.



(c)) the CO2 shall not be filled to more than 0.75 kg/l. Specific volume

the uncompressed gas CO2 is 0.56 m3/kg.



(d)) the volume of CO2 for the space to be protected shall be at least 40%

its gross volume. It must be possible to release this volume to 120 seconds, and

check whether the release occurred. (e)) and the service Opened the valves of receptacles

the inflation valve must be provided by separate control operations.



(f)) a reasonable period referred to in the chapter. 10 .03B. 6 (a). (b)) is at least 20

seconds. There must be a reliable device to ensure the delay before

transport of CO2.



10 .03B. 11 fire-fighting system with HFC-227ea



Fire extinguishing systems using HFC 227ea as the filling must in addition

the requirements of Cap. 10 .03B 1 to 10 .03B. 9 comply with the following provisions:



and) be protected by several spaces with different gross volumes, must be

each room equipped with its own fire-fighting system.



b) each container with HFC 227ea that is installed in a space that has the

to be protected must be fitted with a valve to release the excess pressure. This must

release the contents of the container without danger to the space to be protected,

If the container is exposed to the effects of fire and fire-fighting system has not been

running.



c) each container shall be fitted with a device for checking the gas pressure.



(d) the container shall not perform) on more than 1.15 kg/l. Specific volume

the uncompressed HFC 227ea is 0.1374 m3/kg.



(e) the volume of HFC 227ea) for the space to be protected shall be at least

8% of the gross volume of the space. This volume shall be supplied within 10

seconds.



(f) HFC 227ea containers) must be provided with a device to monitor the pressure

in the case of an unacceptable loss of propulsion gas triggers an acoustic and

Visual warning signal in the wheelhouse. If there is no wheelhouse,

the warning signal shall be given outside the space to be protected.



(g)) After flooding, not the concentration in the room to be protected, be

more than 10.5%.



h) fire-fighting system must not contain components made of aluminium.



10 .03B. 12 fire-fighting system with IG-541



Fire-fighting systems using IG-541 fire cartridge must in addition

the requirements of Cap. 10 .03B 1 to 10 .03B. 9 comply with the following provisions:



and) be protected by several spaces with different gross volumes, must be

each room equipped with its own fire-fighting system.



b) each container with IG-541, that is installed in a space that has to be

protected shall be fitted with a valve to release the excess pressure. This must without

release the contents of the container into the danger area, which is to be protected, if the

the container is exposed to the effects of fire and fire-fighting system has not been started.



c) each container shall be fitted with a device for checking the contents.



(d) the filling pressure of the container shall not) at + 15 ° c shall not exceed 200 bar.



(e)) the volume of IG-541 for the space to be protected shall be at least 44

% and not more than 50% of the gross volume of the space. This volume shall be

released in 120 seconds.



10. b. 13 FK-5-1-12-fire-fighting system



Fire-fighting system with FK-5-1-12 as the extinguishing agent must, in addition to the requirements

Kap. 10 .03B 1 to 10 .03B. 9 comply with the following provisions:



and) be protected by several space with different volumes, each must be

room equipped with its own fire-fighting system;



(b) Each with the stock) FK-5-1-12, which is installed in the area, which has

be protected, must be provided with overpressure valve to release pressure.

Overpressurization relief valve must release the contents of the stack without danger to the

the space to be protected if the tank is subjected to the effects of

the fire and the fire-fighting system has not been started;



c) Every tank shall be fitted with a device for checking the gas pressure.



(d)) shall not be filled with Stacks of more than 1.00 kg/l. Specific volume

the uncompressed FK-5-1-12 is 0.0719 m3/kg;



(e)) the volume of the uncompressed FK-5-1-12 for the space to be protected shall

be at least 5.5% of the gross volume of the space. Fill the space must be

implemented in 10 s;



f) Tanks FK-5-1-12 must be fitted with a device to monitor the pressure

in the case of an unacceptable loss of filling starts acoustic and

Visual signal in the wheelhouse. If it is not on board the wheelhouse, the alarm

the signal must be run out of the room to be protected;



g) After filling the protected space FK-5-1-12, may not be the concentration of

FK-5-1-12 in this space more than 10%.



10. fixed fire-fighting systems (c) to protect the objects



10 c 1 Fixed fire-fighting systems to protect objects are only permissible

after consultation of the European Commission.



10.04 ship's boats.



which the following vessels shall be fitted with a ship's boat by

the European standard EN 1914:1997:



a) motor vessels and barges with a deadweight of more than 1501;



b) tugs and pusher craft with a displacement of water more than 150 m3;



c) floating equipment;



d) passenger ships.



10.04.2 it must be possible to ship a boat launched on the water safely one

the person within 5 minutes after the start of the first required manual operation. If

to run the water machinery used must be such that the

in the event of failure of the power supply has not been prevented safely and quickly

running on water.



10.04.3 Inflatable ship's boats shall be checked in accordance with the instructions

manufacturer.



10.05 lifebuoys and vests.



10.05.1 on ships must be at least three lifebuoys

According to the European standard EN 14144:2002. They must be ready to use and

mounted on a Board at the appropriate places, but shall not be fastened to the

uprights. At least one lifebuoy shall be placed in the immediate

vicinity of the wheelhouse and fitted with automatic battery switch

-powered light that goes out in the water.



10.05.2 in range of each person regularly on board must be

personal, automatically inflatable life vest, according to European standards EN

395:1998, EN 396:1998, EN ISO 12402-3:2006 or EN ISO 12402-4 ", 2006. For

children are allowed also incorporate life vests that meet

the requirements referred to in the first sentence.



10.05.3 life-jackets shall be checked in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.



____________



2) size first aid kits (III). referred to in point 2 of the annex No 14 of Decree No.

341/2002 Coll., on the approval of the technical competence and the technical

the conditions of the use of vehicles on the road, in the text of the

amended.



3) section 9 of Decree No. 246/2001 Coll., on the determination of the conditions of the fire

the safety and performance of State Fire supervision (Decree on fire

Prevention), in the wording of later regulations.



4) Law No. 455/1991 Coll., on trades (trade licensing

Act), as amended.



5) section 11 of Act No. 133/1985 Coll., on fire protection, as amended

regulations.



6) Government Regulation No. 26/2003, laying down technical requirements for

pressure equipment, as amended by later regulations. Government Regulation No.

42/2003 Coll., laying down the requirements for the transportable pressure

the device, in the wording of later regulations.



7) Law No. 455/1991 Coll., on trades (trade licensing

Act), as amended.



CHAPTER 11



SAFETY IN THE WORKPLACE



11.01. General provisions



11.01.1 vessels shall be built, arranged and equipped in order to

These people can work and move safely.



11.01.2 fixed installations on ships, which are necessary for the work must

be furnished, positioned and secured so that their operation, use,

and maintenance has been safe and easy. In case of needs must be portable

or hot elements equipped with protective devices.



11.02. protection before the fall
11.02.1 Deck and side deck must be straight and not on them

find places, for which it would be possible to stumble; not on them

create a puddle.



11.02.2 decks, side decks, engine-room floors, landings, stairways

the staircase and the top of the side-deck bollards must be non-slip.



11.02.3 top of side-deck bollards and any obstacles in

passes, for example. the edges of steps, shall be marked with a color that

contrasts with the surrounding deck.



11.02.4 the outer edges of decks and side decks shall be fitted with handrails

with a height of at least 0.90 m, or continuous rail in accordance with European standards

EN 711:1995. Workplaces from which persons may fall from a height of more than

1 m must be fitted with a handrail or ohrazením Board of the esophagus with the

height at least 0.90 m, or continuous rail in accordance with European standard EN

711:1995. In cases when the railings at the side decks,



and) must be to fence at a height of 0.7 on-board the esophagus to 1.1 m Additionally

mounted continuous handrail diameter up to 0.02 and 0.04 m



(b) a clearly visible places) on the edges of the side deck must be

located in Appendix I of the brand image 10 of Annex No. 1 of the Decree on the

average at least 0.015 m.



If there is no on-board protections of the esophagus, it is necessary to install fixed

the railing.



by way of derogation from Chapter 11.02.4 and 11.02.4 are not lighters or

barges without living space required bulwarks or

the railings, if



and) are the outer edges of decks and side decks equipped with protective profiles

at the base of the rail,



(b)) are the enclosures of the cabin of the esophagus in accordance with Chapter 11.02.4 (c).

and fixed handrails)



(c)) to clearly visible places on the Board are placed in the tags

accordance with Appendix and Figure 10 of the annex No. 1 of this Decree on the average

at least 15 cm.



11.02.4 (b) by way of derogation from Chapter 11.02.4 in the case of vessels with a continuous

deck or mezinástavbou deck does not require to be directly on

the outer edges of decks, side decks or railing, placed

If



and these ongoing) deck passage, which is surrounded by a fixed

a guard rail in accordance with standard EN 711:1995, and



(b) a clearly visible places) at the crossing points into the area of unprotected

Rails are placed the tag in accordance with Appendix I to figure 10

Annex No 1 of this Decree, of a diameter of at least 15 cm.



11.02.5 On workplaces with the risk of falling from a height of more than 1 m can be

requires appropriate equipment and facilities for safe work, if it is

necessary for the safety of the work.



11. Dimensions of workplaces



the headroom in the workplace must be of such dimensions as to all persons who, on the

them work, an adequate freedom of movement.



11.04 side decks.



11.04.1 clear width of side-decks must be not less than 0.60 m. On some

places, which are necessary for the operation of the vessel, for example. hydrants to

washing the deck, this value can be reduced to 0.50 m at bollards and oporek

It can be reduced to 0.40 m.



11.04.2 to a height of 0.90 m above the side deck may be a clear width of the side

the deck lower to 0.50 m if the clear width above, between the outer

the edge of the hull and the inner edge of the storage space, at least

0.65 m.



11.04.3 the requirements of Cap. 11.04.1 and 11.04.2 are valid for up to a height of 2.00 m above the

the side deck.



11.05. Access to the workplace



11.05.1 Approaches and passes, which is used to move persons or objects,

must be sufficiently large and so arranged that the



and before the input openings) is a sufficient space to allow for

unimpeded movement;



(b) the clear width of the passageway) corresponds to the purpose of the workplace and not less than

0.60 m, except vessels less than 8 m wide, on which the width may be

reduced to 0.50 m;



(c)) the ground clearance pass including coaming is not less than 1.90 m.



11.05.2 arrangement of the doors must be such that they can be safely

opened and closed from either side. The doors must be protected against

accidental opening and closing.



11.05.3 Approaches, the exits and passageways with a difference in height of floors more

than 0.50 m must be accompanied by appropriate stairs, ladders, or the ascension pipes.



11.05.4 the workplace, which are permanently occupied, must be fitted with a

stairs, if the difference in the height of floors larger than 1.00 m. This requirement

does not apply to emergency exits.



11.05.5 for vessels with cargo holds rooms must have at least

at each end of the cargo bay solid means to ensure

access. By way of derogation from the first sentence is not a solid means to ensure

access must, if they are to grant at least two portable ladders

long to at least three rungs above esophageal forces, if they are

ladders, inclined at an angle of 60 ° to the horizontal plane.



11.06. Exits and emergency exits



made the number, arrangement and dimensions of exits, including emergency exits, must

conform to the purpose and dimensions of the relevant space. If one of the exits

the emergency must be clearly marked as such.



11.06.2 Exits or Windows, or the covers of skylights, which are to be used

as emergency exits must have a clear opening of at least 0.36 m2 and

the smallest dimension must be at least 0.50 m.



11.07. Ladders, climbing-irons and similar devices



11.07.1 Stairs and ladders shall be securely fastened. The stairs must be

at least 0.60 m wide and the clear width between handrails shall be not less than

0.60 m; height shall not be less than 0.15 m; degree must have

non-slip surfaces and stairs with more than three degree must

be provided with handrails.



11.07.2 Ladders and separately attached rungs shall have a clear width of

not less than 0.30 m; the maximum distance between rungs is 0.30 m

the distance between the rungs and structures shall be not less than 0.15 m.



11.07.3 Ladders and separately attached rungs must be visible from above and

above the emergency vents must be equipped with safety handles.



11.07.4 Portable ladders must be at least 0.40 m wide and 0.50 m at

Base; must ensure that the nepřevrátily or nesklouzly; rungs

must be firmly attached to the sides.



11.08.2. internal spaces



11.08.1 Dimensions, equipment and arrangement of workplaces must

match the work to be performed, and must comply with the health

and safety requirements. Shall be adequately illuminated, non-dazzling

light and sufficiently ventilated. If necessary, shall be provided with

heating equipment to maintain the appropriate temperature.



11.08.2 Floor workplaces must be solid and durable, and

designed so as to prevent slipping and falling. Openings in decks or

floors must be, if they are open, equipped with protection against fall and

Windows and skylights shall be so arranged and fitted that they can be

serviced and cleaned without risk.



11. protection against noise and vibration



11.09.1 the workplace must be located, equipped and designed to

crew members are not exposed to harmful vibrations.



11.09.2 Permanent workplaces must be in addition constructed in such a

manner and must be proofed, that the health and safety of the members of the

the crew were not affected by noise.



11.09.3 for members of the crew, who will probably every day

exposed to noise exceeding 85 dB (A), must be available to

individual acoustic protection devices. In the workplace, on the

where the noise level exceeds 90 dB (A), shall be required to use

noise protection devices indicated by the symbol "Use

protective noise means "at least 10 cm in diameter, as shown in Figure

7 in Appendix i. noise measurement is carried out according to the "Administrative instruction No. 5"

referred to in Appendix II to annex II minimum technical requirements on

vessels on inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the directive

The European Parliament and of the Council 2006/87/EC, laying down the technical

requirements for inland waterway vessels and repealing Council directive

82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC,

Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.



11.10. Hatch covers



11.10.1 hatch covers shall be easily accessible and handling must

be safe. Hatch covers parts weighing more than 40 kg shall be

designed so that they can be moved or rotated, or must be equipped with

mechanical means for lifting. Hatch covers operated by

the hoist must be equipped with adequate and easily accessible attachment

resources. Hatch covers and their rafters, which are not interchangeable, must

be clearly marked to indicate to which it belongs, and jícnům

their correct position on the vents.



11.10.2 hatch covers shall be secured against wind or folding

loading device. The sliding covers must be fitted with a záchytkami, which

prevent accidental horizontal movement of more than 0.40 m; must

be capable of being locked in the end position. For fastening on stacked

hatch covers must be available to the appropriate resources.



11.10.3 Power mechanically operated hatch covers must be after the release of the

the control switches off automatically.



11.10.4 hatch covers must withstand the burden can be expected;

inset hatch covers must withstand a load of at least 75 kg spot. Covers

hatches that are not designed as a walkable, as such, must be
marked. Hatch covers, which are designed to save the cargo,

must be marked with the permissible load in t/m2. If they are to achieve

the maximum permitted load of the necessary support, it must be on an appropriate

place indicated; in this case, must be kept on board, the competent

plans.



11.11. Winches



11.11.1 Winches shall be designed so as to be able to perform the work

safely. Must be equipped with means to prevent the inadvertent

the release of the cargo. Winches that do not lock automatically shall be with

regard to its pulling force equipped with adequate brakes.



11.11.2 the Winches on the manual actuator must be equipped with a device that

avoid back-stroke crank. Winches and manual drive must be

designed to hand drive could not be put into motion machinery

drive.



11.12. Cranes



11.12.1 Cranes must be built in accordance with the requirements laid down

a special law ^ 8). The forces that arise when their

the operation must be safely transmitted to the vessel's structure, not

threaten its stability.



11.12.2 The cranes must be mounted with the manufacturer with the following information:



and the name and address of the manufacturer);



(b)) the CE marking, indicating the year of manufacture;



(c) designation of series or type);



(d) where appropriate, the serial number).



11.12.3 On cranes must be easily legible manner in

indication of the maximum permissible load. For cranes, whose nominal

load capacity not exceeding 2 000 kg, it is sufficient if the crane easily

legible manner durably nominal load at maximum

Showdown.



11.12.4 protective devices must be installed to prevent

the risk of přimáčknutí or pinching. The external components of the crane must

have from all surrounding objects safety distance 0.5 m

up, down and sideways. Outside the workplace, and passes the security

the distance to the sides.



11.12.5 cranes must be secured against

unauthorized use. It must be possible to turn it on only from the control

crane. Control must be the automatic return (button

without the involvement of samodržného); must be clearly recognizable direction

control. When a power failure the actuator must not load the uncontrolled fall. Is

avoid accidental movements of the crane. The movement of the lifting gear up

and exceeding the rated capacity shall be limited to the appropriate devices.

The movement of the lifting gear down must be limited, if

the anticipated operating conditions for deployment of the hook are on the drum

less than two cable windings. After running the automatic device limitation devices

It must still be possible corresponding counter movement. The strength of the lan

for moving the burden must match five times the maximum

the load on the rope. Construction of the rope must be without defects and must be suitable for

use on cranes.



11.12.6 before first being put into service or before putting back into

After the essential adjustments or repair or at least regularly

every ten years, it is necessary to demonstrate an adequate strength and stability

using calculations and load tests. Do not exceed the nominal load

crane 2 000 kg, can be a proof by calculation of partially or completely replace the

test with a load equal to 1.25 times the rated capacity

carried out throughout the operating range. The acceptance test referred to in the first

or the second sentence makes an expert on lifting devices recognized by State

fairway management (hereinafter referred to as "Inspector of the specified technical equipment").



11.12.7 Cranes must be periodically and in any case at least every

twelve months of inspection carried out by a competent expert

the body responsible for the inspection. During this inspection, safe

the operating status of the crane shall determine by Visual inspection and control functionality.

The document on the implementation of the control contains the date, the conclusion and the signature checks

the body responsible for inspection.



11.12.8



cancelled



11.12.9 instructions for use supplied by the manufacturer of the crane must be kept on the

Board. This manual shall contain at least the working scope and functions

the driver, the maximum nominal load capacity by offloading the crane,

the highest permissible tilt crane, installation instructions, and maintenance and General

technical data.



11.12.10 for all cranes on board must be at least the following

documents:



and the manufacturer's instructions) to guide the crane, including at least the following information:



the working range and the function of the controls;



the maximum permissible nominal load by offloading the crane;



the maximum inclination of the crane;



instructions for installation and maintenance;



instructions concerning regular checks;



General technical data.



(b)) the certificate of the tests conducted by the chapter. 11.12.6 to 11.12.8 or

11.12.9.



11.13. the storage of flammable liquids



11.13.1 The storage of flammable liquids with a flash point below 55 ° c

the Board must be ventilated cabinet of non-combustible material. On

the outside of the Cabinet must be the symbol of the "ban on open

the fire and smoke, "at least 10 cm in diameter, as shown in Figure 2 in Appendix I to the

of this annex.



_________



8) Government Regulation No. 24/2003 Coll., laying down the requirements for the

machinery, in wording of later regulations.



Chapter 12



LIVING SPACES



12.01. General provisions



out of the vessel shall have accommodation for the persons that are usually

are on board, at least for the minimum crew.



12.01.2 accommodation shall be so designed, arranged and fitted out as

to meet the needs of those on board from the point of view of health, safety

and comfort. Must have safe and easy access and be insulated against the

heat and cold.



compliance with the conditions laid down in Chapter 12.01.3. 12 may not be required,

If the health and safety of persons on board the vessel secured other

the resources that provide the same level of protection.



12.01.4 any restrictions on the daily operating time of the vessel and the type of operation

resulting from the kap. 12.01.3. shall be entered in the certificate of the vessel.



12.02 Special design requirements.



12.02.1 accommodation spaces shall be possible to ventilate adequately even when closed

the doorway; In addition, must have a social room sufficient daily

If possible, allow the light and views to the outside.



in 12.02.2 the accommodation must be accessible by stairs, if not

access to deck level and the difference is more than 0.30 m.



12.02.3 in front of the vessel, no floors shall be not less than 1.20 m

below the plane of maximum draught.



12.02.4 Lounge and bedroom must have at least two exits,

that are apart from each other as possible within and serving as a

the escape route. One exit may be designed as an emergency exit.

It does not apply to room, whose exit leads directly to the Board or

on the corridor, which serves as an escape route if the two corridor from each other

the remote exits that lead to port and starboard. Emergency exits,

that may well be the skylights and Windows, shall have a clear opening of at least

0.36 m2 and the smallest dimension must be at least 0.50 m and in the case of an emergency

must allow rapid evacuation. Insulation and cladding of escape routes must

be of flame-retardant materials and applicability of the escape routes must

be ensured by appropriate means, at any time, for example. ladders or

separate rungs.



12.02.5 Residential areas must be protected from unacceptable noise and

the vibrations. The sound level shall not exceed



and) 70 dB(a) in communal living quarters;



(b)) 60 dB (A) in the bedrooms. This provision shall not apply to vessels,

operating exclusively outside of the rest of the crew. Restrictions on the

operation only by day, recorded in the certificate of the vessel.



The noise measurement shall be carried out according to the "Administrative instruction No. 5" referred to in the Appendix

(II) to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the

inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the "directive of the European

Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for

inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in

the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,

Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.



12.02.6 headroom in the accommodation shall be not less than 2.00 m.



12.02.7 Vessels have at least one living room separate from the

the sleeping rooms.



12.02.8 the free floor area of function rooms shall not be less

than 2 m2 per person, and in no case less than a total of 8 m2 (with

not furniture, except tables and chairs).



12.02.9 Cubic contents of each room in the residential areas and

the bedrooms must be not less than 7 m 3.



12.02.10 volume of air per person shall be in private residential

rooms at least 3.5 m3. In the bedrooms must be at least 5 m³ for the

the first occupant and at least 3 m³ for each additional residents (with

not the volume of furniture). The bedroom if possible, must not be intended

For more than two persons. Berths must not be less than 0.30 m above the floor.

Where one berth is placed over another, the headroom above each berth

shall be not less than 0.60 m.
12.02.11 Door must have an opening whose upper edge is at least 1.90 m above

deck or above the floor and the clear width is at least 0.60 m.

The prescribed height can be achieved by using the sliding or folding covers

or hatches. The door must be opened from both sides towards the outside.

Coamings shall not be greater than 0.40 m.



12.02.12 Stairs shall be firmly attached and without danger. For

such are considered, if



and) are not less than 0.60 m;



(b) the degree is at least) height 0.15 m;



c) degrees are non-slip;



d) stairs with more than three degrees are equipped with at least one handrail or

handle.



12.02.13 Pipe head of dangerous gases or liquids, in particular

under the great pressure of the pipeline so that the leak could harm

a person must not be located in the accommodation or the hallways leading

to residential spaces. It does not apply to steam pipes and pipelines

hydraulic systems, if they are stored in metal chráničkách, and for

pipe liquefied gas installations for domestic use.



12.03. Sanitary facilities



12.03.1 for vessels with accommodation must be available

at least the following facilities:



and toilet on one) single room, or per six crew members; It must be

be possible to ventilate the fresh air,



(b)) one wash basin with waste pipe and connected up to hot and cold

potable water per accommodation unit or per four crew members;



(c)) one bath or shower connected up to hot and cold potable water per

room, or per six crew members.



12.03.2 facilities must be in close proximity to the accommodation.

Toilets shall not have direct access to galleys, canteens or combination of

the living room and the kitchen.



12.03.3 Toilets must have a floor area of at least 1 m2, must be

not less than 0.75 m wide and 1.10 m long. The toilets in the cabins for a maximum of

two persons may be smaller. If the toilet is also a sink or

shower floor area must be increased to at least on floor surface

the washbasin or shower (or bath).



12.04. Kitchen



12.04.1 Cuisine can be combined with reception rooms.



12.04.2 Kitchen shall be provided with



and stove);



(b)) the sink with waste connection;



(c)) the supply of drinking water;



d) a refrigerator;



e) sufficient storage and working space.



12.04.3 dining room combination of cuisine and meeting rooms must be

large enough for the number of crew members, who customarily used

at the same time. The seats are wide at least 0.60 m.



12.05. Drinking water



12.05.1 vessels with accommodation must be fitted with a device on the

drinking water. The filler orifices for potable water tanks and hoses with drinking

water must be identified, that are intended exclusively for potable water.

Filling piping for potable water must be placed above the deck.



12.05.2 potable water installations



and internal surfaces) must be made of a material that is resistant to

corrosion and poses no physiological danger;



(b)) must not contain the pipe sections where it is not possible to ensure regular

the flow of water, and



(c)) be protected against excessive heating.



12.05.3 in addition to paragraph 2 must be potable water tanks



and have at least 150) volume (l) on each person, which is usually located on the

Board, but at least on every Member of the minimum crew;



(b)) have a suitable, lockable opening to clean it inside;



(c) be equipped with a level indicator);



(d)) have vent pipes that lead into an open space, or

be equipped with the appropriate filters.



12.05.4 potable water tanks shall not have common walls with other

the tanks. Piping for potable water must not pass through tanks containing

other liquids. The link between the system of drinking water supplies and other

pipe systems is prohibited. The head of the pipeline gas or other liquid

than water must not pass through potable water tanks.



12.05.5 Pressure tanks for potable water must operate only with cylinders

with compressed air. If the compressed air produced by means of compressors,

must be directly before the pressure tank, appropriate air filters and

oil separators, unless the water and the air are separated by a diaphragm.



12.06. Heating and ventilation



12.06.1 accommodation spaces shall be possible to heat in accordance with their

the purpose of the. The heating device must correspond to the climatic conditions, which

may occur.



12.06.2 Living and sleeping room must be adequately ventilated, even when

with the door closed. Ventilation must in all weather conditions

to ensure adequate air circulation.



12.06.3 accommodation must be arranged and decorated so that it

as far as possible prevent the penetration of polluted air from other

the Department of craft, for example. engine rooms or holds the cost

space; When used with forced ventilation airflow must be

input ventilation ducts located so as to comply with the abovementioned

the requirements.



12.07. other equipment of the accommodation.



12.07.1 each crew member living on Board shall have a separate

bed and an individual clothes locker fitted with a lock. Internal dimensions

beds must be not less than 2.00 x 0.90 m.



12.07.2 must be provided with appropriate facilities for storing and drying

working clothes, but not in the bedrooms.



12.07.3 All accommodation must be equipped with an electric

lighting. Replacement or emergency gas lamps on the liquid

the fuel can only be used in the common rooms. Lighting

equipment for liquid fuel shall be made of metal and is possible in them

only use fuel having a flashpoint of more than 55 ° c or commercial

kerosene. Must be located or fixed so that there was no danger

fire.



Chapter 13



FUEL EQUIPMENT FOR HEATING, COOKING AND REFRIGERATION



13.01. General provisions



13.01.1 liquefied gas intended for the heating, cooking and refrigeration

must meet the requirements of Chapter 14.



13.01.2 Equipment for heating, cooking and cooling, including accessories, must

be made and positioned so that it is not dangerous even in the case of

overheating. It must be located so that it cannot accidentally topple over or

move.



13.01.3 Equipment according to the chapter. 13.01.2 must not be in areas in

which they are used or stored substances with a flash-point up to 55 ° c.

Those areas may not browse any ventilation pipe these

the device.



13.01.4 must be a sufficient supply of air for combustion.



13.01.5 heating equipment must be securely attached to the odvětrávacímu

the pipeline, the pipeline must be fitted with suitable caps or devices,

that provides protection from the wind. The vent pipe must be

arranged so as to allow cleaning.



13.02. Use of liquid fuels, kerosene



13.02.1 Equipment for heating, cooking and cooling, which uses liquid

the fuel can be used only with fuels whose flashpoint is above 55

° C.



13.02.2 by derogation from the kap. 13.02.1 can be in the accommodation and wheelhouse

enable a device for cooking, heating and cooling equipped with burners with Wicks

working on commercial paraffin oil, if the contents of the fuel tank does not exceed

12 litres.



13.02.3 equipment fitted with burners with Wicks shall



and) have a metal fuel tank whose filling aperture can be closed and that

does not have the highest level of performance under any soft solder joints and that is

designed and located so that the fuel tank could not be unintentionally

Open or empty;



(b)) to be able to smoke without using another liquid fuel;



(c)) be located so as to ensure the safe evacuation of the smoke

gases.



13.03. Oil stoves with odpařovacími burners and oil heating equipment with

burners with fuel spray



13.03.1 Diesel stove with odpařovacími burners and oil heating equipment with

burners with a spray of fuel must be constructed in accordance with the

best practices.



13.03.2 If the oil burners of the stove with the odpařovacími or oil heating

equipment with fuel spray burners placed in the engine room, they must

be air supply to heating equipment and engines so arranged that

the heating appliance and the engines can function independently and effectively

safely. As necessary, there must be a separate air supply.

The device must be so placed that the flame from the burner can reach

other equipment in the engine room.



13.04. The oil stove with odpařovacími burners



13.04.1 Diesel stove with odpařovacími burners must be possible to ignite without

help other flammable liquids. Must be placed over the metal drip

the vessel, which includes all of the leading diesel, whose Rails

are at least 20 mm high and the volume is at least 2 litres.



13.04.2 for diesel stove with odpařovacími burners are located in the engine room

must be made of the metal drip containers referred to in paragraph 1 at least 200

mm high. The bottom edge of the evaporation of the burner must be placed over the

the edge of the drip Bowl. The upper edge of the drip container must extend at least

100 mm above the floor.



13.04.3 Diesel stove with odpařovacími burners must be equipped with appropriate

the regulator, which ensures virtually all settings permanent

the supply of fuel to the burner and that prevents pouring flame
fuel. Appropriate shall be regarded as controllers that work effectively in

If, when exposed to vibration and inclined by up to 12 degrees, and that in addition

the float to control levels have



and second, that the float) safely and reliably stops the fuel supply

when exceeding the permitted levels, or



(b)), but the overflow pipe only if the container is odkapová

sufficient volume to capture at least the contents of the fuel tank.



13.04.4 If the fuel tank of diesel stove with odpařovacími burners

separate from the device,



and between the tanks and the momentum) of the power supply to the burner must not exceed the value shown

in the instructions supplied by the manufacturer;



(b)) must be so placed as to be protected from undue

by heating;



(c)), it shall be possible to interrupt the flow of fuel from the deck.



13.04.5 the ventilation piping of diesel stove with odpařovacími burners must

be fitted with a device to prevent draught inversion.



13.05. Oil heaters with gas burners with fuel spray



13.05.1 Oil heaters with gas burners with a spray of fuel must

meet the following requirements:



and) before fuel is to ensure adequate ventilation of the burner;



(b)) the fuel supply shall be regulated by a thermostat;



(c)), the fuel must be ignited by an electric device or ignition

flame;



(d)) when the flame stops the supply of equipment to monitor the flame

fuel;



(e)), the main switch must be located in an easily accessible location outside the

the space in which the facility is located.



13.06. Heating equipment with forced-draught



13.06.1 heating equipment with forced-draught consisting of internal combustion

the Chamber, which is the heating of air is maintained under pressure to power system

or in a room, you must meet the following requirements:



and if the fuel Is) rozprašováno under pressure, must be the supply of combustion

the air by the fan.



(b)) must be Before lighting the burner combustion chamber well vyvětrána.

Ventilation can be considered good if the combustion air fan

works even after the flame.



(c)) the fuel supply shall be automatically stopped



-If the fire goes out; combustion air supply is not sufficient;



-the heated air exceeds a preset temperature or



-power failure occurs, the safety devices.



In these cases, it may not be the fuel supply is stopped automatically

restored.



(d)) and heating the combustion air Fans must be possible to turn off the

outside the room where the heater is located.



(e)) where the heating of air sucked from the outside, ventilation ducts shall be

positioned as a maximum above the deck. Must be mounted so that the

they could not get rain or rozstřikovaná water.



f) heating air pipes must be made of metal.



(g) the heating air outlet openings) may not be possible to completely close.



h) leaking fuel must not get into the heating air pipes.



even) for heating appliances forced-draught shall not be possible to make in the

the heating air from the engine room.



13.07. solid fuel Heating



13.07.1 Heating Equipment on solid fuel must be placed on the

metal plate with raised edges, so that no burning fuel or hot

cinders fall out outside this plate. This requirement does not apply

the equipment is located in the departments of fire-resistant

the materials, which are intended exclusively for boilers.



13.07.2 Boiler on solid fuel, must be fitted with thermostatic controls

to regulate the flow of combustion air.



13.07.3 in the vicinity of each heating appliance must be placed

the funds, which can be quickly doused the embers.



CHAPTER 14



LIQUEFIED GAS INSTALLATIONS FOR DOMESTIC USE



14.01. General provisions



14.01.1 liquefied gas installation consists of a supply unit

involving one or more gas receptacles, and one or more

pressure regulators, a distribution system and a number of gas-consuming appliances.

Spare and empty the tanks, which are not located in the supply unit

are not considered part of the device. Subject to the CAP. 14.05.



14.01.2 of the device may be operated only on the commercial propane-butane.



14.02.



14.02.1 liquefied gas installations must be suitable for use

propane-butane, must be built and installed in accordance with best

the procedures.



14.02.2 liquefied gas installation may be used only for home

purposes in the accommodation and the wheelhouse and the passenger ships to

appropriate purposes.



14.02.3 on board can be a number of separate devices. Individual

the device must not be used to serve accommodation areas separated by a

podpalubním cargo space or a fixed tank.



14.02.4 in the engine room shall not be placed on any part of the device

liquefied gas.



14.03. Tank



14.03.1 are only allowed the tank to the approved content of between 5 and 35

kg. For passenger vessels, the Commission may authorise the use of tanks with a larger

the contents of the.



14.03.2 the tank shall be provided with an official stamp certifying that they have been

took over after the necessary tests.



14.04. Position and arrangement of supply units



14.04.1 supply unit must be placed on the Board in the wild

standing or wall cupboard located outside the accommodation area, so that

does not preclude movement on board. They must be located at the bow or stern drive

bulwark. The cupboard may be a wall cupboard set into the superstructure provided is

gastight and can only be opened outwards must be placed

so that the distribution pipes leading to the appliances have been as short as possible.

At the same time can work only tank so much, how many are necessary for

the functioning of the device. More tanks can be connected only, if

reverse linker. On one supply unit you can connect up to four

the tank. The number of receptacles on board, including spare receptacles, shall not exceed

six on one device. For passenger vessels with galleys or canteens for the

passengers can connect up to six tanks and the number of receptacles on board,

including spare, shall not exceed nine on one device. Regulators

pressure, or in the case of two-stage regulation of the first regulator, must be

attached to the wall in the same cupboard as the tank.



14.04.2 supply unit must be positioned so that any

leaking gas could be removed from the cupboard without any risk that the

could penetrate the vessel or come into contact with a source of flame.



14.04.3 Cabinets shall be constructed of non-combustible materials and shall

be adequately ventilated by openings at the top and bottom. The tank must be placed

in the box vertically so that they cannot overturn.



14.04.4 Boxes shall be designed and positioned so that the temperature

receptacles cannot exceed 50 ° c.



14.04.5 to the outside of the Cabinet must be affixed in the inscription "liquefied

gas "and the" prohibition of open flames and smoking "on average at least 100

mm as shown in Figure 2 in Appendix 1 to this annex.



14.05 spare and empty the tank.



14.05.1 spare and empty the tanks, which are not located in the supply

the unit must be stored outside the accommodation and the wheelhouse in a cupboard

made under Cap. 14.04.



14.06 pressure regulators.



14.06.1 gas-consuming appliances may be connected to the tanks only distribution

system with one or more pressure regulators designed to reduce pressure

gas at the working pressure. The pressure can be reduced in one or in two

stages. All pressure regulators must still be set on the pressure

designated by kap. 14.07.



14.06.2 the ending pressure regulators shall be either fitted with or immediately

followed by a device to protect the pipe automatically against excess

the pressure in the event of a malfunctioning of the pressure regulator. It must be ensured that the

in the event of leakage of the protective device may be leaking gas

drafted into the open air without any risk that could

penetrate the vessel or come into contact with a source of ignition; they rode

necessary, shall be provided for this purpose, a special pipe.



14.06.3 the protection devices and the vents shall be protected against

the entry of water.



14.07. Pressure



14.07.1 If two-stage regulating systems are used, shall not be

medium pressure above atmospheric pressure by more than 2.5 bar.



14.07.2 pressure at the outlet from the last pressure regulator must be

tolerance of 10% 0.05 bar above atmospheric pressure.



14.08 piping and flexible tubes



14.08.1 Piping shall consist of fixed steel or copper

pipes. The pipeline associated with the appliances must, however, be of the high-pressure

flexible tubes or spiral tubes suitable for propane.

Gas-consuming appliances, if not permanently affixed, can be connected

using a suitable flexible tubes not more than 1 m.



14.08.2 pipe must withstand any stresses, in particular as regards the

corrosion and strength, which may occur during normal working

conditions on board, and their characteristics and layout must be

such that they ensure a satisfactory flow of gas to the gas-consuming appliances

When the appropriate pressure.



14.08.3 Pipes must have as few joints as possible. Both pipes and joints must

be gastight and shall remain without gas-tight vibration or

expansion to which they may be exposed.
14.08.4 pipes must be readily accessible, properly fixed and protected at

all places where they might be subject to impact or friction, particularly in

where they pass through steel bulkheads or metal walls. The whole of the

the outer surface of steel pipes must be protikorozně modified.



14.08.5 flexible pipes and their joints shall be able to withstand any

stresses which may occur under normal operating conditions on

Board. Must be located so as to avoid tension, their

excessive overheating and can be inspected over their entire length.



14.09. Distribution System



14.09.1 the whole distribution system must be possible to disconnect the valve, which is

at any time quickly and easily accessible.



14.09.2 Each gas-consuming appliance must be supplied by a separate branch

the distribution system, and each branch shall be controlled by a separate

closing device.



14.09.3 Valves shall be fitted at points where they are

protected from the weather and from impact.



14.09.4 each pressure regulator control connection must exist.

Using the sealing device must ensure that the pressure regulator

When the pressure test will not be subjected to the test pressure.



14.10. Gas-consuming appliances and their location



14.10.1 the only appliances that can be used are propane-consuming

appliances approved in one of the Member States of the European Union and

equipped with devices that effectively prevent the escape of gas, as in the case of

flame in case of extinction of the burner.



14.10.2 the appliance must be installed and connected so that they cannot

randomly flip or move, and to avoid the risk of torsion

the connection pipes.



15.10.3 heaters and water heaters and refrigerators shall be connected to the

ventilation for evacuation of combustion gases into the open air.



14.10.4 location of gas-consuming appliances in the wheelhouse is permitted only

If the wheelhouse is so constructed that any escaping gas could not

penetrate into the lower parts of the vessel, in particular through the control

leading to the engine room.



14.10.5 gas-consuming appliances may be installed in sleeping spaces

only if combustion takes place independently of the air from these

spaces.



14.10.6 gas-consuming appliances in which combustion depends on the air in

the rooms, where they are placed, you can place a sufficiently large

the rooms.



14.11 ventilation and evacuation of combustion gases



14.11.1 in rooms where gas-consuming appliances in which combustion

depends on the ambient air, the supply must be assured of fresh air

and evacuation of combustion gases escape through the ventilation apertures of adequate dimensions with

in light of at least 150 cm2 cross-section on every hole.



14.11.2 the ventilation apertures shall not have any closing device and shall not lead

in the bedrooms.



14.11.3 evacuation devices must be so designed as to ensure that the

safe evacuation of combustion gases. Must be reliable and

fireproof. Their operation must not be influenced by artificial ventilation.



14.12. The operational and safety requirements



14.12.1 operating instructions shall be affixed on board in a suitable

the spot. Must contain at least the following information:



"The valves of receptacles which are not connected to the distribution system must be

closed, even if the tanks are considered to be empty. "



"Flexible pipes must be changed as soon as their condition so requires."



"All gas appliances must be connected or the connection

the pipe shall be sealed. "



14.13. technical inspection



14.13.1 before first liquefied gas installations into service, after

any modification or repair and on every renewal certificate

eligibility under the CAP. 2. must be an approved

the designated supervisor of the technical equipment on board the vessel or the like

an expert from another country to the community.



14.14.



Equipment tests shall be carried out under the following conditions:



14.14.1 medium-pressure pipes between the closing device, referred to in the chapter.

14.09.4 of the first pressure regulator, and the valves fitted before the end

pressure regulator:



and carried out with air pressure test), an inert gas or a liquid,

at a pressure 20 bar above atmospheric pressure;



b) tightness test, carried out with air or an inert gas at a pressure of

3.5 bar above atmospheric pressure.



14.14.2 Pipe when working pressure between the closing device, referred to

in the chapter. 14.09.4 stand-alone or end pressure regulator and

the valves fitted before the gas appliances: tightness test

carried out with air or an inert gas at a pressure of 1 bar above

the atmospheric pressure.



14.14.3 pipes between the closing device, referred to in the chapter. 14.09.4

stand-alone or end pressure regulator and controls

gas appliances: tightness test at a pressure of 0.15 bar

above atmospheric pressure.



14.14.4 tests according to the chapter. 14.14.1 (a). (b)) and kap. 14.14.2 and

14.14.3 is pipeline considered to be gas-tight, if not after the expiry time

needed to compensate for the pressure recorded during the following 10 minutes

the drop in the test pressure.



14.14.5 Connections of the tanks, pipe joints and connections of valves issued

the pressure in the tanks, and the connections between the regulators and the distribution pipe:

tightness test, carried out out with a foaming substance, at the operating pressure.



14.14.6 All gas appliances must be placed in service in

nominal capacity and tested in order to verify the satisfactory and

undisturbed burning at different settings of regulatory elements. U

ignition fuse box must be checked to ensure that they operate satisfactorily.



14.14.7 after carrying out tests in accordance with chapter. 14.14.6 must be for each

gas-consuming appliance connected to a flue, whether, after five minutes

operation at the nominal capacity, sealed the Windows and doors and with

fans in the operation of the ventilation to the room of any smoke gases

over the air.



2. Confirmation of the eligibility of the



14.15.1 after performing acceptance testing according to chap. 14.13 records

The State management in the certificate of the vessel navigation, liquefied

gas corresponds to the requirements of this chapter, and shall indicate the period of validity of

the record, however, not more than three years.



14.15.2 record can only be restored after additional sampling test

made under Cap. 14.13. At the request of the vessel owner or his

authorised representative can be without making the acceptance tests referred to in chapter.

14.13 extended record of not more than three months.



Chapter 15



SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PASSENGER SHIPS



15.01. General provisions



15.01.1 for passenger ships, these provisions do not apply:



and) chap. 2.02.1 (a). (b));



(b)), chap. 3.01 to 3.03;



(c)), chap. 7.08.2 sentence 2 and chap. 7.08.7;



(d)), chap. 9.14.3 theorem 2 for a rated voltage above 50 V.



15.01.2 on passenger ships are disabled the following devices:



and lamps) liquefied gas or liquid fuel under the CAP. 12.07.3;



(b)) the oil stove with odpařovacími burners under the CAP. 13.04;



c) heating equipment on solid fuel by kap. 13.07;



(d)) with knotovými burners under the CAP. 13.02.2 and 13.02.3 and



e) liquefied gas installations referred to in chapter 14.



15.01.3 for the carriage of passengers, the vessel cannot be approved without

self propelled. It does not apply to ferries ships.



15.01.4 on passenger ships must be spaces for persons with reduced

mobility according to chapter 15. The way the application of the provisions of the

safety needs of persons with reduced mobility according to chapter.

15.06.3 to 15.06.5, 15.06.9, 15.06.13, 15.06.17, 15.06.10, 15.08.3,

15.10.3 and 15.13.1 to 15.13.4 is determined by an administrative guideline No 22

referred to in Appendix II to annex II minimum technical requirements on

vessels on inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the directive

The European Parliament and of the Council 2006/87/EC, laying down the technical

requirements for inland waterway vessels and repealing Council directive

82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC,

Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.



If the application of the provisions of chapter 15, which take into account the Special

the needs of persons with reduced mobility, in practice, difficult or associated with

disproportionate costs, may not be required to comply with the requirements of chapter

15, provided that this is in accordance with the decision of the European Commission.

These derogations shall be entered in the certificate of the vessel.



15.02 vessels ' Hulls.



15.02.1 In regular visits to the thickness of the outside plating

of steel passenger vessels shall be as follows:



and the minimum thickness tmin) bottom, bilge plates and side plates of the outer hull

passenger vessels shall be determined according to the higher values of formulas:



t1min = 0.006. and the. square root of T [mm];



t2min = f. square root of 0.55 L WL [mm],



In these formulae:



f = 1 + 0.0013. (a-500);

a = longitudinal or transverse Frame spacing [mm], if the pitch

ribs less than 400 mm, use a = 400 mm;



(b)) the minimum value determined pursuant to subparagraph (a)) may not be in the thickness of the

plating achieved, if the permissible value was established and certified by the

the basis of the calculations for sufficient strength (longitudinal, lateral and local)

of the hull.



(c)) in any place outside plating shall be calculated according to the

(a)), or (b)), less than 3 mm.
(d)) to be carried out of the Exchange, if the thickness of the bottom, bilge plates

or hips is below the minimum value determined in accordance with subparagraph (a)) or

(b)) in conjunction with the letter c).



15.02.2 the number and position of bulkheads shall be chosen so that, in the case of

the flooding of the vessel was capable of other cruises by kap. 15.03.7 up

15.03.13. Each part of the internal structure which affects the efficiency of the

Division of the vessel must be waterproof and designed to

maintain the completeness of the Division.



15.02.3 the distance between the collision bulkhead and the forward perpendicular shall be

at least 0.04 LWL and not more than 0.04 LWL + 2 m.



15.02.4 transverse bulkhead may be fitted with a niche, if all

part of this protrusion is located in the safe area.



15.02.5 Bulkheads, which are taken into account in the calculation of stability

damaged by kap. 15.03.7 to 15.03.13, it must be waterproof and

must be installed up to the bulkhead deck. If the vessel is not

equipped with a bulkhead deck, these bulkheads shall extend to a height of 20 cm

above the margin line.



15.02.6 the number of openings in bulkheads referred to in chapter. 15.02.5 must be

the smallest according to the type of construction and normal operation of the vessel. Openings and

passageways must not have an adverse effect on the watertight function of the bulkheads.



15.02.7 Collision bulkheads shall have no openings and doors.



15.02.8 Bulkheads as kap. 15.02.5 separating the engine rooms from the space for

the passenger or the living space for the crew and the ship's staff may not have the

No door.



15.02.9 manually operated doors without remote control in bulkheads referred to in

Kap. 15.02.5 are only allowed in the rooms, which do not have

passenger access. Must meet the following requirements:



and) must be permanently closed and it is possible to open only briefly for

the purpose of the passage;



(b)) must be fitted with suitable devices to enable their rapid

and safe closing;



c) on both sides must bear the inscription: "after passing through the door immediately

close ".



15.02.10 Doors in bulkheads referred to in chapter. 15.02.5 that are open

in the long term, it must meet the following requirements:



and it is possible) must be closed from both sides of the bulkhead and from easily

the available space above the bulkhead deck.



(b)) after the closing by remote control the door again, it must be possible to

place open and close safely. Closing the door shall not hinder the carpets,

protective profiles, foot rails or other barriers.



(c)) the time needed for remote closing doors must be at least 30 and

a maximum of 60 seconds.



(d)) during the closing of the door must be issued an automatic acoustic

the hazard warning signal.



e) Drive door and the hazard warning signal shall operate independently of the

the energy network of the vessel. In place of the remote control must be

a device that indicates whether the doors are open or closed.



15.02.11 doors in bulkheads referred to in chapter. 15.02.5 and their controls must

be located in a safe area.



15.02.12 in the wheelhouse must be warning system, which

indicates which of the doors in bulkheads referred to in chapter. 15.02.5 are

the open.



15.02.13 The pipes and ventilation ducts must be installed

in the event of possible flooding were flooded by other spaces

or the tank.



and if a few) is the Department openly connected by piping or ventilation

channels must be pipes and channels in the appropriate place decorated with over

vodorysku corresponding to the worst possible flooding.



(b) Piping need not meet the requirement) in accordance with point (a)), if the pipe is in the

places where it passes through the bulkheads, fitted with a closing device, which

can be remotely controlled from a point above the bulkhead deck.



(c)) if the piping system in the Department of open outlet, you can pipe in the

the case of damage to the Department be considered intact if it is conducted

in a secure area and is located at a distance of more than 0.50 m from

the bottom of the vessel.



15.02.14 remote control OTC doors referred to in paragraph kap.

15.02.10 and shut-off devices in accordance with Cap. 15.02.13 (a). (b))

the bulkhead deck shall be clearly marked as such.



15.02.15 in the case of the double bottom shall be not less than 0.60 m, its height, and

If the side double its width must be at least 0.60 m.



15.02.16 the Windows can be placed below the plane of the residual displacement,

If they are watertight, cannot be opened, they are sufficiently fixed and

correspond to the chapter. 15.06.14. These requirements are considered to be fulfilled,

If the structure watertight window meets the following provisions.



and use only) must be pre-stressed glass conforming to ISO 614,

published in April 1994.



(b)) Round window must comply with the standard ISO 1751, published in April 1994,

series B: window for medium load, type: neotevírací the window.



(c)) must satisfy the Angular window standard, ISO 3903, published in April 1994,

E series: the window for large loads, type: neotevírací the window.



(d) meeting the ISO standard Window), you can replace Windows, whose structure is

at least equivalent to the requirements set out in points) to (c)).



15.03 stability



15.03.1 on the basis of the results obtained in the application of standards for the stability of the

in the intact condition must be shown that the stability of the vessel in

intact is adequate. All calculations shall be carried out without the inclination of the

the vessel and the descent. Data for the empty vessel that is used for

stability calculations must be established nakláněcím attempt.



15.03.2 in the intact Stability shall be proven for the following

standard load conditions:



and at the beginning of the voyage):



the passengers 100% fuel and fresh water, 98% waste water 10%;



(b)) during the voyage:



the passengers 100% fuel and fresh water, 50% waste water, 50%;



(c)) at the end of the voyage:



the passengers 100% fuel and fresh water, 10% waste water 98%;



d) unladen vessel:



no passengers, fuel and fresh water, 10%, no waste water.



For all standard load conditions, the ballast tanks must

be considered under normal operating conditions for empty or full.

In addition, it is necessary to request kap. 15.03.3 (a). (d)) prove for this

the load condition: 100% passengers, fuel and fresh water, 50% waste

water 50%, all of the other tanks in the liquid (including ballast water)

be considered filled to 50%.



15.03.3 the requirement for adequate intact stability

proof by calculation using the following definitions of stability

in the intact condition and the standard loading conditions according to the chapter. 15.03.2

(a). and (d))):



and the maximum arm stability) hmax shall occur at an angle of inclination

fímax > = (fímax + 3 °) and must not be less than 0.20 m. In case < fíf

fímax, however, must not be in righting lever of the angle of flooding, fíf

less than 0.20 m,



(b) the angle of flooding, fíf) must not be less than (fímom + 3 °),



(c)) space and under the curve of righting a must for the values of the fíf and fímax

to achieve at least the following values:

--------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

Case And

--------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

1 fímax = 15 or 0.05 < ° URm.rad to the angles of the fímax

or fíf

fíf = < 15 °

--------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

2 15 ° fímax 30 ° < < info for jmax = 0.035 + 0.001 < fíf. (30-info for jmax) URm.rad to fímax-angle------------------------------------------------------------------------------------3 15 ° < fíf < 30 ° info for jmax > fíf 0.035 + 0.001. (30-fíf)

URm.rad angle fíf

--------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

4 fímax > = 30 ° and Phi = fíf > 30 ° angle PHI 0.035 URm.rad = 30 °

--------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------



where



Hmax is the maximum righting



Phi is the heeling angle



fíf is the angle of flooding, i.e.. the angle of inclination, which would

holes in the hull, superstructures or cabins on the

upper deck, which cannot be closed so as to be

resistant to weathering, were submerged



fímom is the maximum tilt angle in accordance with subparagraph (a). (e))



fímax is the angle of heel at which the arm reaches stability

the maximum value of the



And it is the area under the curve of righting.



(d)) the initial metacentric height, GMO, corrected by the effect of the free surfaces

in tanks for liquids, shall be not less than 0.15 m;



(e)) in both the following cases the heeling angle shall not exceed fímom

12 °



AA) when using the heeling moment due to wind and by persons

Kap. 15.03.4 and 15.03.5;



BB) when using the heeling moment due to persons and turning according

Kap. 15.03.4 and 15.03.6;



(f)) for the heeling moment due to passengers, wind and turning according

Kap. 15.03.4, 15.03.5 and 15.03.6, the remaining freeboard shall be not less than

200 mm;



g) for vessels with Windows or other openings in the hull located below the

the bulkhead decks that are enclosed in a watertight manner, must be

the residual safety clearance when using the three heeling moments

referred to in subparagraph (f)) of at least 100 mm.



15.03.4 overturning moment due to crowding of persons on the one hand,

calculated according to the formula:



Mp = g. P. y = g. Summa Pi. Yi [kNm]



where
P = total mass of persons on board in [t], calculated by summing the highest

permitted number of passengers and the maximum number of shipboard personnel and crew

under normal operating conditions, assuming the average weight on

person 0.075 t

y = lateral distance of centre of gravity of the total weight of persons P from centre line in [m]

g = acceleration due to gravity (g = 9.81 m/s2)

PI = the mass of the people crouched on the desktop in the Ai [t]

PI = ni. 0.075. AI [t]



where

AI = the area in which the persons in [m²]



NI = number of persons per square metre



her 4 for free deck areas and deck areas with movable

furniture; for deck areas with fixed built-in

seating furniture, for example. benches, ni shall be calculated

assuming the seat width and height 0.50 m

the seats of 0.75 m per person.



yi = lateral distance of geometrical centre of area Ai from Centre

the plane in the [m]



The calculation is made for the gathering of people on the starboard and the port.

The layout of the persons must be at least favourable in terms of stability. When

calculate the torque of the persons it is assumed that the cabin are unoccupied. For

calculation of load cases, it is considered that the Centre of gravity of the person is 1 m above the

the lowest point of the deck at 0.5 L WL (in the middle of the length of the waterline)

While not taking into account the curvature of the decks and weight

0.075 t per person. From the detailed calculation of marine areas that are

occupied persons, can be dispensed with, use the following values:

P = 1.1. FMAX. 0.075 to cruise passenger ships

1.5. FMAX. 0.075 for cabin vessels



where

FMAX = maximum permitted number of passengers on board

y = B/2 in [m]



15.03.5 heeling moment caused by wind pressure (Mw) is calculated as follows:

MW = pw. AW. (lw + T/2) [kNm]



where

PW = the specific wind pressure of 0.25 kN/m2;

AW = lateral plane of the vessel above the waterline according to the considered

load conditions in m2;

LW = distance of the Centre of gravity of the lateral plane AW plane of draught according to

the considered loading condition in m.



In the calculation of the lateral area is the need to take into account the intended conclusion

deck safety and similar mobile devices.



15.03.6 Moment due to centrifugal force (Mdr) induced by turning

the vessel shall be calculated as follows:



MDR = cdr. CB. v2. D/LWL. (KG-T/2) [kNm]



where:



CDR = a coefficient of 0.45;

CB = block coefficient (if not known, assumed to be 1.0);

in = maximum speed of the vessel in m/s;

KG = distance between the Centre of gravity and the plane of the keel in the m.



For passenger vessels with propulsion systems according to the chapter. 5.06 Mdr infers from

tests of full scale or model tests or else from the

the corresponding calculations.



15.03.7 Reasonable stability in the compromised state of the vessel in case of

flooding can be demonstrated by calculation on the basis of methods of loss of buoyancy.

All calculations shall be carried out without the trim and sinkage.



15.03.8 Buoyancy of the vessel when the flooding shall be proven for

standard load conditions mentioned in chap. 15.03.2. Math proof

sufficient stability shall be determined for the three intermediate stages of flooding (25%, 50% and

75% of the final stage of flooding), and for the final stage of flooding.



15.03.9 passenger ships shall comply with the status 1 and 2 Department status

the Department. When the flooding to take into account these prerequisites, as regards

the extent of the damage:

status the status unit 1 unit 2

---------------------------------------------------------------------

The extent of the damage to the side of the

---------------------------------------------------------------------

longitudinal l [m] 0.10. LWL, but not 0.05. LWL, but not

less than 4.00 m less than 2.25 m

---------------------------------------------------------------------

transverse b [m] B/5 0.59

---------------------------------------------------------------------

vertical h [m] from the bottom upwards without limit

---------------------------------------------------------------------

The extent of dna damage

---------------------------------------------------------------------

longitudinal l [m] 0.10. LWL, but not 0.05. LWL, but not

less than 4.00 m less than 2.25 m

---------------------------------------------------------------------

transverse b [m] B/5

---------------------------------------------------------------------

vertical h [m] 0.59, pipe mounted under the

Kap. 15.02.13 (a). (c)) can be considered

for undamaged

---------------------------------------------------------------------



and For status 1) bulkhead be considered intact if the distance

between two adjacent bulkheads is greater than the damage length. The longitudinal

bulkheads at a distance shorter than B/3 from the hull, measured perpendicular to the

the central plane of the vessel in the plane of maximum draught, for

the purpose of the calculation of disregarded. Niche in a transverse bulkhead, which is

more than 2.5 m, is considered the longitudinal bulkhead.



(b)) for the status of the 2 Department each bulkhead in the extent of damage shall be considered

for the injured. This means that the position of the bulkheads shall be selected so that

ensure that the passenger vessel is after flooding of two or more adjacent

Department in the longitudinal direction continues to be able to fly.



(c)) the lowest point of each nevodotěsného opening (e.g. doors, Windows,

access hatchways) shall lie at least 0.10 m above the damaged waterline

State. The bulkhead deck shall not be immersed in the final stage of flooding.



d) permeability 95%. If it is proved that the calculation

the average permeability of any compartment is less than 95%, you can use

the calculated value. Taken values must not be less than:

Meeting/Banquet Facilities 95%

Engine and boiler rooms 85%

Luggage and store rooms 75%



Double bottoms, oil fuel and other tanks

Depending on if they are

in accordance with the intended purpose of the

for the vessel floating at the plane of the

draught at full

or empty 0 or 95%



e) if damage of a smaller size than mentioned above, raises

adverse effects with regard to the heel or loss of metacentric

height, it is necessary for the calculation based on this damage.



15.03.10 for all intermediate stages of flooding referred to in chapter. 15.03.8 must be

the following criteria are met:



and) the heeling angle j at the equilibrium position of the intermediate stages of flooding

must not be greater than 15 °;



(b)) above the tilt in the equilibrium position of the intermediate stages of flooding shall

the positive part of the righting lever curve reversible torque show value

righting lever GZ = > 0.02 m until the immersion

the first unprotected opening or until the heeling angle PHI

25 °;



(c)) non-watertight openings shall not be immersed until it was achieved

heel in the equilibrium position of the intermediate stages of flooding.



(d) calculation of the effect of free surface) in damages must be;

based on the gross surface area of damaged compartments.



15.03.11 During the final stages of flooding shall be taking into account the

the heeling moments under the CAP. 15.03.4 fulfilled the following criteria:



and the tilt angle fíE) must not be greater than 10 °;



(b)) over the equilibrium position the positive part of the curve must shoulder stability

show the value of shoulder stability GZR > = 0.02 m areas and > = 0.0025

URm.rad.



These minimum values of stability shall be satisfied up to immersion

the first unprotected opening or in any case before reaching the angle of

fím = the heeling < 25 °;



In annex 1, point 15.03.11 and the picture is all the numbers "13.03.4"

read "15.03.4".



(c)) non-watertight openings shall not be immersed before the equilibrium

position; If there is an immersion of the mentioned holes prior to this point, it is necessary to

for the purposes of the calculation of the stability in the compromised state of the considered spaces

to allow access for the flooded.



15.03.12 closing device, which can be closed watertight shall be

marked accordingly.



15.03.13 if there are openings for the transverse flooding to reduce the

unsymmetrical flooding shall meet the following conditions



and to calculate the cross flooding) applies, IMO resolution 266 (VIII);



(b)) must work themselves;



(c)) shall be fitted with closing devices;



(d)) the total period of compensation shall not exceed 15 minutes.



No 15.04. safety distance and freeboard



15.04.1 the safety distance must correspond to at least the sum of the



and 15.03(3)(e)), which, measured on the outside plating, is

the permissible heeling angle according to the chapter. 15.03.3 (b). (e)) and



(b)) the remaining safety distance according to chap. 15.03.3 (a). (g)).



For vessels without a bulkhead deck, the safety clearance must be

at least 500 mm.



15.04.2 the freeboard must correspond to at least the sum of the



and 15.03(3)(e)), which, measured on the outside plating, is

the heeling angle according to the chapter. 15.03.3 (a). (e)), and



(b) the residual freeboard according to) Cap. 15.03.3 (a). (f)).



However, the freeboard shall be at least 300 mm.



15.04.3 the plane of maximum draught shall be set so that the

compliance with the safety clearance according to chap. 15.04.1 and freeboard

According to the chapter. 15.04.2 and chapter. 15.02 and 15.03.



15.04.4 for safety reasons may be provided greater security

the distance or a greater freeboard.



15.05 maximum permitted number of passengers.
15.05.1 the maximum permitted number of passengers shall designate the body responsible for

inspection in accordance with chapter. 15.05.2 and 15.05.3. This information is recorded in the

the certificate of the vessel.



15.05.2 the maximum permitted number of passengers shall not exceed any of the

These values:



and the number of passengers), for which has been demonstrated by the existence of an evacuation

the space under the CAP. 15.06.8;



(b)), the number of passengers that has been taken into account in the calculation of stability

According to the chapter. 15.03;



(c)) the number of available beds for passengers on cabin vessels

used for cruises with overnight stays.



15.05.3 for cabin vessels which are also used as

cruise passenger ships, with the number of passengers shall be calculated for use as

cruise passenger ship and as a cabin vessel and entered in the certificate

the vessel.



15.05.4 maximum permitted number of passengers shall be placed on the well

readable and visible signs placed on the Board.



15.06. Room and spaces for passengers



15.06.1 Room for passengers



and) on all decks, be located behind the plane of the collision bulkhead and, if

are located below the bulkhead deck, in front of the plane of the stern bulkhead,



(b)) be separated from the engine and boiler rooms,



(c)) be so arranged, that sight lines in accordance with the plane of vision

Chapter 6.02.



Deck areas, which are the protective sails or similar mobile

devices enclosed not only from above, but they are completely or partially

enclosed also the sides must meet the same requirements as closed

facilities for passengers.



15.06.2 Cabinets and room referred to in chapter IV. 11.13, which are intended to

storage of flammable liquids shall be outside the premises for

passengers.



15.06.3 the number and width of the exits of passenger rooms shall comply with the

the following requirements:



and the room or group of rooms), which are designed or furnished

for 30 or more passengers or have beds for 12 or more passengers,

must have at least two exits. Cruise passenger ships can be one of the

These two exits to replace two emergency exits. The room, in addition to

cabins, and group rooms, which have only one exit, must have

at least one emergency exit.



(b)) if the room below the bulkhead deck, one East

may be watertight bulkhead door, according to Cap. 15.02.10, which lead

in the adjacent Ward, from which you can directly get to the upper deck.

The other exit shall lead directly or, if this is allowed under subparagraph (a)),

as an emergency exit into the open air, or to the bulkhead deck.

This requirement does not apply to individual cabins.



(c) in accordance with the letter and Exits)) and (b)) shall be suitably arranged and must have

a clear width of at least 0.80 m and a height of at least 2.00 m. At the door

cabins for passengers and other small rooms may be clear width

reduced to 0.70 m.



(d)) for rooms or groups of rooms intended for more than 80

passengers must be the sum of the widths of all exits intended for passengers,

which the passenger must apply in the case of an emergency, do at least 0.01 m

each passenger.



(e)) if the total width of the exits a decisive number of passengers,

the width of each exit shall be at least 0.005 m per passenger.



f) emergency exits must have the shortest side of the long at least 0.60 m

or a minimum diameter of 0.70 m. They must open in the direction of escape and be

marked on both sides.



g) Exits of rooms intended for persons with reduced mobility must

have a clear width of at least 0.90 m. Exits normally used to

embarking and disembarking of persons with reduced mobility shall have a clear

at least 1.50 m width.



15.06.4 the door of room for passengers shall comply with the following requirements:



and) in addition to doors leading to connecting corridors must open towards the

out or be constructed as sliding doors.



(b) the doors of the cabins) must be constructed so that they can be open at any time and

from the outside.



(c)) the door drive must be easy to open in case of a power outage

This mechanism.



(d)) at the door, which are intended for persons with reduced mobility, shall

on the side, in the direction in which the door opens, be between the internal

the edge of the doorframe on the lock side and an adjacent vertical wall

the minimum distance of 0.60 m.



15.06.5 connecting corridors shall comply with the following requirements:



and) shall have a clear width of at least 0.80 m Lead to the rooms

used by more than 80 passengers, shall comply with the provisions referred to in

Kap. 15.06.3 (a). (d)), and (e)), in terms of the width of the exits leading to the

connecting corridors.



(b)) Their clear height shall be at least 2.00 m.



c) connecting corridors, which are intended for persons with reduced

mobility shall have a clear width of 1.30 m. Connecting corridors wider than

1.50 m must have a handrail on each side.



(d))-the part of the vessel or into a room intended for passengers

only one connecting corridor, the clear width shall be at least 1.00

m.



(e)) in the connecting corridors shall be no projections.



(f)) must lead only to open decks, rooms or staircases.



g) connecting corridors, dead-end corridors shall not be longer than two metres.



15.06.6 in addition to the chapter. 15.06.5 escape routes must comply with the following

requirements:



and the stairs, exits and) emergency exits shall be so arranged that, in the

the event of fire in any given room, it was possible to safely evacuate

other spaces.



(b)) the escape routes shall lead by the shortest route to evacuation areas

According to the chapter. 15.06.8.



c) escape routes shall not lead through engine rooms or galleys.



(d)) in the escape routes shall not be fitted no rungs, ladders and

Similarly.



e) Doors to escape routes shall be constructed so as to nezužovaly

the minimum width of the escape route referred to in chapter. 15.06.5 (a). and) or (d)).



f) escape routes and emergency exits shall be clearly marked. Tags

must be lit by the emergency lighting system.



15.06.7 escape routes and emergency exits shall have a suitable safety

the guidance system in accordance with the "Administrative instruction No. 21" referred to in Appendix II to

Annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on Inland

waterways in zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the "directive of the European Parliament and of the Council

2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for vessels

inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, as amended by

Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,

Directive 2008/68/EC, Directive 2008/126/EC and directive 2012/48/EU.



15.06.8 for all persons on board must be available

muster areas that meet the following requirements:



and the total area of the muster areas) (As)



must correspond to at least the value obtained using the following formula:



Cruise passenger vessels: As = 0.35. FMAX [m²]



Cabin vessels: As = 0.45. FMAX [m²]

In these formulae: Fmax the maximum permitted number of passengers on

Board



(b)) each individual muster or evacuation area shall

be greater than 10 m2.



(c)) in the Assembly areas must not be any furniture,

Portable or fixed.



(d)) in the area, part of which is designated as the Assembly

space, portable furniture, must be ensured in an appropriate manner

against sesmeknutí.



(e)) where they are in the room in which are located the stage Assembly

spaces, fixed seats or benches, in the calculation of the total

the area of the muster areas according to (a)) take into account the

the corresponding number of persons. The number of persons for which they are intended, fixed

seats or benches in a room, however, shall not exceed the number of

the persons for which they are rated muster areas located

in this room.



(f)) from the evacuation areas must be readily available rescue resources.



(g)), it must be possible to evacuate people safely from these evacuation areas

from both sides of the vessel.



(h)) the muster areas shall lie above the margin line.



I) Muster and evacuation areas shall be marked as such in the

the safety plan and marked on the Board.



j) subparagraph (d)), and (e)) shall also apply to free decks on which they are

determined muster areas.



k) if they are available on the Board's collective life-saving appliances

According to the chapter. 15.09.5, can be used in the calculation of the total surface area of the

muster areas referred to in point (a)) to take into account the number of

passengers, for which these resources are available.



l) in all cases, when the reduction shall apply the requirements referred to in points

(e)), j and k)), shall be the total area under (a)) is sufficient for

at least 50% of the maximum permitted number of passengers.



15.06.9 Stairs and stair landings in the passenger spaces

must meet the following requirements:



and) must be designed in accordance with European standard EN 13056:2000.



(b)) shall have a clear width of at least 0.80 m or, if they lead to connection

passages or spaces used by more than 80 passengers, at least 0.01 m

for each passenger.



(c)) shall have a clear width of at least 1.00 m, providing a single access

in the space intended for passengers.
d) must lie within the safe area, where on each side of the ship is not

in the same room at least one staircase.



e) Stairs intended for persons with reduced mobility must in addition

comply with the following requirements:



AA) slope of the stairs shall not exceed 38 °.



BB) Stairs shall have a clear width of at least 0.90 m.



CC) spiral staircases are not permitted.



DD) Stairs shall not lead to the vessel in the transverse direction.



EE) Handles approximately 0.30 m must go beyond the beginning and end of the staircase

so, in order to hamper the transport route.



FF) the leading edge of handrails, at least the first and last instance and the floor

coverings at the ends of the stairs must be marked with color.



Lifts intended for persons with reduced mobility and lifting equipment,

for example. Stairlifts or lifting platforms, must be made

According to the requirements laid down in specific legislation. ^ 9)



15.06.10 part of the deck intended for passengers, which are not enclosed, shall

meet the following requirements:



and) must be surrounded by a fixed štítnicí or railings with a height of at least

1.00 m or rail in accordance with European standard EN 711:1995, construction type

PF, PG or PZ. Bulwarks and railings of decks intended for persons with reduced

mobility must be high at least 1.10 m.



(b)) and equipment for embarkation or disembarkation or loading or unloading

It must be possible to provide and shall have a clear width of at least 1.00 m.

The holes, which are usually used for the embarkation or disembarkation of persons with

reduced mobility shall have a clear width of at least 1.50 m.



(c)) If you cannot see from the wheelhouse to the openings and a device designed to

embarkation and disembarkation must be given optical and/or electronic

AIDS.



(d)) of the plane of vision under the CAP. 6.02 shall not be interrupted by sitting

passengers.



15.06.11 part of the vessels, which are not intended for passengers, in particular

access to the wheelhouse, to the navijákům and to the strojovnám, it must be possible

secure against the entry of unauthorized persons. These approaches must be

located in a visible place the symbol shown in Figure 1 in Appendix I.



15.06.12 gangways shall be constructed in accordance with the European standard EN

14206:2003. By way of derogation from chapter. 10.02.2 (a). (d)) may be less than 4 m.



15.06.13 Traffic areas intended for persons with reduced mobility must

have a clear width of 1.30 m and must not be higher thresholds and sills

than 0.025 m. Walls in traffic areas intended for passengers with

reduced mobility shall be equipped with handrails at a height of 0.90 m above the

the level of the floor.



15.06.14 Glass doors and walls in traffic areas and also window

boards must be manufactured from pre-stressed glass or laminated. May be

also made of synthetic material, if its use permissible

from the standpoint of fire safety. Transparent doors and transparent walls in the

transport areas extending to the floor must be visibly marked.



15.06.15 superstructures or their roofs consisting completely of

panoramic posters and the closure created protective sails or

similar mobile devices and their supporting structures must be

designed in such a way and can be made only from such

materials, in the event of an accident, the risk of injury to persons on board

the smallest.



15.06.16 potable water systems must meet at least the requirements of the chapter. 12.05.



15.06.17 Passenger toilets must be available. At least one of the

toilets must be arranged so that it could be used by persons with reduced

mobility and must be accessible from the space designated for people with

reduced mobility.



15.06.18 Cabin without opening the window must be connected to the ventilation

the system.



15.06.19 spaces in which crew members are staying, or shipping

staff, must, mutatis mutandis, meet the requirements of chapter. 15.06.



15.07 propulsion system.



15.07.1 in addition to the main propulsion system of the vessel must be equipped with

the second propulsion system, to ensure that, in the event of a failure

the main propulsion system of the vessel may continue their own

drive.



15.07.2 Second propulsion system must be placed in a separate engine room.

If both engine rooms have common partitions, these shall be constructed

According to the chapter. 15.11.2.



15.08 safety devices and equipment



15.08.1 All passenger vessels shall have internal communication facilities according to the

Kap. 6.08. this equipment must be available in the operational areas and

If there is no direct communication from the wheelhouse, also in access and

evacuation areas for passengers as kap. 15.06.8.



15.08.2 All passenger areas shall be reachable using the

loudspeaker system. The system must be designed so that

to ensure that the transmitted information is clearly distinguishable from noise

the background. The speakers are not required, if there is direct communication

between the wheelhouse and the passenger compartment.



15.08.3 the vessel shall be equipped with an alarm system. This includes:



and Alarm system) will allow passengers, crew members and the ship's

staff notify command of the vessel and the crew. The alarm signal should

should be given only in areas reserved for the command of the vessel and

the crew; to turn off the alarm signal may only command of the vessel. Alarm

the signal must be able to start at least from the following places:



AA) in each cabin;



BB) in the hallways, in the lifts and stairwells, and distance to the

the nearest trigger alarm signal shall be not more than 10 m and in

each waterproof compartments must be at least one launcher;



CC) in common rooms, canteens and similar rooms;



DD) toilets, intended for persons with reduced mobility;



EE) in the machinery spaces, galleys and similar rooms with danger

the fire;



FF) in cold storage and other storage areas.



Trigger alarm signal must be installed at a height of up to 0.85 m

1.10 m above the floor.



(b)) the alarm system, which allows the command of the vessel to notify passengers.

This alarm shall be clearly audible in all areas,

to which passengers have access. Must be able to run it from the wheelhouse

and from a permanently staffed.



(c)) the alarm system, which allows the command to alert the crew and vessels

the ship's staff. The alarm system referred to in the chapter. 6.09.1 must be

Audible also in common rooms for the shipboard personnel,

cold storage and other storage areas. Triggers the alarm

the signal must be protected against unintentional use.



15.08.4 Each watertight compartment shall be fitted with a signal above

water levels.



15.08.5 on board must be installed at least two bilge pumps.



15.08.6 on board must be available to the system of drainage pumps with

permanently installed pipe.



15.08.7 cold storage Doors must be able to open from the inside, even if they are

secured or locked.



15.08.8 if the CO2 systems located in areas under the

the deck, these must be fitted with an automatic ventilation system, which

automatically turns on when you open the door or the esophagus into this room.

Ventilation ducts shall lead down up to 0.05 m from the floor level in the

This room.



15.08.9 passenger vessels shall be equipped with a lékárničkami in the number of ensuring

the treatment of the crew and passengers. First-aid kits and their storage shall

meet the requirements of chapter. 10.02.2 (a). (f)).



15.09. Rescue equipment



15.09.1 in addition to the lifebuoys in accordance with Cap. 10.05.1 must all be

parts of the deck intended for passengers and not enclosed,

equipped with rescue circles, and on both sides of the vessel, always in

a maximum distance of 20 m.



Lifebuoys shall be deemed satisfactory if they comply with



-the European standard EN 14144:2003 or



-Chapter III, rule 7.1 International Convention for the safety of human

life at sea (SOLAS 1974) and paragraph 2.1 of the international regulations for

life-saving appliances (LSA).



Half of the prescribed lifebuoys shall be fitted with a floating

cord of at least 30 m long with a diameter of 8 to 11 mm. The other half

the prescribed lifebuoys shall be fitted with automatic,

self-igniting, battery that goes out in the water.



15.09.2 in addition to the lifebuoys in accordance with Cap. 15.09.1 must be available

for ship's personnel personal flotation devices under the CAP. For 10.05.2.

the ship's staff, which is responsible for the takeover of the functions under

the security breakdown, incorporate, or are permissible

semi-automatic inflatable life vests under the CAP. 10.05.2.



15.09.3 passenger ships must have the appropriate means to allow safe

the movement of persons, on the shore or another vessel.



15.09.4 in addition to the life-saving appliances according to the chapter. 15.09.1 and 15.09.2 must

be for 100% of the maximum permitted number of passengers available

personal flotation devices under the CAP. Incorporate or 10.05.2.

semi-automatic inflatable life vests in accordance with the standards referred to in the chapter.

10.05.2 are also permitted.



15.09.5 the term "collective life-saving appliances" includes the ship's boats

According to article 10.04 and life-rafts. Life-rafts must



and an inscription indicating the) have their purpose and the number of persons for which they are

approved;
(b) offer adequate space to) session for the permitted number of persons;



(c) in the fresh waters) have a buoyancy of at least 750 N per person;



(d)) be provided with a rope attached to a passenger ship, to prevent them from drifting away;



(e)) be made of a suitable material and be resistant to diesel fuel and oil

products, and to temperatures of up to 50 ° c;



(f)) and maintain a stable trim and in this respect, be fitted with

suitable brackets for the indicated number of persons;



(g)) be fluorescent orange or fluorescent surfaces

visible from all sides about the size of at least 100 cm²;



h) be such that is from where they are stored, could relax and

run quickly and securely across the deck one person, or in order to

the place where they are stored, to run freely on water;



I) be fitted with appropriate means of evacuation from evacuation areas

referred to in chapter IV. 15.06.8 on life-rafts if the vertical distance

the space between the deck and the evacuation plane of maximum

draught greater than 1 m.



15.09.6 Additional collective life-saving appliances are elements

life-saving devices that ensure the maintenance on the water for several

persons in the water. Must



and an inscription indicating the) have their purpose and the number of persons for which they are

approved;



(b) in fresh water) have a buoyancy of at least 100 N per person;



(c)) be made of a suitable material and be resistant to diesel fuel and oil

products, and to temperatures of up to 50 ° c;



(d)) to occupy and maintain a stable trim and in this respect, be fitted with

suitable brackets for the indicated number of persons;



(e)) have a fluorescent orange or fluorescent surfaces

visible from all sides about the size of at least 100 cm²;



(f)) be such that is from where they are stored, could relax and

run quickly and securely across the deck one person, or to the

the place where they are stored, to run on water.



15.09.7 Inflatable collective life-saving appliances shall in addition:



a) consist of at least two separate air compartments;



b) inflate automatically or manually run at startup on the water;



(c)) and maintain a stable tendency, regardless of the load, even if it is

nafouknuta only half of the air compartments.



15.09.8 rescue equipment shall be stored on board in such a

If necessary, they are easily achievable. Concealed storage places shall

be clearly marked.



15.09.9 rescue equipment must be checked in accordance with the instructions

manufacturer.



15.09.10 ship's boat shall be equipped with an engine and a headlamp.



on 15.09.11 must be available to the appropriate litter.



15.10. Electrical equipment



15.10.1 the lighting is allowed only to the electrical equipment.



15.10.2 the provisions of Cap. 9.16.3 also applies to passes and

common room for passengers.



15.10.3 For spaces and places listed below shall be provided adequate

lighting and emergency lighting:



and) the places where rescue resources are stored, and where

These resources are usually ready for use;



b) escape routes, entrances for passengers, including gangways,

entrances and exits, connecting corridors, lifts and stairs in the living

areas, in the area of cabins and living quarters;



(c)) the escape routes and emergency exits;



(d)) in other areas intended for persons with reduced mobility;



(e) the operating room, the engine room), a room with the steering apparatus and

their exits;



f) wheelhouse;



g) room with an emergency source of energy;



h) space, on which there are fire extinguishers, and the place from which the

control of fire-fighting system;



I) spaces in which passengers, shipboard personnel and crew

in case of danger.



15.10.4 on board must be installed an emergency generator power

energy consisting of emergency source of power and the emergency switchboard,

that in the event of a power failure the electrical equipment referred to under

(a). and)-i) can take their replacement power supply without delay if he does not

the device's own energy source:



a) signal lights;



(b)) acoustic warning systems;



(c) emergency lighting in accordance with chapter). 15.10.3;



d) radiotelephone system;



(e)), alarm systems, and in-flight communications speaker system

systems;



(f)) under the headlights kap. 10.02.2 (a). I);



g) fire alarm system;



h) other safety equipment, for example. stable sprinkler

device with pressure water or fire pumps;



I) lifts and lifting devices under the CAP. 15.06.9 in the second sentence.



15.10.5 Luminaires for emergency lighting shall be marked as the emergency.



15.10.6 emergency generator of electric energy must be positioned outside the

the main engine room, outside the rooms in which are located the source of energy

According to the chapter. accommodate and outside the room, in which is located the main switchboard; from

These rooms must be separated by partitions according to the chapter. 15.11.2.

The cables, which are powered by electrical equipment in case of an emergency, the

be stored and maintained, so that in the event of fire or flooding was

maintain continuous power supply of the device. These cables must not be

never conducted via the main engine room, kitchen or room in which it is

installed the main source of electrical power and the appropriate device,

If it is not required in these areas to provide emergency equipment. Safe

generator of electric energy must be located either above the plane of the

the maximum dive time remaining, or when the displacement away from sources

According to the energy chapter. accommodate, in order to ensure that, in case of flooding

According to the chapter. 15.03.9 will not be flooded with these sources of energy at the same time.



15.10.7 as an emergency source of energy are permitted



and auxiliaries) with their own independent supply of fuel and independent

cooling system, which in the case of a power failure, turn on and

take power within 30 seconds automatically or, if

in the immediate vicinity of the wheelhouse or any other station continuously

manned by crew members, can be turned on manually, or



(b)) batteries, which in the case of a power failure, turn on automatically

or, if they are located in the immediate vicinity of the wheelhouse or any other

a location permanently manned by crew members, can be turned on manually.

Must ensure that the power supply of the above electrical appliances (kap.

15.10.4) for the prescribed time without charge, and without an inadmissible drop in

the voltage.



15.10.8 the planned operating period of the emergency power supply is necessary to determine the

According to the established purpose of the passenger ship. Shall not be less than 30 minutes.



15.10.9 the isolation resistors and earthing of electrical systems must be

check for regular inspections.



15.10.10 energy sources under the CAP. accommodate must be independent of each other.



15.10.11 the failure of the main or emergency generator power

not mutually affect the operating safety of the equipment.



15.11 fire protection



15.11.1 the suitability of materials and components for fire protection

the test Institute shall determine on the basis of appropriate test methods.



and testing Institute) must comply with the



AA) code for fire test procedures or



BB) European standard EN ISO/IEC 17025:2000 on the General requirements for the

competence of testing and calibration laboratories.



(b)) Accepted test methods to determine the flammability of the materials are

Annex I, part 1 of the code for fire test procedures.



(c)) Accepted test methods to determine whether the material slows down

burning, are the relevant requirements laid down in annex 1, part 5 (test

the surface flammability), 6 (test for deck coverings), 7 (test for

hanging textiles and plastics), 8 (test for upholstered furniture) and 9

(test for bedding) of the code for fire test procedures.



d) Recognised test methods to determine the fire resistance are

Annex I, part 3 of the code for fire test procedures.



(e)) in accordance with the code for fire test procedures can be used to prescribe

the test on the sample dividing wall.



15.11.2 Dividing walls



and) partitions between rooms must be designed in accordance with the following

tables:



AA) table for partitions between rooms, in which there are

installed no stable sprinkler equipment referred to in chapter.

10.03 and



-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Room The Stair Assembly Social Engineering Kitchen Storage

the Habitat of the shaft spaces spaces spaces

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Control-A0 A0/B15 (1) A30 A60 A60/A60 A30 (5)

Stair shafts-A0 A30 A60 A60 A30

Muster areas-A30/B15 (2) A60 A60/A60 A30 (5)

Meeting/Banquet Facilities-/A0/B15 (3) A60 A60 A30

Engineering A60/A60 A0 (4) A60

Kitchen A0 A30/B15 (6)

Storage spaces-

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



(1) the partitions between control centres and internal muster areas shall correspond to type A0,
but external muster areas only to type B15.

(2) the partitions between lounges and internal muster areas shall correspond to type A30,

However, external muster areas only to type B15.

(3) the partitions between cabins, partitions between cabins and corridors and vertical partitions separating social

areas referred to in chapter 15.11.10 shall comply with type B15, for rooms fitted with stable sprinklerovými

extinguishing devices with B0. Partitions between cabins and saunas must correspond to type A0,

the rooms fitted with stable sprinklerovými extinguishing devices with pressurized water type B15.

(4) the partitions between engine rooms according to the chapter. 15.07 and article. 15.10.6 must odpovídattypu A60; in other cases, the

shall comply with type A0.

(5) the Dividing walls between the storage premises for the storage of flammable liquids and between control unit and

muster areas shall correspond to type A60, the rooms fitted with stable sprinklerovými

extinguishing devices with pressurized water type A30.

(6) type B15 is sufficient for partitions between galleys, on the one hand, and cold storage facilities

the food on the other.



BB) table for partitions between rooms, in which are installed

stable sprinkler equipment referred to in chapter. 10.03 and



-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Room The Stair Assembly Social Engineering Kitchen Storage

the Habitat of the shaft spaces spaces spaces

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Control-A0 A0/B15 (1) A0 A60 A30 A0/A30 (5)

Stairwells A0 A0-A60 A30 A0

Muster areas-A30/B15 (2) A60 A30 A0/A30 (5)

Meeting/Banquet Facilities-/B15/B0 (3) A60 A30 A0

Engineering A60/A60 A0 (4) A60

Kitchen-A0/B15 (6)

Storage spaces-

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



(1) the partitions between control centres and internal muster areas shall correspond to type A0,

but external muster areas only to type B15.

(2) the partitions between lounges and internal muster areas shall correspond to type A30,

However, external muster areas only to type B15.

(3) the partitions between cabins, partitions between cabins and corridors and vertical partitions separating

Meeting/Banquet Facilities pursuant to chapter 15.11.10 shall comply with type B15, for rooms fitted with stable

sprinklerovými extinguishing devices with B0. Partitions between cabins and saunas must match the

Type A0, for rooms fitted with pressurised sprinkler systems with pressurized water type B15.

(4) the partitions between engine rooms according to the chapter. 15.07 and kap. 15.10.6 shall comply with type A60; in other cases, the

shall comply with type A0.

(5) the Dividing walls between the storage premises for the storage of flammable liquids and between control unit and

muster areas shall correspond to type A60, the rooms fitted with stable sprinklerovými

extinguishing devices with pressurized water type A30.

(6) type B15 is sufficient for partitions between galleys, on the one hand, and cold storage facilities

the food on the other.



b) partitions of type and are bulkheads, walls and decks which comply with the

the following requirements:



AA) are constructed of steel or other equivalent material.



the BB) Are appropriately stiffened.



the CC) are insulated by an approved non-combustible material, so the average

the temperature on the side facing away from the fire will not increase by more than 140 ° c above the

the initial temperature and at no point, including the gaps, the liaison will not

during the following times to increase the temperature of more than 180 ° c above the

initial temperature:



Type A60 60 minutes



Type A30-30 minutes



Type A0-0 minutes.



DD) are designed to prevent the infiltration of smoke and flames

until the end of the one-hour normal fire test.



c) partitions of type B are bulkheads, walls, decks, ceilings or

tiles that meet these requirements:



AA) are made of approved non-combustible material. In addition, the

all materials used in the manufacture and Assembly of partitions shall be

with the exception of fire-resistant lining, which shall be at least flame-retardant.



BB) show such insulation value, the average temperature on the side

far from the fire will not increase by more than 140 ° c above the initial temperature and

at no point, including the gaps, there is no contact during the following period

a temperature rise of more than 225 ° c above the initial temperature:



Type B15 15 minutes



Type B0-0 minutes.



the CC) are designed to prevent penetration of flame to the end of

the first half hour normal fire test.



15.11.3 paints, lacquers and other products for the treatment of surfaces and coverings

used in rooms except engine rooms and store rooms shall

flame-retardant. Carpets, fabrics, curtains and other hanging textile

materials and upholstered furniture and bedding shall be flame-retardant,

If the room in which they are located, equipped with a stable

sprinklerovým fire-fighting equipment with pressurized water pursuant to chapter. 10.03.



15.11.4 ceilings and wall claddings, including

foundations, shall be unless these social spaces

equipped with a stable sprinklerovým fire-fighting equipment with high pressure water

According to the chapter. 10.03, and constructed of non-combustible materials with the exception of the

surfaces which must at least limit the spread of the flame. The first sentence is

does not apply to the sauna.



15.11.5 furniture and fittings in lounges which serve

as the muster areas shall be constructed of fire-resistant

materials, these areas are not equipped with a stable sprinklerovým

fire-fighting equipment with pressurized water pursuant to chapter. 10.03.



15.11.6 paints, varnishes and other materials used in the unprotected internal

spaces may not produce excessive amounts of smoke or toxic

substances. This shall be demonstrated in accordance with the regulation for implementation of the

fire test.



15.11.7 insulation materials in lounges shall be

fire-resistant. It does not apply to insulations used on pipelines leading

refrigerant. The surfaces of the insulation materials used on these pipes

shall be at least flame-retardant.



15.11.7 and awnings or similar mobile devices, which are

the deck completely or partially closed, and their supporting structures must

at least limit the spread of the flame.



15.11.8 Doors in partitions according to the chapter. 15.11.2 shall meet the following

requirements:



and the requirements of Cap.) 15.11.2 as the dividing wall.



(b)) shall be self-closing in the case of doors in partition walls according to chap.

15.11.10 or, in the case of enclosures around engine rooms, galleys and stairwells

shafts.



c) Self-closing doors that are open during normal operation, the

be such that they can be closed from a location permanently manned by shipboard

personnel or crew members. After the remote closure must be

You can safely open and close again on the spot.



d) watertight doors according to chap. 15.02 need not be insulated.



15.11.9 Walls under the CAP. 15.11.2 shall be continuous from deck to deck

or end at continuous ceilings, which satisfy the same requirements,

as they are listed in the chapter. 15.11.2.



15.11.10 Vertical partitions according to the chapter. 15.11.2 must be

divided these spaces for passengers:



and passenger compartments with) the total surface area of more than 800

M2;



(b)) the passenger, in which there are cabins, at intervals

not more than 40 m.



The vertical partitions shall not under normal operating conditions, fire

smoke and shall be continuous from deck to deck.



15.11.11 Cavity above ceilings, beneath floors and behind the lining walls must be

separated at intervals of not more than 14 m ohnivzdornými screens, which prevents

air supply and that even in the event of fire, provide an effective fireproof

sealing.



15.11.12 Stairs shall be made of steel or another equally

fire-resistant material.



15.11.13 Internal stairs and lifts shall be closed at all levels

the walls according to the chapter. 15.11.2. Request the first sentence doesn't have to be met:



a staircase connecting only) two decks need not be enclosed, if the

one Board is concluded under the stairs kap. 15.11.2;



(b)) in the social space of stairs need not be closed, if the

located completely inside this room, and



AA) If this room extends over only two decks, or



BB) is installed in the room on all decks, stable

sprinkler devices with pressurized water pursuant to chapter. 10.03 and,

the room has a smoke extraction system according to the chapter. 15.11.16 and all

Board access to the stairwell.



15.11.14 ventilation systems and air supply systems shall satisfy the following

requirements:
and) must be designed so as to ensure that they themselves cannot

cause the spread of fire and smoke.



b) openings for air intake and extraction and air supply systems

must be able to close.



c) ventilation ducts shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent

fire-resistant material and be securely connected to each other and with superstructure

the vessel.



(d)) where ventilation ducts with a diameter of more than 0.02 m2 subdivision

the walls according to the chapter. 15.11.2 type A or partitions according to the chapter.

15.11.10, shall be fitted with automatic fire dampers that can be

operated from a location permanently manned by shipboard personnel or members of the

the crew.



e) ventilation systems for galleys and engine rooms shall be separated from the

ventilation systems designed for other areas.



f) air extraction ducts shall be provided with closable holes designated

for inspection and cleaning. These holes must be located in the vicinity of the

fire dampers.



(g)) the built-in fans must be possible to turn off from the central station

outside the engine room.



15.11.15 Kitchen must be equipped with ventilation systems and stoves with

the ventilation exhaust vapours. extractors shall satisfy the requirements according to the

Kap. 15.11.14 and, moreover, be fitted with manually operated fire dampers

on the input holes.



15.11.16 control, stairwells and internal evacuation

the room must be equipped with natural or mechanical systems

smoke extraction. Smoke extraction systems shall satisfy the following requirements:



and) must be sufficiently powerful and reliable.



(b)) must correspond to the operating conditions of passenger ships.



(c)) is used if smoke extraction systems also as General fans space

It must not, in the case of fire to defend their functioning as a systems

smoke extraction.



d) smoke extraction systems shall have a manually operated triggering device.



e) Mechanical smoke extraction systems shall additionally be possible to control

from a location permanently manned by shipboard personnel or crew members.



f) Natural smoke extraction systems shall be fitted with an opening

the mechanism of the manually operated or power source inside the system

the draining.



g) manually operated triggering device and opening mechanisms shall be

accessible from inside or from outside the protected space.



15.11.17 Social spaces without permanent supervision of shipboard personnel

or members of the crew, the galley, engine room and the other room with the risk

fire must be connected to an appropriate fire alarm system

meeting the requirements of the "Administrative instruction No. 17" referred to in the Appendix

(II) to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the

inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the "directive of the European

Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for

inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in

the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,

Directive 2008/68/EC, Directive 2008/126/EC and directive 2012/48/EU. Fire

and the exact location of its occurrence must be automatically displayed at the

permanently manned by shipboard personnel or crew members.



15.12. Fire fighting



15.12.1 in addition to portable fire extinguishers in accordance with Cap. 10.03 must be

available on Board at least the following portable extinguishers:



and) one portable fire extinguisher for every 120 m² of gross floor

areas in passenger spaces;



(b)) one portable fire extinguisher for each group of ten initiated

cabins;



(c)) one portable fire extinguisher in each galley and in the vicinity of each

the room in which flammable liquids are stored or used. In

kitchens must be also available fire resource suitable for extinguishing

the burning of fat.



These additional fire extinguishers shall meet the requirements laid down in

Kap. 10.03.2 and be located and distributed on the vessel so that, in the case of

fire was a fire extinguisher readily available. In every kitchen and

also in hairdressing salons and perfumeries must be on hand to fire

drapes.



15.12.2 passenger ships shall be provided with a hydrant system consisting

from



and two fire pumps) powered with enough power,

one of these pumps must be fixed;



(b)) of one of the fire management with a sufficient number of hydrants with permanently

connected fire hoses at least 20 m and with

the nozzle, you can create a water mist and water stream, and closing

device.



15.12.3 hydrant Systems shall be designed and dimensioned so that the



and each place vessel) in the range of at least two hydrants

situated in different places for each hydrant can be counted

only with a single hose up to 20 m long;



(b)) pressure at the hydrants is at least 300 kPa and



(c)) on all decks, you can reach the length of a stream of water at least 6 m.



If there are hydrants located in cabinets must be on the outside of the

lockers located symbol of the "fire hose" as shown in Figure 5 in the Appendix I to

of this annex with a side length of at least 10 cm.



15.12.4 Hydrant valves with threads or cocks shall be set

so that the fire hoses can be separated and removed during operation

the fire pumps.



15.12.5 fire hoses in the internal areas must be navinuly on the

pivotally connected reel.



15.12.6 Materials fire equipment must be either refractory or be

suitably protected against failure in case of exposure to high temperatures.



15.12.7 piping and hydrants must be so arranged as to avoid the

the possibility of freezing.



15.12.8. Fire pumps shall



and) be installed or located in separate premises;



(b)) to be operated independently of each other;



(c)) for each on all decks, be capable of maintaining the necessary pressure at the hydrants

and to achieve the desired length of the stream of water;



(d)) to be installed in front of the aft bulkhead.



Fire pumps can be used for general purposes.



15.12.9 machinery spaces shall be fitted with a fixed fire extinguishing system in accordance with chapter.

10 (b).



15.12.10 For cabin boats shall be available



and) two separate breathing apparatus in accordance with European standard EN 137:1993

full mask according to the European standard EN 136:1998;



(b)) two sets of equipment consisting of at least a protective suit, helmet,

boots, gloves, axes, crowbars, torches and safety cords and



(c)) the four escape hoods.



15.13. Ensuring safety



15.13.1 on passenger ships must be safety instructions.

Safety instructions describe the duties of the crew and shipboard personnel

According to their classification in the following circumstances:



and) accident;



(b) fire on board);



(c)) the evacuation of passengers;



d) man overboard.



The safety instructions must take account of the special security measures for the

persons with reduced mobility. Special instructions to the crew shall

provide that, in the event of danger, all doors and openings in the

the watertight bulkheads referred to in chapter. 15.02 immediately sealed.



15.13.2 Safety guidelines contain safety plan, in which they are

clearly and accurately marked at least



and spaces designed for) persons with reduced mobility;



b) escape routes, emergency exits and muster and evacuation areas

According to the chapter. 15.06.8;



(c) life-saving appliances) and ship's boats;



d) fire extinguishers and fire-fighting system and stable sprinkler

device with pressure water;



(e)) the other safety devices;



(f)) alarm system chapter. 15.08.3 (a). and);



(g)) the alarm system referred to in chapter. 15.08.3 (a). (b)), and (c));



h) doors in bulkheads referred to in chapter. 15.02.5 and location of its control and

the holes under the CAP. 15.02.9, 15.03.12, 15.02.13 and 15.02.10;



I) doors referred to in chapter. 15.11.8;



j) fire dampers;



to) fire alarm system;



l) emergency generator of electric energy;



m) controls the ventilation system;



n shore);



about) the conclusion of the fuel pipes;



p) liquefied gas installations;



q) public address systems;



r) radiotelephone system;



with first-aid kits).



15.13.3 safety instructions pursuant to chapter. 15.13.1 and safety plan

According to the chapter. 15.13.2 must



and be properly equipped with the imprint) rectangular stamp of the State fairway management

or a similar authorized person from another Member State of the European

the community and the



(b)) to be placed on an appropriate, well visible place on each Board.



15.13.4 in each cabin must be conduct rules for passengers

and also a simplified safety plan containing information

referred to in chapter IV. 15.13.2 (a). and) to (f)). Rules of conduct shall contain

at least



and the designation of a State of emergency)



-fire



-flooding



-General hazard;



(b) a description of the various alarm signals);



(c)) for instructions on:



-escape routes



-behavior,



-the need to keep the peace;



d) warning:



-smoking,



-use of fire and naked flame,



-opening Windows,



-the use of certain items of equipment.



These instructions shall be in English, French, German, and

Dutch, for vessels that use to sail with passengers water

the jackets of the Czech Republic also in English.



15.14. Installations for the collection and disposal of waste waters
15.14.1 passenger vessels shall be equipped with a waste collection tanks for sewage

in accordance with Chapter 15.14.2 or cabin cleaning systems waste water according to

Chapter 15.14.3.



15.14.2 Collection tanks for waste water must be of sufficient volume. Tank

must be provided with a device to indicate the status of the level. Must be to

available on-board pumps and pipes for the emptying of these tanks,

waste water which can pass on both sides of the vessel. Must be allowed

the draining of waste water from other vessels. The pipe must be fitted with

the drain connection according to the European standard EN 1306:1996.



15.14.3. On-board sewage treatment plants must comply with the limit values

listed in table 1.



Table 1

Limit values which must be followed for the operation of the on-board water odtokovém čistírnyodpadních

(wastewater treatment plant in which the test is performed) during the type tests



-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Indicator Of Concentration Sample

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD5) of 20 mg/l sample obtained by casting facilities of eight incremental samples

ISO 536 5815-1 and 536 5815-2 (2003) the same volume in interval of 15 minutes

25 mg/l Mixed namátkovývzorek obtained by casting facilities of eight sub-

samples of the same volume at an interval of 15 minutes

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Chemical oxygen demand (COD) (1) 100 mg/l sample obtained by casting facilities of eight incremental samples

ISO 6060 (1989) the same volume in interval of 15 minutes

125 mg/l Mixed namátkovývzorek obtained by casting facilities of eight sub-

samples of the same volume at an interval of 15 minutes

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total organic carbon (TOC) 35 mg/l sample obtained by casting facilities of eight incremental samples

EN 1484 (1997) the same volume in interval of 15 minutes

45 mg/l of Mixed namátkovývzorek obtained by casting facilities of eight sub-

samples of the same volume at an interval of 15 minutes

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) the place of chemical oxygen consumption (COD) may be indicated for the control of celkovýorganický carbon (TOC).



15.14.4 compliance with limit values shall be type-approved according to

Commission directive 2012/49/EU, amending Annex II to Directive

The European Parliament and of the Council 2006/87/EC, laying down the technical

requirements for inland waterway vessels.



A copy of the type-approval certificate and the record of the parameters of the deck

the wastewater treatment plant must be on board the ship.



15.14.5 during the operation it is necessary to comply with the values given in table 2.



Table 2

The control value, which must be followed for the operation of the on-board odtokovém wastewater treatment plant in

its operation on board passenger ships

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Indicator Of Concentration Sample

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Biochemical oxygen demand (Bod5) 25 mg/l Mixed namátkovývzorek obtained by casting facilities of eight sub-

ISO 536 5815-1 and 536 5815-2 (2003) samples of the same volume at an interval of 15 minutes

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Chemical oxygen demand (COD) 125 mg/l Mixed namátkovývzorek obtained by casting facilities of eight sub-

ISO 6060 (1989) samples of the same volume at an interval of 15 minutes

150 mg/l Mixed namátkovývzorek obtained by casting facilities of eight sub-

samples of the same volume at an interval of 15 minutes

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total organic carbon (TOC) 45 mg/l of Mixed namátkovývzorek obtained by casting facilities of eight sub-

EN 1484 (1997) samples of the same volume at an interval of 15 minutes

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



15.14.6 are not allowed in procedures with the use of products with chlorine. Also

It is not allowed to be diluted sewage to reduce the load on the unit, and to

so also it was possible to remove them.



15.14.7 sewage sludge is required to store, retain and discharge so that the

avoid environmental pollution waste sludge. Vessel

must be equipped with a waste management plan with the waste sludge.



15.14.8 wastewater treatment plant, which had been placed on board the ship,

can be operated to perform the test in functionality by the manufacturer.

The on-board wastewater treatment plant shall be entered under item 52 of the ship-

the certificate along with the name, the number of approved type, serial number and

the year of production. After any significant modification of the on-board waste

water affecting on wastewater treatment must be followed by a special

the test, which is used to determine the current status of the on-board waste

water in relation to the components set out in the record about the parameters of the on-board

sewage treatment plants, calibration and adjustment of these parameters.



15.14.9 on the treatment plant, it is necessary to perform regular

maintenance according to the manufacturer's instructions, so as to ensure that it is in perfect

operating condition. Must be on board the service book, in which it is possible to

maintenance check.



3. the derogations for certain passenger ships



15.15.1 passenger ships with permission to carry up to 50 passengers and about

not more than 25 m in length LWL must demonstrate adequate stability of the undisturbed

According to the State chapter. 15.03.7 to 15.03.13, or must instead prove that they

meet this criteria after cross-locating the flooding:



and the ship can dive) up to the plane of maximum draught when

remaining displacement and



(b)) the metacentric height GMR shall not be less than 0.10 m.



The necessary residual buoyancy shall be assured by the choice of an appropriate

the material used to construct the hull or using floats from the

foam material with cell structure, which are firmly attached to the

the ship's hull. For vessels longer than 15 m, residual buoyancy can be

to ensure a combination of floats and by dividing the corresponding status 1 Department

According to the chapter. 15.03.



15.15.2 for passenger vessels under the CAP. 15.15.1 may be allowed less

deviations from the clearance under the CAP. 15.06.3 (a). (c)) and kap. 15.06.5

(a). (b)). The derogation shall not be more than 5%. In the case of derogations must be

the part marked with color.



15.15.3 Notwithstanding chapter. 15.03.9 may not have passenger ships whose length

does not exceed 45 m and which are intended for the carriage of no more than 250

passengers, 2 Department status.



15.15.4 If passenger ships intended for the carriage of no more than 250

passengers and with a length of not more than 25 m LWL equipped platform available from

both sides of the vessel directly above the plane of maximum draught in the remaining

displacement, in order to save the people from the water, can be dropped from the

the application of the CAP. 10.04. Passenger ships can be equipped with comparable

device, subject to the following conditions:



and is sufficient to control the device) one person;



(b)) are mobile devices;



(c)) of the equipment shall be located outside the danger area of the propulsion systems

and



d) effective communication is possible between the boatmaster and the person

the device handles.



15.15.5 for passenger vessels which are authorized to carry a maximum of 600

passengers and with a length not exceeding 45 m, may be dropped from

the application of the CAP. 10.04, if the vessel is equipped with a platform under the CAP.

15.15.4 first sentence or equivalent devices according to the chapter. 15.15.4 second

the sentence. In addition, a passenger ship must have



and as the main drive) a rudder propeller, a cycloidal (Voth-Schneider)

the propeller or a, or



(b)) the main propulsion system with two propulsion units or



(c)) the main propulsion system and a bow bow thruster.



by way of derogation from section 15.15.6 15.02.9 passenger ships whose length does not exceed

45 m and are allowed to carry a maximum number of passengers which

corresponds to the length of the vessel in metres, can have on the Board in the space for the

passengers manually controlled bulkhead door without remote control according to the

Kap. 15.02.5, if



and) the vessel has only one deck;



(b)) this door is accessible directly from the deck and from the deck are not further than

10 m;



(c)) the lower edge of the door opening lies at least 30 cm above the floor in the

the passenger compartment and



(d)) to each of the separate Department of the door is equipped with a signal above

water levels.



15.15.7 on passenger ships under the CAP. 15.15.6 may, notwithstanding chapter.

15.06.6 (a). (c)) lead the kitchen one escape route, if there is a second

an escape route.



15.15.8 On passenger ships, with a length not exceeding 45 m, does not apply
Kap. 15.01.2 (a). (e)), if they are equipped with liquefied gas

with appropriate alarm systems for the concentration of CO, which represent the

a health risk, and for potentially explosive mixture of gas and air.

The suitability of the alarm system for the concentration of CO is assessed according to the

"The administrative instruction No. 24" referred to in Appendix II to annex II of the "Minimum

technical requirements applicable to vessels on inland waterways of zones

1, 2, 3 and 4 of the "European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC, which

technical requirements for inland waterway vessels and

repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC,

Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC and

Directive 2008/126/EC.



15.15.9 for vessels with a length of 25 m LWL does not apply to the following provisions:



and) chap. 15.04.1 the last sentence;



(b)), chap. 15.06.6 (a). (c)) for the kitchen, if it is available the second escape

the path;



(c)), chap. 15.07.



15.15.10 On cabin vessels whose length does not exceed 45 m,

not covered by the CAP. 15.12.10, if they are in the quarters after hands escape hoods in the

the number corresponding to the number of beds.



________



9) Government Regulation No. 27/2003 Coll., laying down technical requirements

on the lifts, in wording of later regulations.



CHAPTER 15a



SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PASSENGER SAILING VESSELS



15A. 01. General provisions



15A. 01.1 in this chapter otherwise provided, apply to

passenger sailing ships, the requirements of chapters 2-15 of this annex.



15A. 02. Derogations for certain passenger sailing ships



15A. 02.1 On personal sailing ships, with a length not exceeding 45 m LWL

and the maximum permitted number of passengers is not higher than the LWL in whole

meters, are not subject to the following provisions:



and) chap. 2.03.7, neposouvají-to anchor in anchor skluzech;



(b)), chap. 10.02.2 (a). (d)), as regards the length;



(c)), chap. 15.08.3 (a). and);



(d)), chap. 15.15.9 (a). and).



15A. By way of derogation from Chapter 02. 15A. 2.1, the number of passengers increased to

1 times the LWL in whole meters, if sails, rigging and

the deck equipment.



15A. 03. Stability requirements for vessels plachtících



15A. 03.1 When calculating the heeling moments in accordance with Cap. 15.03.3 in determining the

the Centre of gravity of the vessel shall take into account the coiled sheet.



15A. 03.2 taking into account all load conditions according to the chapter. 15.03.2 and

When you use the standard layout canvas must be heeling moment

caused by wind pressure so great that exceed 20 ° tilt angle.

At the same time



and for the calculation used) a constant wind pressure of 0.07 kN/m2;



(b)) the residual safety clearance shall be at least 100 mm and



(c)) the residual freeboard shall not be negative.



15A. 03.3 righting lever of the static torque reversible stability

must



and achieve the highest values at) the heeling angle 25 ° or more;



(b) be at least 200 mm) at an angle of heel of 30 ° or more;



(c)) to be positive when the heeling angle of 60 °.



15A. 03.4 area under the righting lever must not be less

than



and) 0.055 mrad to 30 °;



(b) 0.09) mrad to angle of 40 ° or in which an unprotected opening reaches

beneath the surface of the water, and which is less than 40 °.



Between the



(c)) 30 ° and 40 ° or



(d)) of 30 ° and the angle at which an unprotected opening reaches the surface of the water,

and that is less than 40 ° must not be this space of less than 0.03 mrad.



15A. 04. Requirements on the construction of the ship and machinery



15A. By way of derogation from Chapter 04.1. 5.01.3 and chapter. 9.01.3 device must be

designed for permanent lists of up to 20 °.



15A. By way of derogation from Chapter 04.2. 15.06.5 (a). and) and kap. 15.06.9 (a). (b)) can be

in the case of passenger sailing ship with a length of 25 m to enable clear

the width of less than 800 mm for the connecting corridors and stairs. However, the clear width

must be at least 600 mm.



15A. By way of derogation from Chapter 04.3. 15.06.10 and letters) can be in certain cases

enable the use of a removable Rails in places where it is necessary for the

controlling the sails.



15A. 04.4 within the meaning of chapter. 15.07, sails are considered the main propulsion

the system.



15A. 04.5 Notwithstanding chapter. 15.15.6 (a). (c)) can be used in the passenger compartment

the height of the lower edge of the door opening to cut down on 200 mm above the floor. After

the opening of the door must close and lock automatically.



15A. If during 04.6 sailing propeller run, must be

the affected part of the propulsion system protected from possible damage.



15A. 05. Rigging in General



15A. 05.1 parts of the rigging shall be arranged so as to avoid

undue friction.



15A. c05.2 where a material other than wood or special types of

the rigging, the construction to ensure an equivalent safety

the dimensions and strength of this chapter. To demonstrate the strength of



and) must be made or a strength calculation



(b) sufficient strength) must confirm by an approved classification society

or



c) dimensioning shall be based on the procedures set out by the recognised

the regulatory framework (e.g.. Middendorf, Kusk-Jensen).



15A. 06. Masts and spars in General



15A. 06.1 All spars shall be made up of high-quality

the material.



15A. 06.2 Wood for masts shall be



and) without the concentration of knots;



(b)) without sapwood within the defined dimensions;



(c)) rovnovláknité;



(d)) the spiral if possible without growth.



15A. If the chosen 06.3 timber pine or Oregon

higher quality, pine diameter listed in tables in the chapter. 15A. 07

up to 15a. reduced by 5%.



15A. 06.4 does not apply to the mast, topmast, boom, booms and

bowsprits wood round cross section, this must be the wood equivalent

the fortress.



15A. 06.5 Basics masts, mast and tuleje on the Board,

floor boards or to the bow or the stern must be constructed so that

absorb the forces that Act on them, or is transferred to another

connected parts of the structure.



15A. 06.6 depending on the vessel's stability and the external forces on the

them, and also on the available layout area of the sail can be on

the basis of the dimensions laid down in the chapter. 15A.07 to 15A.12 enable smaller

cross-sections of the spars and rigging, where appropriate. To do this, it is necessary to demonstrate

the documents referred to in chapter. 15A. c05.2.



15A. If time 06.7 rocking/the rolling of the vessel in less than three seconds

a quarter of its width in meters, it is necessary to set the dimensions of the kap. 15A. 07

up to 15a. 12 increase. It is necessary to present the documents referred to in chapter. 15A. c05.2.



15A. 06.8 in tables referred to in the chapter. 15A.07 to 15A.12 and 15a. 14

can mezihodnoty interpolují.



15A. 07. Special provisions for masts



15A. 07.1 Wooden masts shall meet the following minimum requirements:

--------------------------------------------------------------------

Length (*) Average on the deck of the average for the top Average at the mast

(m) (cm) Cross (cm) (cm)

--------------------------------------------------------------------

10 20 17 15



11 22 17 15



12 24 19 17



13 26 21 18



14 28 23 19



15 30 25 21



16 32 26 22



17 34 28 23



18 36 29 24



19 39 31 25



20 41 33 26



21 43 34 28



22 44 35 29



23 46 37 30



24 49 39 32



25 51 41 33

--------------------------------------------------------------------

(*) The distance from the top of the cross to the Board.

--------------------------------------------------------------------



If the mast has two booms, the average increase of at least 10%.



If the mast more than two booms, the average increase at least 15%.

In the case of masts passing through the deck must average at the foot of the mast do

at least 75% of the average of the mast to the deck level.



15A. 07.2 masts, Fittings, mast cross belts and couplings must be

sufficiently dimensioned and firmly fixed.



15A. 08. Special provisions for the topmast



15A. 08.1 Wooden topmast must meet the following minimum

requirements:



---------------------------------------------------------------------

Length (*) the diameter at the base of the diameter in half the diameter of the fitting

(m) length (cm) (cm) (**) (cm)

---------------------------------------------------------------------

4 8 7 6

5 10 9 7

6 13 11 8

7 14 13 10

8 16 15 11

9 18 16 13

10 20 18 15

11 23 20 16

12 25 22 17

13 26 24 18

14 28 25 20

15 31 27 21

---------------------------------------------------------------------

(*) The total length of the topmast no masthead.

(**) The average level of the topmast the masthead fitting.



If the basket attached to the čnělce yard tarps, increase the dimensions of the

listed in the table by 10%.



15A. 08.2 overlap between the topmast and the mast must be at least

10 times the desired diameter of the topmast.



15A. 09. Special requirements for bowsprits
15A 09.1 Wooden bowsprits must meet the following minimum requirements:

----------------------------------------------------

Length (*) Diameter at the stem Diameter in the middle of the length of the

(m) (cm) (cm)

----------------------------------------------------

4 14.5 12.5



5 18 16



6 22 19



7 25 23



8 29 25



9 32 29



10 36 32



11 39 35



12 43 39

----------------------------------------------------

(*) The total length of the bowsprit.

----------------------------------------------------



15A. 09.2 Part of the bowsprit shall have a length equal to the

at least four times the average of the bowsprit at the stem.



15A. 09.3 Average bowsprit on its upper end must do

at least 60% of the average of the bowsprit at the stem.



15A. 10. specific requirements on the jib-boom



15A. 10.1 Wooden jib-booms must meet the following minimum requirements:

---------------------------------------------------------

Length (*) (m) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

---------------------------------------------------------

The diameter at the stem (cm) 7 10 14 17 21 24 28 31 35

---------------------------------------------------------

(*) The total length of the jib-boom.



15A. 10.2 the diameter of the jib-boom on its upper end must at least hinit

60% of the diameter at the stem.



15A. 11. Special requirements for main booms



15A. 6.9 Wooden main booms must meet the following minimum

requirements:



-------------------------------------------------------------------

Length (*) (m) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

-------------------------------------------------------------------

Diameter (cm) 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 23 24 25 26 27

-------------------------------------------------------------------

(*) The total length of the main boom.



15A. 7.0 Average for the pivot must be at least 72% of the average

indicated in the table.



15A. 11.3 average for otěžového corner must be at least 85% of the average

indicated in the table.



15A. 7.1 measured from the mast must be the average of the largest two-thirds

the length of the.



15A. 7.1 If



and vratipněm) is between the main and rear edge angle of less than plachtovým

65 ° and the main sheet is attached to the end of the boom or the



(b)) instead of gripping the reins of the complication of the opposite corner of the otěžového, the Commission may

According to the chapter. 15A. c05.2 require larger diameter.



15A. 7.2 for sail areas of less than 50 m2 can reduce the average

listed in the table.



15A. 12. Special provisions for gaffs



15A. 7.5 Wooden gaff must meet the following minimum requirements:

-------------------------------------------------

Length (*) (m) 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

-------------------------------------------------

Diameter (cm) 10 12 14 16 17 18 20

-------------------------------------------------

(*) The total length of the gaff.



15A. 7.6 the unsupported length of gaffs must not be greater than 75%.



15A. 7.6 tensile strength of paprskovitého the harness must be at least

equal to 1 times the breaking strength of the relation of the trigger end of the boom.



15A. 7.7 the top angle paprskovitého the harness must be not more than 60 °.



15A. 7.8 if the derogation from the kap. 15A. 7.7 Apex paprskovitého

This is greater than 60 °, the tensile strength of the Edit with regard to strength,

that act in this case.



15A. 7.8 for sail areas of less than 50 m2 can be smaller diameters,

than are listed in the table.



15A. 13. General provisions for fixed and running rigging



15A. 8.1 Fixed and movable rigging shall comply with the requirements on the strength

laid down in the chapter. 15A. 14a15a. 15.



15A. 8.2 the connection wires may take the form of



and) confusion;



(b)), and the compression couplings or



c) filling couplings.



Záplety must be wrapped and end must be terminated.



15A. 8.3 Cable lugs must be equipped with a očnicemi.



15A. 8.3 the rope must be conducted so as not to obstruct entrances and on the

the stairs.



15A. 14. Special provisions for fixed rigging



15A. 8.8 forestays and shrouds shall meet the following minimum requirements:

-------------------------------------------------------------

The length of the mast (*) (m) 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

-------------------------------------------------------------

Tensile strength of 160 172 185 200 220 244 269 294

front stěhu (CN)

-------------------------------------------------------------

Tensile strength of 355 415 450 485 525 540 630 720

insertions (CN)

-------------------------------------------------------------

The number of cables and lan 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4

insertions on the one

the side of the

-------------------------------------------------------------

(*) The distance from the top of the basket or cross-tree to the Board.

-------------------------------------------------------------



15A. 8.8 the topmast Backstays, topmasts, stěhy, for the flying jib-stays, jib-boom and

bowsprit shrouds shall meet the following minimum requirements:

----------------------------------------------------------------

The length of the mast (*) (m) < 13 13-18 > 18

----------------------------------------------------------------

Tensile strength of 89 119 159

pardunu (CN)

----------------------------------------------------------------

Tensile strength of 89 119 159

topmast (CN)

----------------------------------------------------------------

The length of the topmast < 6 6-8 > 8

(m)

----------------------------------------------------------------

Tensile strength stěhu 58 89 119

for the flying jib-stays (CN)

----------------------------------------------------------------

The length of the jib-boom < 5 5-7 > 7

(m)

----------------------------------------------------------------

The tensile strength of the insertions of the 58 89 119

bowsprit (CN)

----------------------------------------------------------------

(*) The distance from the top of the basket or cross-tree to the Board.



15A. 14.3 Construction lan shall preferably be based on the type of

construction 6 x 7 FE in class, strength 1 550 N/mm2. Alternatively, you can

in the same class of strength use type of construction 6 x 36 or 6 x 19

FE. Due to the higher elasticity of design type 6 x 19 it is necessary to increase the

tensile strength listed in the table by 10%. The use of different structures

LAN is permissible, if comparable properties.



15A. 8.9 if used fixed rigging, tensile strength listed in table

It is necessary to increase by 30%.



15A. 9.0 For rigging can use only approved forks, round eyes and

the studs.



15A. 9.1 bolts, forks, round eyes and turnbuckles must be properly

to ensure.



15A. 9.1 the tensile strength of water-stěhu must be at least 1, 2 times

tensile strength of the appropriate stěhu and létavky.



15A. 9.2 for vessels with displacement displacement less than 30 m3 body may

the inspection, allow a reduction of tensile strength in this

table:

----------------------------------------------------

Water displacement divided by the number of masts (m³) Reduction (%)

----------------------------------------------------

> 20 to 30 20

10 to 20 35

< 10 60----------------------------------------------------15a. 15. Special provisions for running rigging 15a. 9.4 for running rigging use fibre ropes or ropes of steel wire. Minimum tensile strength and diameter of the fixed-line rigging must be in proportion to the area of the sail must meet the following minimum requirements:------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------the Kind of running rigging Material rope sail area (m2) Minimum pevnostPrůměr of rope (mm) tensile strength (kN)------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Shutter sails stěhové steel wire to 35 20 6 > 35 38 8

------------------------------------------------------------------------

Thread (PP) rope diameter of at least 14 mm and one rope sheave

for every 25 m2



---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------

Trigger vratiplachty steel wire to 50 20 6

Trigger basket awnings

> 50 to 80 30 8

> 80 to 120 60 10

> 120 to 160 80 12

------------------------------------------------------------------------

Thread (PP) rope diameter at least 18 mm and one rope sheave

for every initiated 30 m2

---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------

Staysail sheet Thread (PP) to 40 14

> 40 18

For areas larger than 30 m2 sail must have a snaffle

the form of a tackle or it must be possible to control the

using the winch

---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------

The reins of steel wire < vratiplachty 100 60 10/100 to 150 85 12 basket sails > 150 116 14

In the reins košových sails nezbytnépružné

the connecting elements.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Thread (PP) rope diameter at least 18 mm and at least three sheaves.

If the sail area of more than 60 m2, one rope sheave

on 20 m2

---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------



15A. 9.4 Movable rigging, which is part of the stěhoví must have

tensile strength, which corresponds to the strength of the competent stěhu or insertions.



15A. 9.5 if used materials, other than material referred to in chapter.

15A. 15.1, must be observed the values of the strength of the given in the table in the chapter.

15A. 9.4. polyethylene fibre ropes cannot be used.



15A. 16. Fittings and parts of the rigging



15A. 10.0 Are used ropes steel wire or fibre

the rope diameter rope sheaves (measured from the center of the rope to the middle rope)

must meet the following minimum requirements:

--------------------------------------------------------

Steel wire (mm) 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

--------------------------------------------------------

Thread (mm) 16 18 20 22 24 26 28

--------------------------------------------------------

Rope sheave (mm) 100 110 120 130 145 155 165

--------------------------------------------------------



15A. 16.2 Notwithstanding section 15A. 10.0 can be equal to the diameter of the rope sheaves

six times the diameter of the steel wire, steel wire, if not moving

through the sheaves permanently.



15A. 16.3 the tensile strength of the fittings (e.g. forks, round ok, brake adjusters with,

plates with openings, studs, rings and connecting articles) must

match the strength of the fortress to a fixed or running rigging, which is

attached.



15A. 10.2 Mounting handles and stěhů tendon must be designed with regard to the

the forces that Act on them.



15A. 10.3 for each eye can only connect one connector

together with the stěhem or úponem.



15A. 10.3 Pulley runs and blocks the lan must be securely fastened to the

the mast and the revolving crowfeet used for this purpose must be

good condition.



15A. the Fastening bolts with 10.4, oporek, belaying pins and mast

benches must be designed with regard to the forces that Act on them.



15A. 17. Sails



15A. 10.6 it is necessary to ensure that the sails could easily collapse,

quickly and safely.



15A. 10.7 sail area must correspond to the type of vessel and the displacement of the

the vessel.



15A. 18. Equipment



15A. 11.2 vessels are fitted with a jib-čnělkou or bow

čeleném, jib-network and must have an adequate number of suitable jigs and fixtures and

tensioning devices.



15A. 11.3 from under the CAP. 15.18.1 may be dispensed with if the jib-

boom or bowsprit is equipped with a harness and manually exclude bowsprits šlapnicí reasonably

dimensioned for the connection of the safety belt, which must be

on board the vessel.



15A. 11.4 for work in a boatswain's Chair must be available for

provided.



15A. 19.



15A. 11.9 Rigging is checked each 2.5 years. The test must

include at least



and sails, including tarpaulin) trim, corners and otěžových ok to kasání;



(b)) the status of the spars and masts;



(c)) status fixed and running rigging including the connection of wire ropes;



(d)) to quickly and safely collapse the sails;



e) safe fastening pulleys, blocks and ropes;



f) mounting mast trunks and other fastening points fixed and

running rigging, which are attached to the vessel;



g) the winches to control the sails;



(h)) the other device for the purpose of sailing, for example. the lateral fins and equipment

their control;



I) measures, which prevents friction spars, fixed and

running rigging and sails;



(j)) under the CAP. 15A. 18.



15A. The part of the wooden masts, 19.2, which passes through the deck and that is

located below the deck should be checked at intervals to be determined

the inspection body shall, at the latest, however, when each regular

the search warrant. To this end, the mast must pull out.



15A. 12.0 on board must be the last inspection certificate

made under Cap. 15A. 11.9, issued by the body responsible for

visits or the body responsible for the inspection of another Member

State of the European Union, indicating the date and the signature.



Chapter 16



SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO VESSELS WHICH ARE INTENDED FOR USE AS

PART OF A PUSHED OR TOWED CONVOY OR SIDE REPORT



16.01. vessels suitable for pushing



16.01.1 Vessel, to be used for pushing, must be fitted with

a suitable pushing device. Devices must be designed and equipped so

in order to



and the crew could) easily and safely navigate the vessel, is driven by the

connected connecting devices;



(b)) could be fixed in a fixed position relative to the attached to the vessel;



(c) prevent the mutual movement between) vessels.



16.01.2 If the vessels Are connected by ropes, pusher must be equipped with a

at least two special winches or equivalent coupling

device for tensioning ropes.



16.01.3 coupling gear must allow a strong link with tlačeným

the vessel. If the report is composed of a pusher and the only

a single pushed craft the coupling device may allow controlled

articulated connections. The necessary drive units shall easily absorb

forces, which are to be transferred, and must be able to easily and safely

control. These drive units chapter shall apply mutatis mutandis. 5.02 to 5.04.



16.01.4 the pusher tug the collision bulkhead may be waived according to the chapter.

2.03.1 (a). and).



16.01.5 in the assessment of compliance with the requirements of this chapter, it is necessary to

follow the "Administrative Order No. 3" referred to in Appendix II to

Annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on Inland

waterways in zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the "directive of the European Parliament and of the Council

2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for vessels

inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, as amended by

Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,

Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.



16.02. vessels can be pushed



16.02.1 To pushed barges without steering gear, accommodation,

engine or boiler rooms shall not apply



and) chapters 4 to 6 and 12;



(b)), chap. 7.08.2 to 7.08.8, kap. (h) reclassification and kap. 10.05.1.



If they are on the steering gear lighters, living spaces,

engine or boiler rooms, shall be subject to the relevant requirements of this annex.



16.02.2 For containers for boats, whose length L does not exceed 40 m,

the following applies:



and according to the law of the bulkheads) from the kap. 2.03.1 may be dispensed with if their

the front walls of demonstrably can withstand 2, 5násobné load than provided

for the collision bulkhead of an inland waterway vessels with the same draught

built according to the requirements of an approved classification society.



(b)) by way of derogation from chapter. 7.08.1 may not be the separation of the double bottom, which

are difficult to access, odvodnitelná, if their amount does not exceed 5

% of the displacement of the water člunového container in the largest permissible draught

of the laden vessel.



16.02.3 of the vessel to be pushed, shall be equipped with coupling

the device, which ensures a secure connection to the other vessel.



16.03 craft suitable to drive sideways convoys



16.03.1 vessel that has lead the side tied report must be

equipped with bollards or equivalent devices which, according to the number and

the arrangement allows the safe side of the vessels.



16.04. Vessels which may be included in reports



16.04.1 vessel that is to be conducted in the reports, must be equipped with

coupling devices, bollards or equivalent devices which, as

the number and arrangement of the safe allows you to connect to another vessel in the

the report.



16.05 craft suitable for towing.



16.05.1 the vessel intended to be towed shall meet the following requirements:



and) the towing devices shall be so arranged that its use does not compromise

the safety of the vessel, crew or cargo.



(b)) and the tug vessel intended to be towed must be fitted with a towing

a hook that can be safely release from the wheelhouse; This does not apply if

construction or other devices preventing overturning.



(c)) the towing devices shall consist of winches or a towing hook. The cod

the device must be placed in front of the plane of the propeller. This requirement is

does not apply to vessels that are controlled by the propulsion units as

kormidlovacími propellers or cykloidními (Voth-Schneider) propellers.



(d) by way of derogation from the requirements of point (a)) (c)) is sufficient for vessels

are solely přípřež, towing devices such as a bollard or other

equivalent device. (B)) shall apply mutatis mutandis.



(e)), there is a danger that the towing rope might catch on the rear of the

the vessel must be installed the deflectors are catchers.



16.05.2 vessel whose length exceeds 86 m, L cannot be used for towing

downstream.



16.06. Convoys



16.06.1 To pusher or motor vessel authorised to

keeping firmly tied, and reports for the purpose of the registration of the certificate of the vessel

the test shall be carried out by kap. 4.02 the report in the required

the shape or shapes that are required at least favourable. Report

must meet the requirements set out in the chapter. 4.02 to 4.10. During the maneuver
referred to in Chapter 4 is checked whether it is maintained a strong link of all

vessels in the report.



16.06.2 If, during the test voyages under the CAP. 16.06.1 on

vessels that are being pushed or led side-bound, special

the device, for example. steering systems, propulsion units or manoeuvring

device, or articulated couplings, in order to meet the requirements laid down

in the chapter. 4.02 to 4.10, entered in the certificate of the vessel for vessels

the head of the report: the report shape, position, name and uniform of the European

identification number (ENI) vessels, which are fitted with these

used by special devices.



16.07. entries in the certificate of the vessel



16.07.1 if the vessel has the lead report, or be kept in the report, writes

the certificate of the vessel that complies with the relevant requirements laid down in

Kap. 16.01 to 16.06.



16.07.2 at the head of the vessel to the certificate of the vessel shall

information:



and report and shapes), approved the report;



(b)) types of connection;



(c)) the largest coupling forces and



(d)), where appropriate, minimum tensile strength of the coupling cables for the longitudinal connection

and also the number of cable windings.



CHAPTER 17



SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO FLOATING EQUIPMENT



17.01. General provisions



17.01.1 floating on the construction and equipment of the machines covered by chapters

2, 6 to 14 and 16. Self-propelled floating equipment must comply with the

also the requirements of chapters 4 and 5. Propulsion units permitting only

navigation for short distances do not constitute own means of propulsion.



17.02.



17.02.1 by derogation from the kap. 17.01.1 can proceed in the following cases:



and) the maximum sound pressure level set out in the chapter. 12.02.5 the second

the sentence can be overridden, if work equipment of the floating machine

operation, if during the operation no one on board nenocuje;



(b)) exceptions can be granted with regard to the other requirements relating to the

construction of work equipment or equipment, if it is in any

a particular case ensured an equivalent security.



(c)) the fuel tank for the engines mechanical working equipment

floating equipment may not form an integral part of the hull or to be

imbedded. You can use mobile tanks, if they meet the following

terms and conditions:



AA) the volume of the tank shall not exceed 1 000 l.



BB) these tanks must be capable of sufficiently solid mounting and grounding.



CC) tanks shall be made of steel with sufficient wall thickness and

must be installed on the drip. Drip tub must have

construction to prevent leakage of fuel and pollution of waterways.

Drip tub can be waived, if the tanks are used with

Double jacketed with protection against escape or alert emergency

system and are being met only by automatic switching valve. This

the provisions are considered to be fulfilled, if the design of the mobile

the tank has been certified and approved according to the specific regulations in force.



The certificate of the vessel is about using mobile tanks, the competent

record.



(d)), chap. If not, you can float the machines during operation

securely anchored by means of working anchors or piles. Floating machine with

own power must have at least an anchor complying with the requirements chapter.

While not an empirical coefficient k shall be considered equal to 45 and for T

the minimum height shall be used;



(e)), chap. 12.02.1 on sufficient daily lighting, can be a living spaces

adequately electrically.



In addition, pay 17.02.3



and) for kap. 7.08.2 second sentence: bilge pump shall have a mechanical

drive;



(b)) for the chapter. 7.10.3: If work equipment in use, the noise in the

a point 25 m from the side of the floating equipment shall not exceed 65 dB (A).

The noise measurement shall be carried out according to the "Administrative instruction No. 5" referred to in the Appendix

(II) to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the

inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the "directive of the European

Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for

inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in

the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,

Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.



(c)) for the chapter. 10.03.1: requires at least one further portable extinguisher

the unit is located on board the work equipment which is not firmly

attached to the vessel;



(d)) for the chapter. 14.02.2: in addition to the liquefied gas installations for domestic

use may be installed on board vessels and other equipment for liquefied

gas. This device and its accessories must meet the requirements for

the specified technical equipment.



17.03. requirements for alarm system



17.03.1 Floating machine, on which the persons during operation, the

be equipped with a general alarm system. The alarm signal shall be

clearly distinguishable from other signals and in accommodation spaces and

on all workplaces must be ensured by sound pressure level,

that is at least 5 DB(a) higher than the highest local level

sound pressure level. Alarm signal must be controllable from the wheelhouse and

the main workplaces. Measurement of the sound pressure level shall be carried out according to the "Administrative

Guideline No 5 "referred to in Appendix II to annex II minimum technical

requirements to vessels on inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3, and

4 "directive of the European Parliament and of the Council 2006/87/EC laying down the

technical requirements for inland waterway vessels and repealing Directive

82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC,

Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.



17.03.2 Working the machine must have sufficient strength to withstand the load,

that is exposed to, and must comply with the requirements laid down in a special

legislation. ^ 10)



17.03.3 stability (resistance to movement) and the strength of the working machines

and its mounting must be such as to withstand the forces resulting from its

prediction of heel, trim and movement.



17.03.4 Warn when using lifting devices must be

the maximum authorised load with regard to the stability and strength of the stated

visibly on the signs on the Board and the control stations. If it can be

load capacity increase the connection of additional floats shall be clearly

listed permissible values as when using these floats, so even without the

them.



17.04 residual safety clearance.



17.04.1 for the purposes of this chapter and by way of derogation from chapter. the remaining 1.01

safety clearance means the shortest vertical distance between the

the surface of the water and the lowest part of the floating machine, above which is the machine

on waterproof, taking into account trim and heel resulting from the

the moments referred to in the chapter. 17.07.4.



17.04.2 the residual safety clearance is under the CAP. 17.07.1 u

any hole resistant to splashing water and weatherproof

sufficient if at least 300 mm.



17.04.3 in the hole, which is not resistant to splashing water and

weatherproof, the residual safety clearance must be

at least 400 mm.



17.05 residual freeboard.



17.05.1 for the purposes of this chapter and by way of derogation from chapter. the remaining 1.01

freeboard means the shortest vertical distance between the water level and

the upper edge of the deck, taking into account trim and heel resulting from the

the moments referred to in the chapter. 17.07.4.



17.05.2 the residual freeboard is under the CAP. 17.07.1 enough, if the

at least 300 mm.



17.05.3 the residual freeboard may be reduced, if it is proved that they are fulfilled

the requirements of the chapter. 17.08.



17.05.4-If the shape of the float significantly from the shape of a pontoon, for example. in

the case of cylindrical floats, or if it has a cross section of the float of more than four

the parties, the inspection body may require or allow

the residual freeboard that differs from the kap. 17.05.2. This also applies To

floating machine with more floats.



17.06. stability Test



17.06.1 confirmation of stability under the CAP. 17.07 and 17.08 shall be based

on a properly made test of stability.



17.06.2 If you cannot achieve adequate stability during the test angles

tilt or inclining test meant a disproportionate technical

the difficulties, you can replace it by calculating the center of gravity of the vessel and the weight. The result of the

calculating the weight must be checked by measuring the draught and the difference must not

exceed +/-5%.



17.07 confirmation of stability.



17.07.1 it is necessary to confirm that with regard to the load, which

occurs when the operation of the work equipment and during the voyage, the remaining free

and the residual safety clearance are sufficient. For this

the purpose must not exceed the sum of the angles of inclination and tilt 10 ° and the bottom of the float

may not emerge.



17.07.2 confirmation of stability shall include the following information and documents:



and the drawings in scale) boards and work equipment and details,

which are necessary for confirmation of stability, for example. the contents of the tanks, openings

to allow access to the inside of the vessel;



(b) hydrostatic data or curves);



c) righting lever curves for static stability

If you require under the CAP. 17.07.5 or by chapter. 17.08;



d) description of the operating conditions with the relevant data about the weight and

Centre of gravity of the unladen condition and including the status of the equipment, as regards the

the transport;



e) calculation of the heeling, trimming and righting the particulars of an angle
trim and tilt and the corresponding residual freeboard and the remaining

the safety distance;



(f) a summary of the results of the calculations), indicating the limit values relating to the

operation and the largest load.



17.07.3 confirmation of stability shall be based on at least the following assumptions

relating to load:



and the density of materials extracted for) excavators:



-sand and gravel: 1.5 t/m3



-very wet Sands: 2.0 t/m3



-soil in average: 1.8 t/m3



-a mixture of sand and water in the lines: 1.3 t/m3;



(b)) for the drapákových the values listed in the Dipper (a)) increased by 15

%;



(c)) shall be considered for hydraulic excavators of the highest load capacity.



17.07.4.1 For confirmation of stability shall take into account the moments resulting from:



and);



(b) asymmetric structure);



c) wind pressure;



d) rotation of the floating equipment with its own power during the voyage;



e) cross flow;



(f)) and stocks;



g) load decks and, where applicable, cargo;



(h)), the free surfaces of liquids;



I) inertia;



(j)) of other mechanical equipment.



Moments that can act at the same time, they add up.



17.07.4.2 Moment due to wind pressure shall be calculated according to this formula:

T

MW = c. PW. And (Iw +-) [kNm]

2



where

c = coefficient depending on the shape. U frame

construction (c) = 1.2 and massive beams c = 1.6.

Both values take into account wind gusts. Under the surface

the area exposed to wind the entire area is considered to be closed

outline of frame construction.



PW = the specific wind pressure; apply uniformly the value of 0.25

kN/m2;



A = lateral plane above the plane of maximum draught in the

M2;



IW = the distance from the center of the lateral area and the plane of

maximum draught, in m.



17.07.4.3 to determine the moments caused by turning during the voyage by kap.

17.07.4.1 (a). (d)) for self-propelled floating equipment is used

the formula given in chap. 15.03.6.



17.07.4.4 Moment due to transverse flow according to the chapter. 17.07.4.1 (a).

e) takes into account only for floating equipment, which is during the operation

embedded or attached across the stream.



17.07.4.5 when calculating moments caused by liquid loads and liquid

stocks under the CAP. 17.07.4.1 (a). (f)) is determined from the point of view of stability

the least positive degree of filling the tank, and the moment is assumed to

the calculation.



17.07.4.6 setrvačnými Moment due to forces under the CAP. 17.07.4.1

(a). and it is necessary to appropriately consider), if it can be expected that the stability

will affect the movements of the burden and work equipment.



17.07.5 Buffer can be used for torques floats with vertical side walls

calculated according to the formula __ Ma = 10. (D). MG. sinfí [kNm] where: __ MG =

the metacentric height, in m; Phi = the heeling angle in degrees



This formula applies to the angles of inclination of 10 ° or up to an angle of heel,

that corresponds to the deck edge immersion or the emergence of dna; crucial is the

the smallest angle.



The formula can be used with sloping side walls use up to angles of inclination 5 °; applies

also limit the conditions laid down in the chapter. 17.07.3 and 17.07.4. If

the special shape of the float (s) does not allow such simplification,

the righting lever curve reversible torque according to the chapter. 17.07.2 (a). (c)).



17.08 confirmation of stability when smaller. residual freeboard



17.08.1 if you use the smaller the residual freeboard according to chap. 17.05.3, the

must be for all operating conditions to prove that



and after the repair for free) liquid level is not a metacentric height of less

than 0.15 m;



(b)) for heeling angles between 0 and 30 ° is a righting lever of at least



h = 0.30-0.28. fín [m]



NES is the heeling angle from which the curve of righting lever reversible torque

It shows negative values (a range of stability); shall be not less than 20 °

or 0.35 councils and to the formula with a maximum of 30 ° appoints or 0.52 rad,

for which apply the radian (rad) (1 ° = 0.01745 rad);



(c) the sum of the angles of inclination) and the inclination must not exceed 10 °;



(d)) the residual safety clearance is maintained in accordance with the requirements of the

Article 17.04 remains;



(e)) is maintained, the remaining freeboard of at least 0.05 m;



(f)) for heeling angles between 0 and 30 ° is retained the remaining lever arm

reversible torque of at least



h = 0.20-0.23. fín [m]



and the tilt angle from which the curve of the righting levers

It shows negative values; the formula is not more than 30 ° appoints or 0.52

rad.



The remaining arm lever reversible torque means the maximum difference between

0 ° and 30 ° inclination between the curve of the righting lever curve reversible torque and

the lever the heeling moments. If water gets to the hole

towards the inside of the vessel heeling angle less than the heeling angle

corresponding to the maximum of the difference between the righting lever curves,

account the lever corresponding to the angle of inclination.



17.09. Draught marks and draught scales



17.09.1 must be carried out on the vessel draught marks and draught

the scale according to the chapter. 3.04 and 3.06.



17.10. Floating equipment without confirmation of stability



17.10.1 By the use of kap. 17.04 to 17.08 may be waived in the case of the floating machine



and work equipment) whose cannot in any case change the tilt or

the tendency of this machine and



(b)) if it can be reasonably ruled out shifting the center of gravity, and at the same time conditions

referred to in chapter IV. 17.10.2.



17.10.2 for floating equipment according to the chapter. 17.10.1 must pay:



and the biggest loads must) in the safety clearance shall be at least

300 mm and the freeboard at least 150 mm;



(b)) for openings that cannot be closed so as to be resistant to splashing

water and weatherproof, safety distance must be at least

500 mm.



___________



10) Government Regulation No. 24/2003 Coll., laying down the technical

requirements for machinery.



Chapter 18



SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO WORKSITE CRAFT



18.01. Operating conditions



18.01.1 Work vessels, which are marked as such in the certificate

vessels may navigate outside the area of work on the waterway only

the unladen mass. The vessel shall be entered in the certificate relating to restrictions

the field work and the stretch of waterway on which vessel may be

operated, or restrictions relating to the period of the works.



18.02. Application of the requirements of this annex,



18.02.1 unless otherwise indicated in this chapter, structure and equipment

working vessels must be in accordance with chapters 2 to 14 of this

Annex.



18.03.



18.03.1 For working vessels are permitted the following deviations from the

the provisions of this Annex:



and the provisions of the chapter.) 2.03.1 shall apply mutatis mutandis.



(b) if the vessel Has) its own propulsion shall apply, mutatis mutandis, chapters 4 and 5.



(c)), chap. 10.02.2 (a). and (b))) shall apply mutatis mutandis.



(d)) the inspection body may grant exemptions with regard to the

the construction, equipment and outfit, if in each case

demonstrated equivalent safety.



18.03.1 meet the requirements may be waived:



and) chap. 7.08.2 to 7.08.8, if the crew is not required;



(b)), chap. and not 10.01.3, if you can work the vessel safely to dock

using working anchors or piles. The working of the vessel with its own

However, the drive must be equipped with at least one anchor, which meets the

the requirements set out in the chapter. 10.01 paragraph. 1, while the ratio for the

considered equal to 45 and T shall apply minimum height;



(c)), chap. 10.02.1 (a). (c)), if the vessel does not have a working power.



18.04. safety distance and freeboard



18.04.1 is used as a working vessel discharge boat for

improvement of the work or as a storage hopper, security

the distance outside the main cargo space shall be at least 300 mm and

the freeboard at least 150 mm. Less freeboard may be the body responsible for

the inspection is enabled, if it is shown that the stability of the calculation is

sufficient for the load with a density of 1.5 t/m3 and that no side decks

gets to the surface of the water. It is necessary to take into account the effect of the liquid

cargo.



18.04.2 Kap. 3.01 and 3.02 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the working vessels

are not included in the chapter. 18.04.1. For safety clearance and freeboard

other values can be determined.



18.05. Ship's boats



18.05.1 the working vessel may not have a ship's boat, if



and does not own or drive)



(b) the ship's boat) is available in the area of work on the waterway.



This derogation shall be entered in the certificate of the vessel.



Chapter 19



SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO VESSELS ON INLAND WATERWAYS

ROADS in ZONE 4



19.01. The application of Chapter 4



19.01.1 by derogation from the kap. 3.01.1. and the safety distance at 3.01.2

doors and openings except hatch storage space for vessels that are

operated on inland waterways in zone 4, reduces as follows:



and) for openings which can be closed so as to be resistant to splashing water

and weather, on 150 mm;



(b)) for openings which cannot be closed so as to be resistant to splashing

and weathertight, to 200 mm.



19.01.2 by derogation from the kap. 3.02 the minimum freeboard of vessels

operated on inland waterways in zone 4 is 0 mm,

If compliance with the safety clearance according to chap. 3.01.1.



CHAPTER 20



SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO RECREATIONAL CRAFT



20.01. Application of the requirements of this annex,



20.01.1 recreational craft shall meet the following requirements:
and) chap. 2.01, kap. 2.02.1 (a). and), chap. 2.02.2, kap. 2.03.1 (a). and)

Kap. 2.03.6 and chapter. 2.04.1;



(b)), Chapter 4;



(c)), chap. 5.01.1 and chapter. 5.08;



(d)), chap. 6.01.1, kap. 6.01.2, kap. 6.02, kap. 6.03.1, kap. 6.03.2, kap.

from, kap. 6.05.2 and chapter. 6.13 if approval is required

lay out of the wheelhouse to the management of the vessel by radar by one person;



(e)), chap. 7.01.1, 7.01.2, 7.02.1, 7.02.2, 7.03.1, 7.03.3, kap. 7.04, kap.

7.05.1 to 7.05.10, 7.05.13, 7.08.1, 7.08.2, 7.08.5, 7.08.7, 7.08.10,

7.09.1 and chapter. 7.10;



f) Similarly, kap. 9.01.1;



g) chapter. 10.01.2, 10.01.3 and 10.01.5 to 10.01.14, kap. 10.02.1 (a). and)

(c)), 10.02.2 (a). and) and e) to (h)), (b) 10.03.1 and), b) and (d)) on the

the vessel, however, must be at least two fire extinguishers; Kap.

10.03.2 to 10.03.6, kap. 10.03, kap. 10 .03B, kap. 10.03 (c) of section. 10.05;



h) Chapter 13;



I) Chapter 14.



20.01.2 recreational vessels, covered by a specific legal

prescription ^ 11), with the first inspection and periodic inspection only

on



and) chap. 5.08, if installed on the vessel turn indicator;



(b)), chap. 6.01.2, kap. 6.02, kap. 6.03.1 and kap. 6.13 if required

the approval of the arrangement of the wheelhouse to the management of the vessel by one person

using radar;



(c)), chap. 7.02.1, 7.01.2, 7.05.5, 7.08.2, 7.03.3, kap. 7.10;



(d)), chap. 10.01.2, 10.01.3, 10.01.6, 10.01.14, 10.02.1 (a). (b)), and (c)),

10.02.2 (a). and) and e) to (h)), (b) 10.03.1 (b)), and (d)), 10.03.2 to 10.03.6,

Kap. 10.05;



e) Chapter 13;



(f)), from Chapter 14:



AA) chapter. 14.12;



BB) chapter. 14.13 acceptance test, after putting the liquefied

gas in the operation shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements laid down in a special

legal regulation, the report shall be transmitted to the state takeover of the Canal administration;



CC) chapter. 14.14 and introductory; liquefied gas installations shall be in accordance

with the requirements laid down in a separate legal regulation;



DD) the entire chapter 14, if the liquefied gas installation is fitted after the

the placing on the market of the recreational craft.



_________________



11) Government Regulation 174/2005 Coll., laying down technical requirements

on recreational craft, partly completed recreational craft on

their selected parts, watercraft and recreational propulsion engines

boats and personal watercraft.



Chapter 21



STABILITY OF VESSELS CARRYING CONTAINERS



21.01. General provisions



21.01.1 Chapter 21 shall apply to vessels designed for the transport of

containers in more than two layers. Stability documents shall be

checked and properly bear the imprint of the stamp of the angular body

responsible for the inspection.



21.01.2 stability documents shall provide the boatmaster to understand

information on the vessel's stability for all load conditions. Evidence of

stability must include at least the



and the permissible rates) data on the stability of the permissible values

KG or about allowable heights for the Centre of gravity of the cargo;



(b) the particulars of the areas) that can fill the ballast water;



(c)) form for checking stability;



d) instructions for use or the example of the calculation for the leader of the vessel.



21.01.3 for vessels, which carry containers can be secured even

unsecured, to provide separate calculations for confirmation of stability

transport of unsecured and secured cargoes.



21.01.4 Container cargo is considered secure only if

each individual container is firmly secured to the ship's hull by using

the guide of the device or the equipment and its location of the hedging during the

Cruises can change.



21.02. Limit conditions and method of calculation for confirmation of stability for the

the carriage of unsecured containers



In annex 1, point 21.02.3 to the number "22.02.2" is replaced by

"21.02.2" and "22.03.2" shall be replaced by the number "21.03.2".



21.03. Limit conditions and method of calculation for confirmation of stability for the

the transport of secured containers



In annex 1, point (c) of 21.03.1. (c)), the number "22.02.1" is replaced by

the number "21.02.1".



21.04. Procedure for assessment of stability on board



21.04.1 procedure for assessment of stability on the Board you can see from the documents

referred to in chapter IV. 21.01.2.



Chapter 22



SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE to CRAFT LONGER THAN 110 M



22.01. Inspection and supervision



22.01.1 the one who performs the technical inspection carries out checkups

during the construction phase. From inspections during the construction phase may be waived,

If it is before the start of the construction of the certificate in which the recognised

the classification society declares that it will carry out the construction supervision.



22.02.



22.02.1 approved classification society verifies the sufficient strength

the hull under the CAP. 2.02.1.1 (a). longitudinal and transverse (), and the local

Fortress) and issue a certificate.



22.03. Buoyancy and stability



22.03.1 Chapter 22.03.2 to 22.03.10 is apply to vessels longer than

110 m, with the exception of passenger ships.



22.03.2 the basic values for the calculation of stability, empty weight

the vessel and the Centre of gravity shall be determined using the tilt of the experiment carried out in

accordance with Annex I to resolution IMO MSC/267 (85).



22.03.3 the applicant may, on the basis of the method by using the calculation of the loss of buoyancy

demonstrate that the buoyancy and stability of the vessel in case of flooding

reasonable. All calculations shall be carried out with unlimited access and inclination

the vessel. Sufficient buoyancy and stability of the vessel in case of

the flooding shall be proven with cargo, which corresponds to the largest

permissible draught of the vessel, and is evenly distributed to all

the cargo holds, at full loading of supplies and

fuel. The calculation for the case load is to be unevenly rozmístěného

make for the most unfavourable loading condition. Calculation of stability

to be carried out on board. For this purpose it is necessary on the basis of the

mathematical calculation to demonstrate adequate stability;

flooding (25%, 50% and 75% of the final stage of flooding, and, where appropriate, in

immediately preceding the transverse equilibrium position) and in the final

stage of flooding for the loading conditions listed above.



22.03.4 for the disturbed State of taking into account the following assumptions:



and the extent of the damage to the side)



longitudinal: at least 0.10 L,



Cross: 0.59 m,



vertical: from the bottom upwards without limit.



(b) the extent of dna damage)



longitudinal: at least 0.10 L,



Cross: 3.00 m



vertical: from the base 0.39 m upwards, except the sump.



(c)) all bulkheads in the damaged area is considered to be damaged, which

indicates that the partition must be selected so that the vessel was able to

the voyage after the flooding of two or more adjacent in the longitudinal direction.

For the main engine room it is necessary to take into account the status of only 1 Department, i.e..

the end bulkheads of the engine room shall be deemed intact.



When dna damage shall be considered as flooded also adjacent

the transverse direction.



d) Permeability



Permeability is assumed to 95%.



If the calculation shows that the average permeability of the Department

is less than 95%, the calculated value may be used.



Used values must not be less than



-engine room and operating room: 85%



-hold cargo spaces: 70%



-double bottoms, fuel tanks, ballast tanks, etc. Depending on the

It shall, if they are, according to their function in the floating vessel with the greatest

permissible draught for full or empty: 0 or 95%.



(e) calculation of the effect of free surface) in damages must be;

based on the gross surface area of damaged compartments.



22.03.5 For all the intermediate stages of flooding referred to in Chapter 22.03.3 shall

the following criteria be met:



and) the heeling angle PHI in the equilibrium position of the intermediate stages of flooding

must not be greater than 15 ° (5 ° in the case of non-secured containers);



(b)) above the tilt in the equilibrium position of the intermediate stages of flooding shall

the positive part of the righting lever curves show the value of the

righting lever GZ = > 0.02 m (0.03 m in the case of unsecured

containers), until the immersion of the first unprotected opening or

until the heeling angle PHI 27 ° (15 ° in the case of unsecured

containers);



(c)) non-watertight openings shall not be immersed until it was achieved

heel in the equilibrium position of the intermediate stages of flooding.



22.03.6 During the final stages of flooding, the following must be true

criteria:



and the lower edge of the holes) watertight (e.g. doors, Windows, entry.)

must not be less than 0.10 m above the damaged waterline;



(b)) the heeling angle PHI in equilibrium position shall not be greater than 12 ° (5 ° in

the case of non-secured containers);



(c)) over the inclination of the equilibrium position of the intermediate stages of flooding shall

the positive part of the righting lever curves show the value of the

righting lever GZ = > 0.05 m and the area under the curve must

achieve at least until the URm.rad 0.0065 to immersion of the first

unprotected opening, or until it reaches the heeling angle PHI 27 ° (10 °

in the case of non-secured containers);



(d)) if the immersion watertight openings before reaching equilibrium

position, it is necessary for the purposes of the calculation of the stability in the compromised state of the

consider the space to allow for access for flooded.



22.03.7 if there are openings for the transverse flooding, serving to reduce the

unsymmetrical flooding, the following conditions must be met:
and to calculate the cross flooding) applies, IMO resolution 266 (VIII);



(b)) must work themselves;



(c)) shall be fitted with closing devices;



(d)) the total period of compensation shall not exceed 15 minutes.



22.03.8 if possible, holes, which could result in additional

the flooding undamaged, closed watertight, the Department must be on

closing devices from both sides placed easy to read instruction:



"Close immediately after passing through".



22.03.9, it shall be deemed that the proof by calculation in accordance with

Kap. 22.03.3 to 22.03.7, if the result of the calculations of stability in

damaged by part 9 of the regulations annexed to the European Agreement concerning the

the international carriage of dangerous goods by inland waterways

the road ("ADN") positive.



22.03.10-If this is necessary to meet the requirements of the chapter. 22.03.3, provides for the

the plane of maximum draught again.



22.04. Additional requirements



22.04.1 Vessels longer than 110 m shall



and) be fitted with a propulsion system with multiple screws, with at least two

independent Motors of the same power and bow-

the device, which is controlled from the wheelhouse and is also effective when

If the vessel is not loaded, or have a propulsion system with one propeller and

bow propulsion controlled from the wheelhouse, self-powered, which is

also effective when the vessel is loaded, and that allows you to

the vessel in the event of failure of the main propulsion system moving

self propelled at speeds at least 6.5 km/h relative to the water surface

so that it is able to achieve and maintain the rotation speed of the vessel 20

°/min, which must be verified under the conditions referred to in the fairway a test Cap.

4.03 and 4.04.;



(b)) to be fitted with a radar control along with the pointer speed

rotation according to the chapter. 6.06.1;



(c)) have a fixed drainage system under the CAP. 7.08;



(d)) meet the requirements of chapter. 23.09.1.1.



22.04.2 for vessels with the exception of passenger vessels longer than 110 m, which

In addition to the chapter. 22.04.1



and) can be separated in case of a disaster in one-third of the vessel without

the use of heavy salvage equipment, with separate parts

the vessels are able to continue after the Department of navigation;



(b)) have a certificate which is issued to the Board and that

recognised classification society regarding buoyancy, trim and

the stability of the separate parts of the vessel indicating the status of the load

which cannot ensure the buoyancy of both parts;



(c)) are built as double hull vessels in accordance with

ADN, while on dry cargo vessels covered by the sections of vessels

to 9.1.0.95 and tankers to 9.3.2.11.7 and 9.3.2.13 paragraph sections to

9.3.2.15 or paragraph 9.3.3.11.7 and sections 9.3.3.13 to 9.3.3.15 of part 9

ADN;



(d)) are equipped with a propulsion system with more screws under the CAP. 22.04.1

(a). and the first half-sentence);



in paragraph 52 of the vessel certificate shall indicate, that meet all requirements

letters and) to (d)). Proof of buoyancy, trim and stability of separate

parts of the vessel referred to in point (b)) must be carried out in accordance with the "Administrative

Instruction No. 18 "referred to in Appendix II to annex II minimum technical

requirements to vessels on inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3, and

4 "directive of the European Parliament and of the Council 2006/87/EC laying down the

technical requirements for inland waterway vessels and repealing Directive

82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC,

Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC, Directive 2008/126/EC and

2012/48/directive of the EU.



22.04.3 for passenger vessels longer than 110 m, which in addition to kap. 22.04.1



and) are built or rebuilt to the highest class under the supervision of the recognised

the classification society, which must be confirmed by a certificate issued by

the classification society, with the renewal of a class is not necessary;



(b))



have a double bottom at least 600 mm high and such a Division, to

flooding of two adjacent watertight separation vessel neponořilo under

the plane of the margin line and residual safety clearance remained

100 mm,



or



have a double bottom height of at least 600 mm and double hull,

the distance between the side wall of the vessel and the longitudinal bulkhead of at least 800

mm;



(c)) are equipped with a propulsion system with multiple screws with at least two

independent Motors of the same power and the system of propulsion,

can be controlled from the wheelhouse and in the longitudinal and transverse direction;



(d)) allow you to control the stern anchors directly from the wheelhouse; in point 52

the certificate shall indicate that the vessels meet the requirements of the letters and all) to (d)).



22.05. Application of exceptions



22.05.1 On vessels converted to a length greater than 110 m, you can apply the

the provisions of Chapter 24 of this annex only on the basis of specific

recommendation of the European Commission.



CHAPTER 22a



SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO HIGH-SPEED VESSELS



22A. 01. General provisions



22A. 01.1 high-speed vessels shall not be constructed as cabin

the ships.



22A. 01/02 on fast vessels are disabled the following devices:



and) equipment fitted with burners under knotovými kap. 13.02;



(b)) the oil stove with odpařovacími burners under the CAP. 13.03 and 13.04;



c) heating equipment on solid fuel by kap. 13.07;



d) liquefied gas installations referred to in chapter 14.



22A. 02. Inspection and supervision



22A. 02.1 high-speed vessels must be built and classified under the

the supervision and in accordance with the laws of an approved classification society which has the

Special provisions applicable to high-speed vessels. Class must be maintained.



22A. 03. Application of the requirements of this annex,



22A. 03.1 without regard to the CAP. 22A. 03.2 on high-speed vessels subject to the

Chapter 2 to 15, and the exception of the following:



and) chap. 2.04.6 and 2.04.2;



(b)), chap. 7.08.2 second sentence;



(c)), chap. 11.02.4 the second and third sentence;



(d)), chap. 12.02.4 second sentence;



(e)), chap. 15.06.3 (a). and the second sentence).



22A. By way of derogation from Chapter 03.2. 15.02.9 and chapter. all doors must be 15.15.7

in the watertight bulkheads on the remote control.



22A. By way of derogation from Chapter 03.3. in the event of failure or 5.02.1 incorrect

function of the steering apparatus drive unit will begin work immediately

the second independent steering apparatus drive unit or manual drive.



22A. 04. Seats and safety belts



22A. 04.1 For maximum permitted number of passengers on board must be

available seats. The seat must be equipped with safety belts. From

safety belts may be dispensed with if the vessel is equipped with the appropriate

protection in an impact or if the are not referred to in Chapter 4, part 6

The code for the fast craft (HSC Code) 2000.



22A. 05. Freeboard



22A. By way of derogation from Chapter 05.1. 3.02 and 3.03 shall be a freeboard of at least 500

mm.



22A. 06. Buoyancy, stability and subdivision



22A. 06.1 For high-speed vessels must submit documentation for



and related properties of buoyancy) and stability, ensuring

the safety of the vessels voyage with displacement, and that in the intact and

damaged;



b) stability characteristics and stabilization systems that

ensure the safety of the vessel, if it is operated with a dynamic buoyancy characteristics

and in a transitional phase;



c) stability characteristics in the non-displacement and in

a transitional phase for the safe transfer of a vessel to the displacement mode in

the case of a malfunction of the system.



22A. 07. The wheelhouse



22A. 07.1 Arrangement



by way of derogation from chapter). 6.01.1 of the wheelhouse shall be so arranged that

the mate and the other crew member could, at any time during the voyage to meet its

tasks.



(b)), the control must be so arranged that it can be

workstations for the persons referred to in point (a)). The device to the

navigation, manoeuvring, monitoring and communication and other important control

the elements must be sufficiently close together to another crew member and the leader of the

the vessel may obtain the necessary information and control needed to control

elements and devices in a sitting position. In all cases, subject to the following requirements:



AA) control for the helmsman shall be so arranged that

allow management of the vessel by radar by one person;



BB) the second member of the crew must have its own workplace (auxiliary)

the radar screen and must be able to intervene from his station in the

transmission of information and the control of vessel propulsion.



(c)) the persons referred to in (a)) must be able to control the equipment referred to

in subparagraph (b)), uninhibited, and even when they are properly used

safety belts.



22A. 07.2 Unlimited views



by way of derogation from chapter). 6.02.2 must not be limited views of the helmsman while sitting

before the bow more than one length of the vessel, regardless of the load.



(b)) by way of derogation from chapter. 6.02.3 the total cut sections without free

perspective from the front up to 22.5 ° towards the rear on each side shall not exceed

20 °. Each individual section without free term shall not exceed 5 °.

Clear stretch between two sections of the free term shall not be less than

10 °.



22A. 07.3 Apparatus



The instrument panel for the operation and control of the equipment referred to in the chapter.

22A. 11 must be on separate and clearly marked places in the

the wheelhouse. The same is true for the controls to run

collective life-saving appliances on the water.



22A. 07.4 Lighting



For the area or part of the equipment, which must be during operation

illuminated, the red light.
22A. 07.5 Window



It is necessary to avoid reflections. The funds must be used, which

avoiding sunlight glare.



22A. 07.6 Surface materials



In the wheelhouse is necessary to prevent reflective surface materials.



22A. 08. Additional equipment



22A. 08.1 high-speed vessels must have this additional equipment:



a) radar equipment and speed of rotation indicator according to the chapter. 6.06.1;



(b)) easily accessible personal flotation devices in accordance with the European standard EN

395:1998 for the maximum permissible number of persons on board the vessel.



22A. 09. Enclosed spaces



22A. 09.1 General provisions



Spaces accessible to all persons and living spaces and the relevant equipment

It must be designed so that the person is properly used, will not suffer

injury during normal or emergency starting or stopping, or during

maneuvering during normal shipping and in the event of a fault or an incorrect

control.



22A. 09.2 Communication



and to inform passengers about the) safety measures must be

all passenger vessels equipped with acoustic and Visual devices that

they can see and hear all the passengers on board.



(b) using a device described in) (a)) may give the leader of the vessel

instructions to passengers.



(c) passengers have) all the proximity of its seats available for instructions

in case of emergency situations, including the plan of the vessel with the designation of all

exits, escape routes, emergency equipment, means of rescue and

instructions for the use of life jackets.



22A. 10. Exits and escape routes



22A 10.1 Escape and evacuation routes must meet the following requirements:



and) must be easy, safe and quick access from the control

Habitat into areas and accommodation areas, to which they have access

passengers;



(b) escape routes), leading to the emergency exits must be clearly and

durably marked;



(c)) all exits must be properly marked. The functioning of the opening

the mechanism must be clear from the outside and from the inside;



(d)) the escape routes and emergency exits shall have a suitable safety

the guidance system. The suitability of the safety guidance system must be

under the "Administrative instruction No. 21" referred to in Appendix II to

Annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on Inland

waterways in zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the "directive of the European Parliament and of the Council

2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for vessels

inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, as amended by

Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,

Directive 2008/68/EC, Directive 2008/126/EC and directive 2012/48/EU.



(e)) next to the exits must be left sufficient room for a Member

the crew.



22A. 11. Fire protection and prevention



22A. 11.1 Corridors, rooms and living spaces that are accessible

to the public, and also galleys and engine rooms shall be connected to a suitable

fire alarm system. The suitability of the fire alarm system must be

assessed in accordance with the "Administrative instruction No. 17" referred to in Appendix II to

Annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on Inland

waterways in zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the "directive of the European Parliament and of the Council

2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for vessels

inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, as amended by

Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,

Directive 2008/68/EC, Directive 2008/126/EC and directive 2012/48/EU.



A fire and its location shall be automatically displayed at the

permanently manned by the crew.



22A. 11.2 machinery spaces shall be fitted with a fixed fire extinguishing system in accordance with

Kap. 10 (b).



22A. 7.0 Rooms and accommodation accessible to the public and their

the escape routes shall be equipped with a stable sprinklerovým fire

device with pressurized water pursuant to chapter. 10.03 and water can be Used quickly.

drain and take out.



22A. 12. transitional provisions



22A. 12.1 Quick vessel that had the date of 31. March 2003, valid

the certificate of the vessel must comply with the following provisions of this

Chapter:



and) chap. 22A. 01, 22a. 04.08, 22a, 22a. 09, 22a. 10, chap. 22A. 11. l in

renewal of the certificate of the vessel;



(b)) on 1 January. April 2013, kap. 22A. 07.1, 22a. 07.3, 22a. 07.4, 22a. 07.5 and

22A. 07.6;



(c)) on 1 January. January 2023 all other provisions.



Chapter 23



THE EQUIPMENT OF VESSELS WITH REGARD TO CREW



23.09. Equipment of vessels



23.09.1 for motor vessels, pusher tug, pusher, and reports

passenger vessels shall be entered in the certificate of the vessel in point 47, whether or

Chapter are not complied with. 23.09.1.1 or 23.09.1.2. When assessing compliance with the

the standards of the S1 and S2 shall be followed by "Administrative instruction No. 20" referred to in

Appendix II to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the

inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the "directive of the European

Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for

inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in

the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,

Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.



23.09.1.1 Standard S1



and) propulsion systems are arranged so that the control station

It was possible to change the speed of the vessel and the orientation of the propeller thrust.

The auxiliary engines required to operate it is possible to turn on and off from the

the control unit, if this does not occur automatically, or if

the engines are not running continuously during the voyage.



(b)) to indicate values outside the range for safe operation



-the temperature of the cooling water of the main engines,



-lubricating oil pressure for the engines and transmissions,



-oil pressure and air units of the main engines,

reverzačních transmissions or propellers,



-State levels of collection space in the main engine room



monitoring referred to variables by using the devices, which in

the case of a malfunction in the wheelhouse acoustic and Visual

signals. Acoustic alarm signals can be combined into a single sound

the warning device. As soon as the fault is recognized, it is possible to

to turn off. Visual alarm signals can be switched off only after the removal of

disorders, for which they were run.



(c)) to the fuel supply system and cooling system of main engine occurs automatically.



(d)) the steering gear is operable by one person, and even when

the biggest dive, without incurring the special forces.



(e)) of the control unit it is possible to give a Visual and acoustic signals

as required by the provisions of national or international shipping

authorities.



(d)) if there is no direct connection between the control unit and the bow,

Stern, living rooms and engine rooms, the vessel is equipped with a voice

communication system. For communication with the engine rooms, this can take the form of

a Visual or acoustic signal.



g) Prescribed the ship's boat can run on water, one member of the crew and himself

within a reasonable time.



(h)), the vessel is equipped with a lamp, which can be operated from the control

the Habitat.



I) to control the cranks and similar pivoting part of the lifting equipment

There is no need for more strength than 160 N.



Trawl winches to) entered in the certificate of the vessel are powered.



l) bilge pumps and pumps for washing floors are powered.



m) the main control unit and control unit are arranged

ergonomically.



n) devices by kap. 5.01.1 can be controlled remotely from the control

the Habitat.



23.09.1.2 Standard S2



and) for motor vessels operating seperately: standard S1 and Additionally

landing-gear equipment, which can be operated from the

the control unit.



(b)) For motor vessels that lead laterally linked reports: standard S1 and

Additionally equipped with bow-a device that can be

operated from the steering position.



(c)) For motor vessels leading the pushed convoy composed of motor boats and

vessels at the front:



standard S1 and additionally equipped with a hydraulically or electrically operated

coupling winches. This equipment is, however, required when the vessel

in the pushed convoy is equipped with bow-device

which can be operated from the steering position the pusher motor boats.



d) for pushers push leaders report: standard S1 and

Additionally the equipment hydraulically or electrically operated coupling

winches. This equipment is, however, required when the vessel is at the forefront of

a pushed convoy is equipped with bow-a device that can be

operated from the steering position pusher.



e) for passenger ships:



standard S1 and additionally equipped with landing-devices,

which can be operated from the steering position. This, however, does not require

If the propulsion system and steering system ensures passenger ships

an equivalent manoeuvrability

.



CHAPTER 24



TRANSITIONAL AND FINAL PROVISIONS



24.01. Transitional provisions for vessels used for navigation on the Rhine



24.01.1 Kap. 24.02 to 24.04 apply only to vessels

proven was equipped with 30. December 2008 the ship's certificate in accordance with

the regulation on inspection of shipping on the Rhine, in the version in force on 31 December 1996.

December 1994, or which have been referred to the certificate drawn up later,

If the date of 31. December 1994 was under construction or passed through

the reconstruction.



24.01.2 On vessels used for navigation on the Rhine, which are not included in the

Kap. 24.01.1, covered by the chapter. 24.06.
24.02 derogations for craft which are already in service



24.02.1 without prejudice to the chapter. 24.03 and 24.04, craft, which must

they are not in accordance with the requirements of this annex,



and) be adjusted to meet these provisions under the transitional

the provisions referred to in the chapter. 24.02.2, and



(b)) to be editing in accordance with the regulation on inspection of shipping on the

The Rhine in force on 31 December 1996. December 1994.



vessels referred to in Chapter 24.02.2. 24.01.1 shall comply with:



and the requirements of Cap.) 2.03.2 on living spaces, the requirements of the chapter. 2.03.4,

Kap. 2.03.5, kap. 5.01.3 on a separate hydraulic tanks according to chapter.

5.02.1, kap. 5.02.2, kap. 5.03.2, kap. 5.05.1, kap. 5.07.2 (a). and)

Kap. 6.02.6, kap. 6.03.7 and chapter. 6.04.2, kap. 6.04.9 the third sentence and

Fourth, kap. 6.09, kap. 7.02.1, kap. 7.03.2, kap. 7.03.3, kap. 7.05.3,

Kap. 7.05.4, kap. the third to the fifth sentence, 7.05.6, kap. 7.05.9 second sentence,

Kap. 7.06, kap. 7.08.8, 7.08.9, kap kap. 7.09.2, kap. 9.01.2 (a). (b)),

Kap. 9.01.3, kap. accommodate up to 9.02.3, kap. 9.12.3 (a). (b)), chap. 9.13,

Kap. 9.14.3 a sentence a second, kap. 9.15.2., chap. 9.15.10, kap. 10.01, kap.

10.05.2, kap. 11.10, kap. 11.11, kap. 15.01.1 (a). (d)), 15.08.4,

15.08.5, kap. 15.08.8, kap. 15.09.3, kap. 15.09.5 (a). (b)), and (c)), chap.

15.09.5. (a). (f)), chap. 15.09.5 (a). I), chap. 15.09.10, kap. 15.11.9,

Kap. 15.11.17, kap. 15.12.2 (a). and), chap. 15.12.3 (a). (b)), and (c)), chap.

15.12.6, kap. 15.12.7, kap. 15.12.8 (a). b) to (d)), at the latest when

issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2010;



(b)) the requirements of Cap. 15.01.2 (a). (c)) at the latest on issue or

renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2010, this provision

does not apply to ships with a steam engine with a boiler on solid fuel;



(c) the requirements of section) 6.04.3, is not on board the wheelhouse, adapted to the

management of the vessel by radar by one person, not later than when the exposure

or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2010;



(d) the requirements of section) 15.08.2 for passenger vessels with LWL less than 40 m, or for

a maximum of 75 persons, kap. 15.08.3 for the cruise passenger ships, kap. 15.11.9

on cabin vessels without stable sprinkler fire-fighting

device with pressurized water, kap. 15.11.17 for the cruise passenger ships,

Kap. 15.15.4 and kap. 15.15.5 for passenger vessels with a maximum permissible

the number of passengers, or 250 with 50 beds at the latest on issue or

renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2010;



(e) the requirements of section) 2.03.2 on safety equipment, the requirements of the chapter.

5.01.7 for vessels whose keel was laid before 1996, kap.

5.06.1, kap. 5.08.1, kap. 6.02.3 second sentence, kap. 7.01.3, kap. 7.03.5,

Kap. 7.05.1, kap. 7.05.7 first sentence, kap. 7.07, kap. 7.10.3, kap.

9.05.4, kap. 9.12.2 (a). (d)), chap. 9.19, kap. 9.16.3 second sentence, kap.

10.04, kap. 11.12.2. to 11.12.6, kap. 11.12.8 to 11.12.10, kap.

15.02.10 (a). (c), chap. 15.06.6 (a). (c)) on any of the escape route through the

kitchen, kap. 15.06.7, kap. 15.07, kap. 15.08.6, kap. 15.10.2, kap.

15.10.3, kap. 15.10.4 (a). (f)), chap. 15.10.4 (a). 15.10.6. I) sentence

the first through fourth, kap. 15.11.3, kap. 15.12.9 no later than when the exposure

or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2015;



(f) the requirements of section) 15.10.4 for cruise ships with LWL 25 m and less no later than

on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2015;



(g)) the requirements of Cap. 5.02.1, 5.03.1 on dual control valves for

hydraulic power units and a separate pipe for the second

drive unit for hydraulic power units, kap. 5.03.3, kap.

5.03.5, kap. 11.02.4 first sentence, and the kap. 11.04.2, at the latest when

issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2020;



h) the requirements of Cap. 7.02.4, kap. 7.02.5 at the latest on issue or

renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2025;



I) requirements of the chapter. 2.04.6 u engine, that before 1995 were not

regarded as the engine room under the CAP. 1.01, at the latest on issue or

renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2035;



j) requirements of the chapter. 2.03.1 (a). and), chap. 4.06.1, kap. 5.01.1, kap.

5.02.3, 9.01.1, kap. 9.19, kap. 9.20, kap. 10.03, kap. 11.02.4 sentences

First, kap. 11.05.1, kap. 11.05.4, kap. 11.06.2, kap. 11.07.1 theorem

Second, kap. out, kap. 12.02.3, kap. 12, 02, 4, chap. 12.02.6, kap.

12.02.8, kap. 12.02.9, kap. 12.02.10, kap. 12.2.11, kap. 12.02.12 (a).

and (b)),) and kap. 12.02.13, kap. 12.03, kap. 12.04, kap. 12.05 12.06, kap,

Kap. 12.07.1 second sentence, kap. 16.01.3 the last sentence at the latest when

issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2035;



to the requirements of section) 16.01.2 for vessels that have been approved for pushing

without a suitable locking device before the 1. 1. the 1995 and the requirements of the chapter.

6.04.2 for vessels whose wheelhouse has been arranged to control vessels

radar navigation by one person and which direction to achieve

directly from the wheelhouse, the requirements of the chapter. 20.01 for recreational craft

constructed before 1 January 2003. 1.1995 at the latest on issue or renewal

the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2035;



l) requirements of the chapter. 2.03.7 at the latest on issue or renewal

the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2041;



m) requirements of the chapter. 7.05.13, kap. 15.02.2, kap. 15.02.15, kap. 15.03.7 and

15.03.8, kap. 15.03.9, kap. 15.03.10, kap. 5.03.13, kap. 15.05.2 (a).

and), chap. 15.05.2. (a). (b)), chap. 15.06.1. (a). and), chap. 15.06.3 (a).

(c)), the first sentence of the chapter. 15.06.3 (a). (f)), the first sentence of the chapter. 15.06.3 (a). (g)),

Kap. 15.06.4 (a). (d)), chap. 15.06.5, 15.06.6 (a). (b)), and (d)), chap.

15.06.8, kap. 15.06.9, kap. 15.06.10 (a). and the first and second sentence), chap.

15.06.10 (a). (b) second sentence, kap). 15.06.13, kap. 15.06.14 first sentence,

Kap. 15.06.15, kap. 15.06.17 second sentence, kap. 15.06.18, kap. 15.06.19,

Kap. 15.11.1, kap. 15.11.2, kap. 15.11.4, kap. 15.11.5, kap. 15.11.6,

Kap. 15.11.7, kap. 15.11.8, kap. 15.11.10, kap. 15.11.11, kap.

15.11.12, kap. 15.11.13, kap. 15.11.14, kap. 15.11.15, kap. 15.11.16,

Kap. 15.15.1 at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel

After the 1. 1.2045;



n) requirements of the chapter. 15.01.2 (a). (e)) at the latest on issue or

renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2045, this provision shall apply

only in the case that alarm systems are placed under the CAP. 15.15.8;



about) the requirements of the chapter. 15.02.5 second sentence for passenger vessels, the keel of which was

laid before 1. 1.1996, at the latest on issue or renewal of the

the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2045;



p) requirements of the chapter. 15.03.1 to 15.03.6 when you increase the maximum permitted

the number of passengers the requirements of Cap. 15.06.3 (a). (c)), the second sentence for

the dimension requirements of 0.7 m, kap. 15.14.1 for cabin vessels with

a maximum of 50 beds and on cruise ships, the requirements of the chapter. 15.14.2 in

cabin boat with less than 50 beds and on cruise ships with

a maximum of 50 passengers at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate

the vessel after 1. 1.2045;



q) requirements of the chapter. 6.02.2 at the latest on issue or renewal

the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2049;



r) requirements of the chapter. 2.04.3 sentence the second to fourth, kap. 5.07.2 (a). (e)),

Kap. from, kap. 6.12.1, kap. 6.12.2, kap. 6.12.3, kap. 7.02.6, kap.

7.05.2, kap. 9.11.4, kap. 11.07.2 and 11.07.3, kap. 11.13, kap. 15.01.1

(a). (c)), chap. 15.02.12, 15.06.6 (a). (c)) on any of the escape route through the

Engineering, kap. 15.11.7, kap. 17.03.1, kap. 17.03.4, kap. 17.04.2,

Kap. 17.04.3, kap. 17.09, kap. 15.12.1 (a). (c)) at the latest when

issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel;



with the requirements of section) 6.03.7 at the latest on issue or renewal

the certificate of the vessel, if the wheelhouse was not organized to manage the

the vessel's radar by one person;



t) requirements of the chapter. 10.02.2 (a). and for the first rope) that is on the vessel

exchanges no later than the 1. 1. in 2008, the second and third rope at the latest 1. 1.

2013,



for the requirements of Cap.) 11.04.1 for vessels with a width exceeding 7.30 m

at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. January

2035,



in the requirements section) 15.03.9, kap. 17.05.2 and 17.05.3 after the reconstruction

the vessel,



the requirements of chapter x). the second sentence of subparagraph (a). 10.02.1 (b)), chap. 15.06.1 second sentence

and chap. 15.06.15 at the latest when restoring the certificate of the vessel,



s) the requirements of the chapter. 15.06.1 first sentence, and the kap. 15.06.15 on enclosures,

that are part of the superstructures consisting wholly or partly of

panoramic posters, at the latest when the certificate of the vessel after the recovery

1. January 2045,



from the requirements of section) 15.14.3 to kap. 15.14.5, where the limit and control

the values do not exceed the values given in the chapter. 15.14.3 and kap. 15.14.5 more

than doubled to on-board sewage treatment plant has been released

the certificate, which confirms that the load corresponds to the normal capacity on

Board the vessel and was introduced by the waste sludge management system, which

is suitable due to the conditions of operation of the wastewater treatment plant on the

board passenger ships.



24.02.3 is a part of the vessel in operation changed or converted,

the relevant provisions of the chapter. 24.02.2 in relation to this specific part of

the vessel shall not apply. Replacement of existing parts for the part with the same

technologies or part of the same type, does not constitute an Exchange by

the previous sentence.



vessels referred to in Chapter 24.02.4. 24.01.1 must comply with the requirements of the chapter.

10.03.1, kap. 10.03.2, kap. 10.03.4 in the Exchange, at least 1. 1.2010.



vessels referred to in Chapter 24.02.5. 24.01.1 must comply with the requirements of the chapter.

11.05.2, kap. 11.05.3 from the issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel.



24.02.6 for passenger vessels which were equipped with collective life

resources by chapter. 15.09.5 from 1. 1.2006, these resources
be construed as an alternative to personal rescue resources. In the case of personal

the ships, which were equipped with collective life-saving appliances according to the

Kap. 15.09.6 from 1. 1.2006, these funds are considered

an alternative to a personal rescue resources to the issue or

renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2010.



24.02.7 CO2 fire-fighting systems installed before 1. October 1980 can be

used to issue or renew the certificate of the vessel after 1. January 2035,

If they meet the requirements of article. 7.03 paragraph. 5 of the regulation on inspection of shipping

cruises on the Rhine in force to 1. April 1976.



24.02.8 Fixed CO2 fire-fighting systems installed in the period between 1.

April 1992 and 31 December 2003. December 1994 may be used until the issue or renewal of the

the certificate of the vessel after 1. January 2035, if it fulfils the requirements of article. 7.03

paragraph. 5 of the regulation on inspection of shipping on the Rhine, in the version applicable to the

31. December 1994.



24.02.9 the recommendations of the Central Commission for navigation on the Rhine, released in the period

between 1. April 1992 and 31 December 2003. in December 1994, with regard to the article. 7.03 paragraph. 5

the regulation on inspection of shipping on the Rhine, in the version in force on 31 December 1996. December

1994 are valid until the issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1.

January 2035.



24.02.10 Kap. 10 (b). 2 (a). and) shall apply until the issue or renewal of the

the certificate of the vessel after 1. January 2035 only if this device

mounted on vessels whose keel was laid after 1. October 1992.



24.02.11 Navigation light, their covers, accessories and lighting

resources that meet the requirements of the color and intensity of light navigation

the lights and the requirements necessary to enable signal lights for navigation on

The Rhine on 30 June. November 2009, may continue to be used.



24.02.12 equipment for radar navigation, which was approved before 1.

1.1990, may be installed and used until the issue or renewal of the

the vessel certificate after 31 December 2006. 12.2009, in any case, not later than 31 December 2006.

12.2011, if they have a valid certificate of installation referred to in chapter. 6.06.1

or by the CCNR resolutions 1989-II-35.



24.02.13-turn indicators, which have been approved before 1. 1.

1990 and installed before 1. 1.2000, can be installed and used in

until the issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2015, if they have

valid certificate of installation referred to in chapter. 6.06.1, or by resolution of the CCNR

1989-II-35.



24.02.14 equipment for radar navigation and turn indicators,

that have been approved on 1 May 2004. 1. the 1990 or after that date, in accordance with the

the minimum requirements and test conditions for radar equipment

used to control the vessel in navigation on inland waterways

travelling on the Rhine and the minimum requirements and test conditions for

-turn indicators used in inland navigation

waterways to the Rhine, can continue to be installed and operated,

If you have a valid installation certificate according to the chapter. 6.06.1 or resolution

The CCNR 1989-II-35.



24.03. Derogations for vessels whose keel was laid on 1 January. April

1976 or earlier



24.03.1 On vessels under the CAP. 24.01.1, whose keel was laid on the date

1 April 1976 or earlier, in addition to the chapter. 24.02 also apply

the provisions of the chapter. 24.03.2.



vessels referred to in Chapter 24.03.2. 24.03.1 shall comply with:



and the requirements of Cap.) 6.01.2, kap. 7.10.2, kap. 9.01., chap. 9.03, kap. 9.06,

Kap. 9.10, kap. 9.11.2, kap. 9.12, kap. 9.14, kap. 9.15 am at the latest when

issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2015;



(b)) the requirements of Cap. 2.03.1 (a). and), chap. 2.04.2, kap. at the latest when

issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2035;



(c) the requirements of section) 15.02.5, kap. 15.02.6 first sentence, kap. 15.02.7 up

15.02.11, kap. 15.02.13, kap. 15.02.16, kap. No 15.04, kap. 15.05, kap.

15.10.4, kap. 15.10.6 to 15.10.8, kap. 15.10.11 the latest when

issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2045,



(d) the requirements of section) 6.05.2 at the latest on issue or renewal

the certificate of the vessel.



24.03.3 the provisions of the chapter. 24.03.2 does not apply to vessels that are

already in operation, if not the parts concerned are replaced or converted.

If existing parts are replaced by replacement parts using the same

technology or of the same type, does not constitute replacement within the meaning of

the transitional provisions.



vessels referred to in Chapter 24.03.4. 24.03.1 must comply with the requirements of the chapter.

2.04.7, kap. 3.01.2, kap. 3.02, kap. 3.03, kap. 7.08.3, kap. 7.08.4,

Kap. 12.02.5 at the time of issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after the

1.1. 2015.



24.03.5 the provisions of the chapter. 15.11.3 applies to the cruise passenger ships,

the keel was laid on 1 January. April 1976 or earlier, in the first

issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2045 with the fact that

only the colours, varnishes, lacquers and other materials used on the surface

areas facing to escape routes and other materials to the treatment of

the surfaces of the tiles must be non-combustible and shall not produce smoke or toxic

the fumes in the dangerous range.



24.03.6 the provisions of the chapter. 15.11.12 applies to the cruise passenger ships,

the keel was laid on 1 January. April 1976 or earlier that

It is sufficient if the steps in the form of steel supporting structures are

stairs used as escape routes designed so that in case of fire

were usable after approximately the same time as the steps in the form of steel

the supporting structure.



24.04. other derogations



24.04.1 for vessels with a minimum freeboard established by

Article 4.04 of the regulation on inspection of shipping on the Rhine in force

on 31 December 2001. in March 1983, may be at the request of the owner of the freeboard determined

in accordance with article 4.03 of the regulation on inspection of shipping on the Rhine, in the version

force on 1. January 1, 1995.



24.04.2 Vessels, the keel of which was laid before 1. July 1983,

may not comply with Chapter 9, but must at least meet the chapter 6

the regulation on inspection of shipping on the Rhine, in the version in force on 31 December 1996.

March 1983.



24.04.3 the provisions of the chapter. 15.06 paragraph 3(b). 3 (b). and) to e) and kap. paragraph 15.12.

3 (b). and the provisions on the length) on the hose shall apply only to

vessels whose keel was laid after 30. September 1984, and conversions

of space no later than when the first issue or renewal

the certificate of the vessel after 1. January 2045.



24.04.4 the application of the provisions of this chapter, after the expiry of the transitional

provisions may not be required, if it is from a practical point of view

difficult or if their application is associated with disproportionately high

cost and conditions of favourable opinion of the European Commission. These

derogations must be entered in the certificate of the vessel.



24.05. Derogations for craft which are not covered by the CAP. 24.01



24.05.1 the following provisions shall apply



and) for vessels used for navigation on the Rhine, which was proven to be

the ship's certificate shall be issued in accordance with the regulation on inspection of shipping on the

The Rhine for the first time in the period between 1. in January 1995, and 30. in December 2008, if the

on 31 December 2001. December 1994 she was in the construction or

the reconstruction;



(b)) for vessels used for navigation on the Rhine, which received

other traffic licence, between 1. in January 1995, and 30. December

2008.



24.05.2 the use of transitional provisions for vessels under the CAP. 24.05.1

It is possible in the event that such vessels are shown to be in accordance with the

the regulation on inspection of shipping on the Rhine, which has been in force

the date on which they were granted the certificates of the ship or other authorization to

the carriage.



24.05.3 the vessel shall be adjusted to comply with the provisions of that

shall enter into force after the first award of the ship's certificate or other

transport authorisation, in accordance with the transitional provisions in the

listed in table.



24.05.4 the provisions of the chapter. 24.04.4 shall apply mutatis mutandis.



24.05.5 of the vessel to which the certificate was issued before the vessel 1. 10.1999

must meet the requirements of the chapter. 2.03.7 at the latest on issue or

renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2041



24.05.6 of the vessel to which the certificate was issued before the vessel 1. 4.2003

must meet the requirements:



and) chap. 2.04.3 second sentence at the latest on issue or renewal

the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2041;



(b)), chap. 7.02.4, kap. 7.02.6 at the latest on issue or renewal

the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2025;



(c)), chap. 10.02.2 (a). and for the first rope) that exchanges on board

1 at the latest. 1.2008, for the second and third ropes into 1. 1.2012



24.05.7 of the vessel to which the certificate was issued before the vessel 1. 10.2003

must meet the requirements:



and) chap. 2.04.3 sentence of third and fourth at the latest on issue or

renewal of the certificate of the vessel;



(b)), chap. 10.04 at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel

After the 1. 1.2015;



(c)), chap. 10.05.2 at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate

the vessel after 1. 1.2010. Life vests, which were on Board at the date of

30.9. 2003 can be used for issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel

After the 1. 1.2010.



24.05.8 of the vessel to which the certificate was issued before the vessel 1. 4.2007

must meet the requirements:



and) chap. 5.02.1, kap. When the latest issue 5.03.1 or restore

the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2020;



(b)), chap. 5.07.2 (a). and), chap. 6.04.9 third and fourth sentence, kap. 7.03.3,

Kap. 6.04.3 is not on board a vessel adapted to the management of the wheelhouse

radar navigation by one person at the latest on issue or renewal

the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2010;



(c)), chap. 7.02.5 at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate
the vessel after 1. 1.2025;



(d)), chap. 7.06, kap. 7.07 at the latest on issue or renewal of

the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2045.



24.05.8 of the vessel to which the certificate was issued before 30 vessels. 12.2008

must meet the requirements of the chapter. 6.02.2 at the latest on issue or

renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2020.



24.05.9 of the vessel to which the certificate was issued before the vessel 1. 4.2008

must meet the requirements of the chapter. 7.05.7 first sentence, when the latest issue of

or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2015.



24.05.10 vessels to which the certificate was issued before the vessel 1. 4.1999

must meet the requirements:



and) chap. 7.05.9 second sentence at the latest on issue or renewal

the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2010;



(b)), chap. 7.05.13 at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate

the vessel after 1. 1.2015.



24.05.11 of the vessel to which the certificate was issued before the vessel 1. 4.2002

must meet the requirements of the chapter. 10.03 and at the latest on issue or

renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2035.



24.05.12 of the vessel to which the certificate was issued before the vessel 1. 10.2002

must meet the requirements of the chapter. at the latest on issue or 11.13

renewal of the certificate of the vessel.



24.05.13 of the vessel to which the certificate was issued before the vessel 1. 1.2006

must meet the requirements:



and) chap. 15.01.1 (a). (c)), chap. 15.01.2 (a). (b)), chap. 15.06.2, kap.

15.06.12, cruise passenger ships, the requirements of the chapter. 15.08.3 (a). (c)),

Kap. 15.08.7, kap. 15.08.9, kap. 15.09.1 first sentence, kap. 15.09.2, kap.

15.09.9, kap. on 15.09.11, kap. 15.12.1 (a). (c)), chap. 15.12.4, kap.

15.12.5 for cruise ships the requirements of Cap. 15.13 the latest post

or renewal of the certificate of the vessel;



(b)), chap. 15.01.1 (a). (d)), chap. 15.01.2 (a). (c)), for passenger ships with a LWL

less than 40 m or for a maximum of 75 persons, requirements chapter. 15.08.2, kap.

15.08.4, kap. 15.08.5, kap. 15.08.8, kap. 15.09.3, kap. 15.09.5 (a).

b), c), (f)), i), chap. 15.09.10, kap. 15.09.12, kap. 15.12.2 (a). and)

Kap. 15.12.6, kap. 15.12.7, kap. 15.12.8 (a). (b)), chap. 15.12.8 (a).

(d)), in the case of cruise passenger ships, the requirements of the chapter. 15.08.3 and chapter. 15.11.17,

Kap. 15.15.8 on alarm systems for cabin vessels without

stable sprinkler fire-fighting equipment with pressurized water requirements

Kap. 15.11.8, for passenger ships with the highest permissible number of passengers

250 or with the requirements of Chapter 50 beds. 15.15.5 and chapter. 15.15.6 no later than

on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2010;



(c)), chap. 15.01.2 (a). (e)) at the latest on issue or renewal

the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2045. This provision shall apply only in

If that alarm systems are installed according to the chapter. 15.15.8;



(d)), chap. 15.02.2, kap. 15.02.15, kap. 15.05.2 (a). and), chap. 15.05.2

(a). (b)), chap. 15.06.3 (a). (c)) in the first sentence, kap. 15.06.3 (a). c) sentence

the second dimension of 0.7 m, for kap. 15.06.3 (a). (f)) first sentence, kap. 15.06.3

(a). (g)), chap. 15.06.4 (a). (d)), chap. 15.06.5, kap. 15.06.6. (a). (b)),

Kap. 15.06.6. (a). (d)), chap. 15.06.8, kap. 150.6.9 (a). and (c)))

(a). (e)) and the last sentence, kap. 15.06.10 (a). and the first and second sentence),

Kap. 150.6.10 (a). (b) second sentence, kap). 15.26.13, kap. 15.06.14 sentences

First, kap. 15.06.17 second sentence, kap. 15.11.1, kap. 15.11.2, kap.

15.06.18, kap. 15.11.4, kap. 15.11.5, kap. 15.11.5, kap. 15.11.6, kap.

15.11.7, kap. 15.11.8 (a). and), chap. 15.11.8 (a). (b)), chap. 15.11.8

(a). (c) second sentence, kap). 15.11.8 (a). (d)), chap. 15.11.10, kap.

15.11.12, kap. 15.11.13, kap. 15.11.14, kap. 15.11.15, kap. 15.11.16,

Kap. 15.15.1, for passenger vessels, the keel of which was laid before 1. 1.1996

the requirements of the chapter. 15.02.5 the second sentence, the cabin boat with a maximum

50 beds, and in the case of cruise passenger ships, the requirements of the chapter. 15.14.1,

cabin boat with less than 50 beds and cruise passenger ships

with a maximum of 50 passengers the requirements of Cap. 15.14.2, at the latest when

issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2045;



(e)), chap. 15.06.6 (a). (c)) on any means of escape through the kitchen, kap.

15.07, kap. 15.06.7, kap. 15.08.6, kap. 15.10.2, kap. 15.10.3, kap.

15.10.4 (a). (f)), chap. 15.10.4 (a). I), chap. 15.10.6 first sentence to

Fourth, kap. 15.11.3 for cruise ships with LWL 25 m or less requirements

Kap. 15.10.4 at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel

After the 1. 1.2015;



(f)), chap. 15.06.6 (a). (c)) on any of the escape route through the engine room,

at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.

2007;



g) chapter. 15.12.9 at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate

the vessel after 1. 1.2015. This provision does not apply to passenger ships,

the keel was laid after 31 December 2006. 12. in 1995, the hull is made of wood,

aluminum or plastic and the engine room are made of a material

According to the chapter. 2.04.3 and kap. 2.04.4,



h) chapter. 15.03.1 to 15.03.6 on issue or renewal of the certificate

the vessel after 1. January 2045 and the increase of maximum number of

passengers.



I) requirements of the chapter. 15.03.9, after the reconstruction of the vessel.



24.05.14 is a part of the vessel in operation changed or converted,

the relevant provisions of Cap. 24.05.5 to 24.05.13 in relation to this

certain parts of the vessel shall not apply. Replacement of existing parts for the part of the

the same technology or part of the same type, does not constitute an Exchange by

the previous sentence.



24.05.15 Fixed CO2 fire-fighting systems, which were installed in the period

between 1. 1 January 1995 and 31 December 2000. in March 2003, are still allowed, if

meet the article. 10.03 paragraph. 5 of the regulation on inspection of shipping on the Rhine in

force on the date of 31. March 2002.



24.05.16 the recommendations of the Central Commission for navigation on the Rhine, released in the period

between 1. 1 January 1995 and 31 December 2000. in March 2002, to the article. 10.03 paragraph. 5 of the regulation on

inspection of shipping on the Rhine, in the version in force on 31 December 1996. March 2002

continue to be valid until the issue or renewal of the Certificate

The community after 1. 1.2035.



24.05.17 Kap. 10.05.2 (a). and to issue or to) recovery Certificates

The community after 1. January 2035 applies only if the device

installed on vessels whose keel was laid after 1. October 1992.



24.05.18 for passenger vessels, to whom the certificate was issued before 1. January

2006 and which were equipped with collective life-saving appliances according to the

Kap. 15.09.5 from 1. in January 2006, these funds are considered

an alternative to a personal rescue resources.



24.05.19 for passenger vessels, to whom the certificate was issued before 1. January

2006 and which were equipped with collective life-saving appliances according to the

Kap. 15.09.6 from 1. in January 2006, these funds are considered

an alternative to a personal rescue resources to the issue or to

renewal of the Community certificate after 1. January 2010.



24.05.20 Navigation light, their covers, accessories and lighting

resources that meet the requirements of the color and intensity of light navigation

the lights and the requirements necessary to enable signal lights for navigation on

The Rhine on 30 June. November 2009, may continue to be used. This

the provisions apply to vessels with ship's certificate, or authorization to

Transport before 1. 12.13.



24.05.21 equipment for radar navigation, which was approved before 1.

1.1990, may be installed and used until the issue or renewal of the

the vessel certificate after 31 December 2006. 12.2009, in any case, not later than 31 December 2006.

12.2011, if they have a valid certificate of installation referred to in chapter. 6.06.1

or by the CCNR resolutions 1989-II-35.



24.05.22-turn indicators, which have been approved before 1. 1.

1990 and were installed before the 1. 1.2000, can be installed and

used until the issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2015,

If you have a valid installation certificate according to the chapter. 6.06.1, or according to the

CCNR resolutions 1989-II-35.



24.05.23 equipment for radar navigation and turn indicators,

that have been approved after 1. January 1990 in accordance with the minimum requirements

and test conditions for radar equipment used to control

a vessel in navigation on inland waterways to the Rhine and

the minimum requirements and test conditions for speed

rotation, used in navigation on inland waterways to the Rhine,

can still be installed and operated, if they have a valid

the certificate of installation referred to in chapter. CCNR resolutions 1989 6.06.1 or-II-35.



24.05.24 of the vessel to which the certificate was issued before the vessel 1. 12.

2013, must meet the requirements:



and) chap. 10.02.1 (a). (b) not later than when the recovery certificate) of the vessel,



(b)), chap. 11.12.2, kap. 11.12.4., chap. 11.12.5 and kap. 11.12.9 no later than

on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2015,



(c)), chap. 11.02.4, kap. 11.04.2 at the latest on issue or renewal

the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2020



(d)), chap. 11.02.4 at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate

the vessel after 1. 1.2035,



(e)), chap. 15.03.7, kap. 15.03.8, kap. 15.03.9, kap. 15.03.10, kap.

15.03.11, kap. 15.03.13, kap. 15.06.1 first sentence, kap. 15.06.15 on

enclosures, which are part of the superstructures consisting wholly or

part of panoramic posters, at the latest on issue or renewal

the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2045,



(f)), chap. 15.06.1 second sentence, kap. 15.06.15 on enclosures, kap. 15.11.7 and

at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel and



g) chapter. 15.14.3 to kap. 15.14.5, where the limit and control values

do not exceed the values given in the chapter. 15.14.3 and kap. 15.14.5 more than
twice, to the on-board sewage treatment plant certificate has been issued,

that confirms that the load corresponds to the normal capacity on board

the vessel, and was introduced by the waste sludge management system, which is

suitable due to the conditions of operation of the wastewater treatment plant on the

board passenger ships.



24.05.25 is a part of the vessel in operation changed or converted,

the relevant provisions of Cap. 24.05.24 in relation to this specific part of

the vessel shall not apply. Replacement of existing parts for the part with the same

technologies or part of the same type, does not constitute an Exchange.



24.06. Transitional provisions



24.06.1 vessel which after 31 December 2006. March 2007 had a valid certificate

According to the regulation on inspection of shipping on the Rhine, it will remain in the

the validity of the unique European already allocated identification number

the vessel, possibly supplemented by the initial digit "0".



CHAPTER 24a



ADDITIONAL TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS FOR CRAFT NOT NAVIGATING

ON THE INLAND WATERWAYS IN ZONE R



24A. 01. Application of transitional provisions to craft which are already

in the operation, and the validity of previous Community certificates



24A. 01.1 Chapter 24a shall apply



and, for vessels) to which the certificate was issued for the first time before the vessel

30. in December 2008, and



(b)) on the vessel, which has acquired other traffic licence before 30.

in December 2008, if not operated on inland waterways

the go zone R.



24A. 02. Derogations for craft which are already in service



24A. 02.1 without prejudice to chapter. 24A. 03 and 24a. 04, the vessel must be

that are not fully in accordance with the requirements of this order, modified,

in accordance with the provisions, which will enter into force after their

the first issue of the certificate of the vessel or other transport licences

accordance with the transitional provisions set out in the chapter. 24A. 02.2.



24A. 02.2 vessels referred to in chapter. 24A. 02.1 must meet the requirements:



and) chap. 2.03.1 (a). and), chap. 12.02.10, kap. 12.02.11, kap. 12.02.12

(a). and (b)). (b)), chap. 12.02.13, kap. 12.03, kap. 12.04, kap. 12.06,

Kap. 12.07.1 second sentence, kap. 16.01.2, kap. 16.01.3 the last sentence

at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 30. 12.

2049;



(b)), chap. 2.03.2, kap. 22A. 03 the safety devices in the residential

rooms at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after the

30.12. 2024;



(c)), chap. 2.03.2, kap. 9.11.2, kap. 9.12.2 the safety devices

at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 30. 12.

2029;



(d)), chap. 3.01. at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel

After 30. 12.2019;



(e)), chap. 7.04 kap. 12.05, at the latest on issue or renewal

the certificate of the vessel;



(f)), chap. 11.02.4 and chapter. 11.04.2 at the latest on issue or renewal

the certificate of the vessel after 1. 1.2020



g) chapter. 11.04.1 at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate

the vessel after 1. 1.2035, in the case of vessels whose width exceeds 7.30

m,



h) chapter. 15.14.3 to kap. 15.14.5, where the limit and control values

do not exceed the values given in the chapter. 15.14.3 and kap. 15.14.5 more than

twice, to the on-board sewage treatment plant certificate has been issued,

that confirms that the load corresponds to the normal capacity on board

the vessel, and was introduced by the waste sludge management system, which is

suitable due to the conditions of operation of the wastewater treatment plant on the

board passenger ships.



24A. 02.2 requirements referred to:



and in the chapter.) 24A. 02 and in chap. 2.03.1, kap. 2.03.2, kap. 2.03.5, kap.

2.04.2, kap. 2.04.7, kap. 3.02, kap. 5.01.3, kap. 6.01.2, kap. 6.05.2,

Kap. 6.12, kap. 7.01.3, kap. 7.05.13, kap. 7.08.2, kap. 7.08.3, kap.

7.08.4, kap. 7.08.5, kap. 7.08.6, kap. 7.08.7, kap. 7.10.2, kap.

9.01.2, kap. 9.01.3, kap. 9.06, kap. 9.10, kap. 9.14.3, kap. 9.15, kap.

9.16.3, kap. 9.17.1



do not apply to craft which are already in operation, if not the

parts replaced or converted. If existing parts are replaced by

replacement parts using the same technology and the same type,

does not constitute replacement within the meaning of the transitional provisions.



24A. 02.3 navigation lights, their covers, accessories and lighting

resources that meet the requirements of the color and intensity of light navigation

the lights and the requirements necessary to enable signal lights for navigation on

The Rhine on 30 June. November 2009 or the requirements of the chapter. in the text 6.05

effective June 30. November 2009, may continue to be used.



24A. 02.4 Systems for radar navigation and turn indicators,

that have been approved and installed prior to 31 December 2006. December 2012, can be

continue to be installed and operated until the issuance or replacement

the vessel certificate after 31 December 2006. December 2018. These systems must be entered

the vessel's certificate under number 52.



24A. 02.5 Systems for radar navigation and turn indicators,

that have been approved after 1. January 1990 in accordance with the provisions concerning the

the minimum requirements and test conditions for radar navigation

systems for navigation on the Rhine, and with the provisions relating to the minimum

the requirements and test conditions for turn indicators

used for navigation on the Rhine, can still be installed and

operated, provided they have a valid certificate of installation referred to in

Kap. CCNR resolutions 1989 6.06.1 or-II-35.



24A. 03. Derogations for vessels whose keels were laid before 1. January

1985



24A. 03.1 Is the safety of the vessel and its crew provided another

in an appropriate manner, may not be under the conditions of chapter 24a. 03.2 required

compliance with the requirements of this annex, for vessels whose keel was laid before the

January 1, 1985.



24A. 03.2 vessels referred to in chapter. 24A. 03.1 must meet the requirements:



and) chap. 2.03.1 (a). and at the latest when) issue or renewal

the certificate of the vessel after 30. 12.2049;



(b)), chap. 2.03.2 on safety equipment in residential areas

at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 30. 12.

2024;



(c)), chap. 2.03.2, kap. 9.11.2, kap. 9.12.2 the safety devices

at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 30. 12.

2029;



(d)), chap. 3.01. at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel

After 30. 12.2019;



(e)), chap. 7.04 the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel.



24A. 03.3 requirements referred to:



and in the chapter.) 24A. 03.2 and (b). in the chapter. 2.03.1, kap. 2.03.2, kap. 2.03.5, kap.

2.04.2, kap. 2.04.7, kap. 3.02, kap. 5.01.3, kap. 6.01.2, kap. 6.05.2,

Kap. 6.12, kap. 7.01.3, kap. 7.05.13, kap. 7.08.2, kap. 7.08.3, kap.

7.08.4, kap. 7.08.5, kap. 7.08.6, kap. 7.08.7, kap. 7.10.2, kap.

9.01.2, kap. 9.01.3, kap. 9.06, kap. 9.10, kap. 9.14.3, kap. 9.15, kap.

9.16.3, kap. 9.17.1, kap. 10.01.9, kap. which, kap. 10.05.1, kap.

10.05.2, kap. 11.11.2, kap. 12.02.13



do not apply to craft which are already in operation, if not the

parts replaced or converted. If existing parts are replaced by

replacement parts using the same technology and the same type,

does not constitute replacement within the meaning of the transitional provisions.



24A. 04. other derogations



24A. 04.1 provisions of this chapter may not be after the expiry of the

transitional provisions applied, if it is from a practical point of view

difficult or if their application is associated with disproportionately high

cost and conditions of favourable opinion of the European Commission. These

derogations must be entered in the certificate of the vessel.



24A. 04.2 vessels operating exclusively on the territory of the Czech Republic



and on closed waterways), whose construction began before the 1. 1.

2009 or



(b)) for the carriage of cargo with a capacity up to 350 t and other vessels with the

displacement to 100 m3, whose construction began before the 1. 1.1950 are considered

for eligible if they fulfil at least the conditions of technical competence

valid to 31. 12.2008.



24A. 04.3 passenger ships, ferries, floating equipment, floating device

and other than a small pleasure craft has been issued for shipping

certificate before March 31. 12.2008, are considered eligible if they meet the

at least the conditions of technical competence valid to 31. 12.2008.

Parts or components of the vessel being replaced or reconstructed after

that date, however, must meet the requirements of this annex. For Exchange of the workpiece

for the purposes of this provision, it is not considered part of the same Exchange or with

an equivalent technology.



24A. 04.4 Restrictions area for vessels under the CAP. 24A. 04.02 and

derogations from the requirements of this annex shall be entered in the certificate

the vessel.



24A. 04.5 ferries with seating for 12 passengers including the

be considered eligible if they fulfil at least the technical conditions

competence set out in annex 2 of this order for small craft. For

other ferries shall apply the provisions of this annex in the range

necessary for the maintenance of safety comparable depending on the design

vessel traffic patterns and navigational conditions in the place where it is to be

ferry-boat operated.



24A. 04.6 On ferries designed for shipping abroad with relief under

Kap. 24A. 04.5 do not apply.



24A. 05. Transitional provisions



24A. 05.1 Kap. 24.06 shall apply mutatis mutandis.



CHAPTER 24b



TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE EMISSION OF GASEOUS POLLUTANTS

AND PARTICULATE POLLUTANTS FROM DIESEL ENGINES



24B. 01 to install fuel diesel engines and auxiliary engines
in the category of more than 560 kW installed on board vessels

before the date of entry into force of this Decree shall apply the Decree No.

223/1995 Coll. in the wording of the effective to date of the entry into force of this order.



24B. 02 the provisions of Cap. every, kap. 8.01.2, kap. 8.01.4, kap. 8.01.5,

Kap. 8.02, kap. 8.03.3, kap. 8.03.4, kap. 8.03.4, kap. 8.04.2 is

It shall apply from 30. 6.2009.



24B. 03 Kap. 8.03.3 is used for auxiliary diesel engines with

constant speed only if they have been installed on board:



and after 31 December 2003.) December 2010 in the case of engines of categories H, I, K;.



(b)) after 31 December 2006. 2011 if it is on the engines of category J.



24B. 04 Kap. 8.03.4 is used for auxiliary diesel engines with variable

speed only if they were installed on board:



and after 31 December 2003.) December 2009, in the case of engines of category J;



(b)) after 31 December 2006. December 2010, in the case of engines of category L;



(c)) after 31 December 2006. December 2011, if it is on the engines of categories M, N;



(d)) after 31 December 2006. December 2012, if it is on the engines of category P;



e) after 30. September 2013, if it is on the engines of category Q;



(f)) after 30. September 2014, if it is on the engines of category R.



Appendix I



Safety signs



Figure 10

Dress up a safety vest:



Color: blue/white



The symbols actually used may vary slightly from the graphic representation of the

in this appendix or be more detailed, if not change their meaning and

differences and changes must not lead to unintelligibility.



Annex 2



TECHNICAL CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY FOR SMALL VESSELS



Chapter 1



GENERAL PROVISIONS



1.01. The basic provisions



1.01.1. Annex lists the conditions for technical competence of small vessels

(hereinafter referred to as the "vessel") referred to in section 2 (2). 1 (a). (b)) of this order.



1.01.2. On vessels of a total weight, including the allowable load to

1000 kg or self-propelled to 4 kW or with

total area of sails to 12 m2 are subject only to the provisions of chapter

6.



exemptions from the provisions of 1.01.3. impair the safety of the vessel permits

State Navigation Administration (hereinafter referred to as "fairway management").



1.01.4. If the small vessel newly put into operation of recreational

vessel or water Scooter, subject to technical requirements

on recreational vessels under other legislation ^ 7), are

technical safety requirements of such a craft base

the technical requirements laid down by this law and other articles

5.02.3., 5., 5.05.4., 5.05.5., 5.06.3., 5.06.4. and 6.01. up 6.04.

of this annex. Water Scooter, according to the previous sentence, the requirements

laid down in articles 5.02.3., 5., 5.05.4., 5.05.5., 5.06.3., 5.06.4. and

6.01 up 6.04. This annex shall not apply. Compliance with the requirements of another

the law must be proved by the production of a declaration of conformity and

the designation of the vessel the CE mark. If not otherwise stated in this annex,

apply for a vessel in the service of the technical safety requirements, which

they were mandatory for its entry into service.



small craft Engine 1.01.5. newly placed in service and the engine of the newly

installed on a small vessel in operation must meet the basic

technical requirements referred to in another Act), including the 7 ^ ^

EC declaration of conformity of the connections to the motor and measure the CE marking. This

the provisions shall not apply, with the exception of pleasure boats and water

scooters, on the Exchange integral for the same type of engine, the engine installation

the vessel, whose construction was allowed until 31 December 2008. 12.2009, and vessel

will be newly put into operation until 31 December 2006. 12.2010, and on the engines, which will be

the newly installed on a small board until 31 December 2006. 12.2010.



1.02. The definition



For the purposes of this annex, shall be determined, if not in the relevant chapter of

unless otherwise specified, the meaning of the terms



and the length L of the vessel)-the maximum length of the hull of the vessel without

the inclusion of the rudder and bowsprit, measured in the plane of the projection

draught,



(b)) the width of the vessel (B)-the largest width of the hull of the vessel measured at the

the outer surface of the side shell plating in the projection to the plane of the largest

maximum draught,



(c) the height of the vessel) side of the H-the vertical distance from the outer surface of the

the bottom shell plating. the edge of the keel to the outer surface of the shell plating or deck

If the deck is not made to the top edge of the side shell plating

Hull, in the middle of the length L of the vessel,



(d)) of the vessel dive-the vertical distance between the lowest point of the vessel to

the surface,



(e)) the plane of maximum draught-plane corresponding to the surface

When the largest permissible draught, for which the vessel has enabled

the cruise,



(f) the freeboard of the vessel)-the vertical distance between the plane of

maximum draught of the vessel and the parallel plane

the lowest point of the deck plating on the side of the vessel, or if there is no deck

made, the lowest point of the upper edge of the side shell plating,



(g) the safety distance)-the vertical distance between the plane of

maximum draught and a parallel plane with her lowest point,

over which the vessel is no longer regarded as watertight,



h) vessel-2 cabin-motor boat, sailing boat, cabin

houseboat or other vessel fitted with a superstructure or areas designated by the

for occupancy.



1.03. the technical documentation of the vessels



1.03.1. for individually manufactured vessels subject to registration

vessels under the law before the construction of the vessel shall submit to the fairway

the Administration together with the application for authorisation of the construction of a vessel for approval

the technical documentation referred to below, the extent of detailed navigation

the Administration, in accordance with the structure and type of vessel



and with an indication of the overall specification) type of vessel, the shipping

zone and the author of the documentation,



(b) a description of the vessel, specifying and) describing in detail-the main dimensions

the vessel, the maximum and minimum dive, a safety distance of, kind of, and

the parameters of the machine or another power plant, construction and

the dimensions of the rigging including the desktop, the other main parameters

the vessel, the number of crew members and the number of passengers, the construction of the vessel,

the materials used for the construction of the vessel, the main elements of the ship-

the body and the execution of the shell plating, including dimensions, type and design

the steering device and method of its operation, the anchor equipment,

facilities, equipment, sanitary equipment, liquid fuel

gas, rescue and signal devices, equipment resources,

method of construction, etc.



(c)) the overall drawing of the Assembly (General plan) with the main dimensions

displaying the vessel in three views and in the main sections,



d) drawing of the main ribs, showing the main dimensions of the support elements,



strength calculation),



(f) calculation of buoyancy, stability), the safety distance,



g) drawing of the Assembly and rigging with the calculation,



(h)), the Steering Assembly drawing of the anchor and the uvazovacího device with

the calculation,



ch) scheme for marine systems,



I) scheme of electrical equipment.



The construction of the vessel can be started on the basis of the approval of the above

fairway Management documentation. After approval of the dossier navigation management

provides the detailed requirements on production documentation and design

the implementation of a vessel, the conditions of the construction, supervision of construction and technical

tours of the vessel.



1.03.2. Range of technical documentation and construction of vessels subject to the

the classification within the meaning of this Ordinance shall be subject to the approval and supervision

the recognised organisations for classification.



1.04. General requirements



1.04.1. The vessel must its structures and material match

its purpose, the shipping zone, for which it was designed, and the conditions

eligibility for use according to this annex.



1.04.2. All materials used in the construction of the ship's body, actuator,

the rigging, sails, steering, anchor and uvazovacího and equipment

other-stressed parts of the vessel shall have a suitable and familiar

mechanical, corrosion and other properties and the requisite quality, accompanied by a

credible evidence. Fiberglass and composite parts of the vessel must be

constructed in strict compliance with the manufacturer's prescribed technology.

The materials used in the construction of the vessel must have sufficient resistance

against corrosion, rot and sunlight or must be protected

a suitable paint coating technology for compliance with flawlessly applied the prescribed

by the manufacturer.



1.04.3. All solid non-demountable joints must be constructed

in compliance with the technological requirements for their implementation. Weld

joints of metal materials must be made with a valid svařečem

documented permission confirmation and proof of eligibility.



1.04.4. Cabin-the vessel must have the bow and the stern free handling

areas to allow the safe movement of persons when mooring, anchoring,

boarding, etc. and must have a Habitat for control of the vessel.



1.04.5. Cabin-the vessel must be its length through either after

peripheral the Gallery of at least 0.2 m wide, or the inside of the vessel.

All vessels must have a width of at least 0.5 m.



1.04.6. Cabin of the vessel must be equipped with at least two

closable escape passages to the open deck, allowing the escape

persons from the interior spaces of the vessel, one of which may be carried out

as an emergency in the implementation of the inside passage otevíratelného skylight

etc., placed in the front and the rear of the superstructure or on the bow and stern
the vessel. Each of the emergency passes must be of at least 0.5 m

x 0.4 m, or at least the diameter of 0, 50 m. Passes shall be provided with

doors, covers, hatches, etc., těsněnými to at least against splashing water.



1.04.7. Cabin-vessel with the galleries must be fitted with a handrail or

the structure must be to hold the handrail while walking along the parapet. Railing

or the handrail must be at the kajutového of the vessel also places increased

the risk of slipping and falling into the water.



the surface of the deck or 1.04.8. superstructures kajutových vessels in places

required for movement of the crew or service uvazovacího,

the anchor or other equipment must be safe against slipping or

must be equipped with an anti-slip surface.



1.04.9. The level of own vessel outside noise, measured at a distance of

25 m from the side of the vessel under normal operating conditions (at the nominal

performance of the drive motor) must not exceed 75 dB (A). The level of the internal

the noise in the wheelhouse of the vessel or at the leader of the vessel measured in

of his head and in residential areas may not under normal operating

conditions at the newly built vessels shall not exceed 70 dB (A) and

existing vessels (vessels constructed before the date of effectiveness of this

the Decree) 75 dB (A).



CHAPTER 2



BOAT HEATER



2.01. General requirements



2.01.1. Shipping body consisting of the hull and superstructures must be

rated so that when the largest permissible load and number of persons

navigation in the Canal zone under consideration or when pulling up on dry land or other

normal handling vessel was strong enough in the longitudinal and transverse

direction and does not show permanent deformation. Casings of vessels must be

waterproof for at least the amount of safety distance above the maximum

by immersion.



2.01.2. Boat heater must be fitted with an adequate system of longitudinal

and the transverse reinforcement to guarantee sufficient strength and rigidity to the ship

the hull and the superstructures. The transverse rigidity of the vessel must be sufficient

the number of counters or rack of ribs. Reinforcing elements (ribs, stiffeners

bulkheads, etc.) the ship's housing must be adequate support for the

the shell plating, to prevent excessive flexing and distortion

shell load the vessel as its own weight, the operating forces and

load, so static and dynamic effect of the water and the wind for operation

of the vessel or other influences. In the calculation of the strength of the ship's body is

can reasonably be based on the rules of recognized classification

the organization.



2.01.3. newly built housing Shipping vessels must be designed so as

After the implementation of static tests there in the hull and

types of permanent deformation. Static load test

equal to the maximum permitted load capacity vessels increased by 50%, evenly

distributed in equal half of the length of the length of the hull symmetrically

in the middle of. The test shall be carried out on the water or on land, when it is

the vessel propped in his quarters evenly the length from the ends of the

the vessel. From the static tests may be waived in the case of

documentation of the vessel carried out calculations of the fortress, the substantiation of the quality

materials and conducted by surveillance of the building shows that the ship is sufficiently

-rated.



2.01.4. In all places of the hull must be provided with access

allowing for maintenance and inspection of its technical condition. This condition is

does not apply to spaces just filled with foam material.



2.01.5. Climbing irons in the body to the extent of the safety distance

must be watertight, the other tight against splashing water on the dimension of the

at least 0.5 m x 0.4 m or at least 0.50 m in diameter.



2.01.6. Decks must be arched, střechovité or must be for them

longitudinal gradient. The deck must be dewatered at the side of the vessel. Decks must

be well reinforced to withstand a load of at least měrnému 150 kg/m2.



2.01.7. construction of the superstructure shall be sufficiently rigid, tight against the

splashing water and functionally well shaped. The roof of the superstructure, designed to

individuals must withstand a load of at least měrnému 150 kg/m2. Material

the superstructure must be waterproof, have good heat and sound insulation

properties and reduced flammability.



2.01.8. Residential Floor space and vessels not kajutových cockpits

be made directly to the shell plating. Parts of the floor must be reliably fastened and

easily removable.



2.01.9. The outer door, sealed Windows, skylights, hatches, etc.,

the superstructure of kajutového vessels must be close at least splash

water and closing the inside.



2.01.10. The two and the multihull vessel (catamarans, trimarány) must have the

fringe floats watertight hulls and broken transverse or longitudinal

the bulkheads on the sections of such a size that, when flooding of any

section not to the total loss of vessel stability. For watertight sections

It is possible to treat and waterproof inline imbedded tanks, other

buoyancy foam filled body or substance. Hulls and floats

catamarans and trimaránů must be linked so rigid deck

or platform that when navigation in the Canal zone, and considered pulling out

vessels on land are not permanent deformations of the vessel. Ensure the

These properties must be demonstrated by calculation or test.



2.02. The buoyancy, stability, safety distance



2.02.1. If the vessel is made as nepotopitelné, must have

such a stock flotation vessel completely filled with water

keep on the surface and provide the buoyancy of at least 5 kg on each person

maximum occupancy, but not less than 20 kg.



Nepotopitelnosti enables for example. by filling in some parts of the vessel

the foam material, the closure of some parts of the ship's watertight housings

bulkheads, extended bodies, air chambers or air

the tanks. The buoyancy of the flooded vessel must nepotopitelné

ensure when you load any location.



2.02.2. The vessel must be sufficiently stable under all foreseeable

situation normal operation in the navigation zone for which it is intended.

The stability of a sailboat is subject to special assessments.



2.02.3. The minimum safety distance of the vessel in the navigational zone 3

and 4 within the meaning of this Ordinance shall be distributed the load of the vessel

0.25 m.



2.02.4. The minimum safety distance of vessels in navigation zone 1

and (2) for the purposes of this Ordinance shall be distributed the load of the vessel



and in navigational zone 1)

BV = 0.25 + 0.035. L [m]



(b)) in the navigation zone 2

BV = 0.25 + 0.03 (L-5) [m]

While bv may be less than 0.25 m

where: bv-safety distance [m]

L-total length of the hull [m].



2.02.5 shall apply. for rescue vessels to the stability of the vessel shows

nakláněcím an experiment or calculation. Heeling moment is an inclining experiment

invoked by a load of 75. n [kg], where n is the number of persons maximum occupancy

located as close as possible to the side of the vessel, at least at a distance of 1/4

the width of the vessel from its longitudinal axis. The vessel does not have a u roll attitude

an inclining experiment exceed 15 and the safety distance must not be

fall below 5 cm. These vessels must comply with the conditions

nepotopitelnosti.



CHAPTER 3



PROPULSION DEVICE



3.01. General requirements



3.01.1. On small vessels can only use the internal combustion engine designed

for use on board a vessel, which is produced after 1980, however, is not

older than 25 years. It does not apply to the original historical craft and

their copies, if they have been labelled by the manufacturer as a copy, which was

made before 1950, and vessels with tightly embedded original

Designer ship's engines or motors, which was made after 1950.



3.01.2. The vessel must have powered a drive performance

the device that was due to its size it is sufficient

the ability to maneuver in the navigation zone for which the vessel is intended.



3.01.3. a vessel shall not use the propulsion engine of the larger performance than for

which is designed to carry and that is written in its ship's certificate

the vessel.



3.01.4. Propelling machinery of a total weight, including the authorised

load greater than 1000 kg must be able to reverse, including its

disposal of the shot.



3.01.5. To propel with built-in motors are recommended

use a special ship equipped with an internal combustion engine design

a special marine accessories (condenser cooling water condenser

oil, etc.).



3.01.6. A vessel powered by an outboard motor must have sufficiently fixed

part of the hull a specially tailored for his support and the transfer of forces to the ship

the hull. Outboard motor must be attached in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions

so that in case of its failure could be submerged part of the engine disconnected

(in order) from the water. Outboard motor cable must be ensured (chain)

against loss.



3.02. The engine room



3.02.1. Built-in motor must be located in a separate area of the vessel

-the engine room or must be equipped with a cover. These engine and covers, if

are combustible material must be protected against elevated temperature

coating, impregnation or fire-resistant lining.



3.02.2. Built-in motor must be properly attached to the engine
Base (motor bed) over several dnových reinforcement (ribs),

which must correspond to the weight of the structure and performance of the engine. The engine can

be attached flexible (used on smaller vessels) or firm. Engine

must be attached to the influence of the vibration of the drive device, avoid

excessive burden on the hull of the vessel.



3.02.3. Between the beams of the motor mount must be placed low metal

consolidated water tank drip oil suitable design allowing

emptying. The hull is made of steel collection tank

required if the design prevents the leaking oil into the spaces

the vessel.



3.02.4. The shaft from the built-in motor must be rated

According to the performance of the propulsion engine and must be of such construction that

ensure the safe transmission of forces generated by turning the propulzoru in both

senses of rotation on the constitutive elements of the ship's body.



3.02.5. All the accessible rotating parts of the propulsion equipment shall be

equipped with protective guards.



3.03. Internal combustion engines



temperatures in the built-in internal combustion engines must be sufficient

the air supply for combustion process of the machinery space or housing

the motor or the direct fresh air from the external environment to the engine.

The engine room or the motor housing must always be adequately ventilated, even if

direct air supply to the engine. Supply and exhaust air ventilation

engine or motor housing must be escorted outside of the ship's body,

not to bother people on board. Ventilation must be adequate and

vyměňovaného air quantity per time unit designed in accordance with the

the engine manufacturer's requirements and applicable regulations and standards. In the event that the

machinery space or the motor housing may not be sufficiently ventilated

an automatic circulation, the forced ventilation fan. The supply of

Air has to be on opposite ends of the engine or the motor housing.



3.03.2. suction pipe the built-in internal combustion engines must be fitted with

air cleaner suitable for construction. Intake manifold spark ignition engines

(excluding outboard engines) must be secured against the egress of the back

the flame of an internal combustion engine where is the mesh in the throat of the carburetor intake.

Where is the net means a network of thick conical insert brass or

copper fabric suitable for construction. The dimensions of some of Davy o.k.

lays down technical standards.



3.03.3. Fuel drip from the carburetor built SI

the engine must run to the collecting metal containers sealed copper or

Bronze fine sieve připájeným to the edge of the container, or bearing

Where is the net. Collector vial must be easily removable or shall

bear the vyprazdňovacím tap.



3.03.4. installation přívěsného the engine, "from" drive or another Compact

propulzoru, including its cooling, fuel and exhaust systems

the vessel must be carried out according to the instructions of the manufacturer.



3.04. Exhaust system



3.04.1. Exhaust gases of internal combustion engines incorporated must be kept

through the exhaust silencer and discharged from the vessel so that it does not endanger the and

the persons on board and remains in the area.



3.04.2. Exhaust pipe the built-in motor must be cooled with water

or isolated so that its surface temperature exceeds 60 degrees C.

Cooling of the exhaust pipe must be made water cooling jacket

located near the engine. For cooling exhaust cooling can be used

water cooling of the motor. The exhaust pipe must be fitted with a suppressor

the exhaust. All joints shall be gastight exhaust pipes.



3.04.3. If the exhaust gases are built an internal combustion engine

evacuated near the waterline of a vessel, it is necessary to install the device

preventing the entry of water into the engine or the exhaust pipe must be in

some parts are kept above the line of the highest dive.



3.04.4. The exhaust gases at the end of the exhaust pipe must not excessively

penetrate the atmosphere.



3.05. Engine cooling and oil



3.05.1. Cooling the built-in engine can be fed with water cooling

the water from the outer environment made as proportional or

Double-circuit.



3.05.2. the use of air-cooled engines due to the embedded

the conclusion of the motor in the hull and lower speeds Navigation considered

less suitable and sufficient cooling in the Board must be satisfied.



3.05.3. Due to the integral engine oil cooling the worse in

Board is recommended to use special oil coolers, if

This is not about a ship equipped with a special engine design directly by

condenser.



3.05.4. Cooling water cooler jednookruhového or dvouokruhového

the engine, oil cooler, cooler exhaust or other utility water is

fed to craft a majority together one or two vpustěmi

(inputs) and drain into the surrounding water drainage hole (output)

located on the shell of the vessel. Cooling water input (suction strainer, kingston)

must be covered by a grid having double the free area than

the following cooling of the intake manifold. System cooling water must be

entry equipped with filter or water closet to enable their cleanup

for cruises. Suction and drainage pipes of the cooling water must be near

the inner surface of the shell plating fitted with a shut-off valve to prevent

flooding of the vessel in the event of failure of the water system. For shut-off

the valve can be used in pipe flexible hose construction suitable and

tubes. The suction pipe is recommended to equip the non return valve for

prevent the outflow of water from the cooling system for the rest of the engine. Due to the

a significant cooling effect of external cooling water is recommended to equip

the cooling system thermostat.



3.06. Fuel System



being the fuel tank must be made of a material resistant to

scratch the used fuel. If they are made of metal material

must be protected against external corrosion; the permanent joining tanks

must be hard soldered with solder or welded. The tank shall be tested for tightness

the pressure of 20 kPa. Fuel tanks must be reliably on board

fastened that they cannot in the zone of navigation conditions spontaneously

release.



3.06.2. Fuel tanks with a capacity of more than 150 litres shall be

divided by bulkheads to prevent sudden splashing over the contents of the tank when

the inclination of the vessel.



3.06.3. Fuel tank spark-ignition engines must be located outside

the engine compartment and from living quarters must be separated by a bulkhead.



3.06.4. Fuel tanks for internal combustion engines must not be an integral part of the

the hull of the vessel.



3.06.5. Portable fuel tanks (canisters) must comply with the CAP. of being.

and must be reliably sealed and enclosed, must not have a greater volume than the

25 litres and on board must be reliably fastened and secured to

fuel leak could spontaneously.



3.06.6. The spaces in which they are located, the fuel tank must be

sufficiently ventilated. Ventilation must be led outside the vessel and must

ensure reliable extraction of fumes into the open air. Ventilation

the device must be fitted with Davy NET.



3.06.7. Fuel tank built-in diesel internal combustion engines shall

be placed in a separate enclosed space, or if the tank

located in the engine room, must be protected from the heat of the engine,

exhaust pipes, etc. protective cover.



3.06.8. Fuel tank and the filler pipe positive-ignition engines must be

grounded (dissipation of static electricity). The fuel tank must not be

equipped with výpustnými valves. Subscribe to fuel the pipeline must be made

of annealed copper pipes and the tank must be kept from the top.



3.06.9. Fuel tanks must be fitted with oil fill neck or

the inlet tube and close a reliable seal. The fuel tank

built under the deck or other premises shall be provided with

the oil fill pipe (pipe) written above the deck and sealed so that

When filling the fuel tank could not creep under the Board. This filler

the pipe shall be affixed on board in a reliable tight seal.

Minimum inner diameter nalévacího pipes fuel tank is 38 mm.



3.06.10. Fuel tanks must be fitted with a venting pipe

(pipe) written into free air above the deck, secure against

the intrusion of water and provided with at the end of Davy's net. Minimum luminance

the venting duct is a 16 mm. Internal diameter of the air-bleed

the pipes must not be less than twice the internal diameter of the feed

the fuel pipe.



3.06.11. Close the tank fuel line must be possible

close the built-in easily accessible stopcock. Between this

valve and tank or piping must not be the flexible hose. The fuel

the inlet pipe must be before entering the carburetor or

the injection pump is equipped with a reliable to clean the filter.



3.06.12. fuel supply and waste pipes of internal combustion engines shall

be made of seamless metal tubes, resistant against the effects of

the used fuel. The fuel lines must be mounted so

in order to be protected against mechanical damage, the release of the vibration,

radiant heat and excessive temperature.



3.06.13. Solid metal fuel pipe connections must be soldered with hard
solder or welded. The connection to the motor can be used short flexible

hose length not exceeding 500 mm, made from a material resistant to

dopravovanému fuel, reliably attached to the fuel pipe and the

the engine.



CHAPTER 4



THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT



4.01. General requirements



4.01.1. On a vessel is allowed to use electricity and

electric equipment with a voltage up to 24 in electric distribution and electrical

the appliance must correspond to the valid regulations and standards, which are

concern.



4.01.2. For the distribution of electrical energy, it is recommended to use a two-conductor

the system. In the case of the use of single-conductor system may be shipping

metal body used as a second cable on the condition of the safety equipment

According to the applicable regulations and standards. The power cable must be used

copper conductors with a Plait of the wires. Cross-sections of the cables must

correspond to the maximum protékajícímu a stream. The cross-section of the conductors must not be

less than 0.5 mm2. The wires must be protected with an appropriate insulation, durable

against water, oils, etc. According to the place of their installation. The end of the wires

must be soldered with or with eyes. The inlets to the appliances or resources

energy can be made, if necessary, flexible wires or

cables with rubber or other suitable insulation resistant against water,

oils, temperature, etc. in the implementation according to the place of their installation.



4.01.3. Power cable has to be accessible and must be sufficiently

protected against mechanical damage, water, oils, elevated temperature

etc. either location, protective pipes, or in any other way. Electric

the divorce must be kept at a distance of more than 100 mm from the possible sources of

heat and adequately protected.



4.01.4. electric distribution and electrical appliances must be resistant to

moisture and heat insulation must be permanent and must not change their

insulation status. In case of needs must be electrical appliances

(positional light, etc.) in a waterproof design.



4.01.5. All current circuits wiring must be properly

protected with circuit breakers or fuses. Circuit breakers and fuses shall not be

located in the same area of the vessel together with internal combustion engines

or other heat sources and fuel tanks.



4.01.6. Passes the electrical wires through the wall, desk or reinforcement

must be carried out so as to avoid wearing their isolation

or for any other damage, or if necessary, watertight

bushings.



4.01.7. Electrical equipment should be installed so as to ensure the

sufficient access to controls and all the parts that require

service or regular inspection.



4.01.8. Electrical equipment located on folding masts or

the other moving parts of the vessel must be connected to the power

the divorce of the vessel so that the wires, cords or cables are not subject

damage during tilting the mast and it is possible to disconnect.



4.01.9. Electrical equipment must not be installed at a distance of less than

75 mm from the walls of the fuel tank. For the heating of electrical equipment is

must comply with ČSN 32 5700.



4.02.



4.02.1. Accumulators must be well fixed to its base or to

battery Cabinet. The batteries can be placed only in the premises of the

or in closed cupboards well outside the rechargeable odvětraných

the space craft.



4.02.2. Primary or rechargeable batteries battery cabinets may be located in

the same compartment of the vessel along with positive-ignition engines and their

fuel tanks or fuel tanks, under the diesel engines or in

their proximity. In accommodation spaces, the batteries may be placed

only in battery cabinets. In engine with compression-ignition engines

the batteries can be built only on the opposite side is the fuel

System.



4.02.3. The inner surfaces of rechargeable the cabinets must be sufficiently

protected (e.g. with a suitable coating) against harmful action of the electrolyte.



4.02.4. Accumulators lead-acid batteries must not be placed together in the

one battery Cabinet or in a common enclosure

the vessel.



4.02.5. As close as possible to the battery isolator must be located. Between the

a circuit and the battery can be connected and automatic pumps

other emergency equipment. The circuits of these emergency facilities must have

separate circuit breakers.



CHAPTER 5



OTHER FACILITIES OF THE VESSEL



5.01. Steering gear



5.01.1. The steering system shall be installed and adjusted so that the

guaranteed sufficient views needed to safely navigate. From

the steering station must be able to control and check the operation of the

the propulsion device of the vessel.



5.01.2. The steering gear must allow its structures and performing

reliable and safe management of the vessel. If the vessel has the ability to reverse

operation of the steering gear must be sufficiently effective, even when the

operation. In the event of failure of the steering device shall be provided

the ability to maneuver the vessel at least limited in any other way.



5.01.3. The design of the rudder, his store and a device used to his

control must enable the inspection and maintenance of the individual parts of the whole

the device. Mechanical steering gear control shall be carried out

from stainless steel parts (levers, handles, cables, chains, tension

screws, bolts) or steel parts are protected against corrosion by coating

and must be secured against unintentional release of the individual parts

the device.



5.01.4. the sense of rotation of the steering wheel or the movement of the control

the steering gear must comply with the change in direction of the shipping, with the exception of

the Steering levers that are deployed directly to the rudder stock.



5.01.5. in the case of vessels with kajutových use of steering gear

of a different type than the rudder control steering lever acting directly

the stock of the rudder, the vessel must be equipped in case of faults even

emergency control of the helm.



5.01.6. The strength of the control mechanism of the steering gear shall be

the maximum achievable speed of the vessel shall not exceed 200 N at full

the deflection of the rudder.



5.02. Connecting the device



5.02.1. The vessel must be fitted with a sufficient number of uvazovacích

devices (rohatinky, pacholata, wire rings, etc.)

firmly enough with the design of the hull, which are available from the

handling areas or walkways of the vessel. At least one connecting

the device must be placed on the bow of the vessel, in order to permit towing

the vessel, and one at the stern of the vessel at both sides.



5.02.2. Connecting devices shall be of sufficient strength nadimenzováno

due to the size of the vessel and mooring forces. Sufficient to

considers the dimensioning and design according to the relevant technical standards or

implementation supported by calculation. The hull must be introduced for the forces

through the uvazovacího device in the place of its mounting is sufficiently

a stiffened.



5.02.3. A vessel which has indicated in the ship's certificate of eligibility to the

towing water skiers must have approximately one third of the length of the

the vessel measured from the stern of the towing device equipped with a well controllable

a tripping device for clamping the towing rope. This switch-off device

must be part of the vessel.



5. the anchor equipment



5.03.1. Vessel whose total weight including the permitted load is

more than 1000 kg, must be fitted with at least one main anchor and

Once the anchor auxiliary.

5.03.2. the weight of the main anchor is determined as the higher of the calculated mass below the ways



and the anchor volume) weight in kg vessels



Bmax

0.6 Lmax (-----H) +

2



where: Lmax-maximum length of vessel [m],

T-the largest vessel width [m]

H-height of the hull [m],

In-side superstructures area [m2]



(b) according to the length of the anchor) weight of the vessel

main anchor = for every 1 m length of 2.5 kg,

auxiliary anchor = every 1 m length of 1.5 kg.

The weight of the auxiliary anchor should be half the weight of the main anchors.



5.03.3. The calculated weight of the anchor means the mass of the anchors

admiralitního type or hinged anchors (Hall). For anchors of the increased

retaining the strength (Danforth) anchor weight can be reduced by 30%.



5.03.4. The anchors must be stored in the standby position, cruises on the

Board in an accessible place, or in anchor housing and must be using

the anchor chain at least 20 m long attached to the vessel. Fastening

a chain to the vessel shall allow for quick disconnection and release the chain in

the case of danger. The length of the anchor chain is approx. 4-6 times more depth

anchoring and does not exceed the length of 40 m Is allowed to use in place of the anchor

rope chain from plant or synthetic fibers. In order to ensure better

position the anchor on the bottom when anchoring the rope can be attached to an anchor

short chain length approx. 5 m rope to the vessel Connection must also

to ensure easy disconnection (cut) in the case of danger to the vessel.



5.03.5. Anchor must be marked with the registration mark of the vessel.



5.04. Sanitary equipment



5.04.1. Cabin and other vessels intended for the long-term stay of persons must
be equipped with either a chemical TOILET with removable sludge tanks, or WC with

waste management's written into the built-in collection sump tank. TOILET room shall

be vented into space.



5.04.2. Collector sump tank must be vented into space and must

be adapted to the emptying of the water content outside the workspace.



5.05. Device for heating and cooking



5.05.1. installation and operation of the local appliances and heat sources designated

for heating, cooking, etc. on board vessels, including the flue passes

walls and ceilings, distance from flammable materials, their protection

against the heat, etc., must conform to the valid ČSN 32 5700 "Fire

local safety appliances and heat sources on Inland

vessels "(hereinafter referred to as the" ČSN 32 5700 ").



5.05.2. On a vessel is allowed to install the appliance in a propane-butane with

bottles with a maximum load of 2 kg. The appliance including a bottle of propane-butane

must be securely stored and secured against movement and for kajutových

vessels-sailing can be hung in the kardanově. In addition, the

be located in the welded or hard soldered metal containers in which

must be in its lowest point located outside the outlet area of the vessel.

This outlet must be located above the level of the safety distance

the vessel.



5.05.3. the appliance on gaseous fuel may be in addition to the direction of the radiation of a

from unprotected combustible construction, 500 mm from combustible construction protected

insulating washer 250 mm from combustible construction protected by protective

orifice in the implementation according to the standard 32 5700 80 mm in the direction of radiation can be

the appliance from combustible construction is 1250 mm, non-combustible

construction or flammable construction protected the protective curtain according to the standard

32 5700 1000 mm.



5.05.4. Installation of liquefied gas appliances and receptacles (bottle) on the

liquefied gas filling and weighing over 2 kg shall be subject to the provisions of

designated technical devices under this Ordinance.



5.05.5. Liquefied gas must be removed in the gaseous state, IE. from the bottle

located in the correct position indicated by the manufacturer. Gas-consuming appliances in the

the operation must be supervised.



5.06. Fire-fighting equipment



5.06.1. construction of vessels must comply with the principles of fire protection.

Flammable materials must be in places of increased temperature or increased

the possibility of fire, impregnated coating, coated

fire-resistant materials or be protected by a non-flammable protective curtain of appropriate

construction, for example. According to the standard 32 5700 or in any other way.



5.06.2. On ships powered by an internal combustion engine must be embedded in the

located close to the engine fire extinguisher readily accessible suitable

design and capacity, and non-combustible extinguishing drape.



5.06.3. If the cooker is installed on the vessel or the heater with

open flame must be in their range of fire extinguishers placed drape. In

the space where the stove or heater with an open flame, it must

be located easily accessible fire extinguisher.



5.06.4. Cabin-the vessel must be equipped with fire extinguishers in the

the minimum number of total minimum capacity according to the type of the device and the

in the table below.



The length of the smallest number of

vessel fire extinguishers

[m]

----------------------------------

under 6 1

6 - 9 2

9-12 3

over 12 4



Fire extinguishers must be at least this capacity:



and 2.0 kg powder extinguisher) powder,



(b)), snow (CO2) 2.0 kg (0.3 kg CO2),



(c) fire-extinguishing foam 7 litres) pěnotvorné substances.



The weight of fire-fighting equipment shall not exceed 20 kg. Use the type

fire-extinguishing apparatus depends on its destination in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, and

powder fire extinguisher is, for the purposes of the vessels can be considered as

universal. Fire extinguishers when generating toxic gases

must not be used on board. If it is not installed on board

stove or heater with an open flame may be in addition to the vessel to

length 6 m the number of fire extinguishers shall be reduced by one.



CHAPTER 6



EQUIPMENT OF THE VESSEL



6.01. The vessel of a total weight, including the load to 500 kg

must be equipped with a beaker for pouring water or sponge, vyvazovacím

rope or chain longer 5 m and at least one paddle with the exception of the

vessels equipped with oars.



6.02. Other vessels must be equipped with a vyvazovacím braid longer 15

m, Spar, rescue or other suitable means of rescue

beaker for pouring water and a bucket with a rope.



6.03. Vessel longer than 7 m must have the second mooring rope and

self-propelled vessel also accessories for the machine

equipment and tools for minor repairs.



6.04. Cabin-the vessel must have a pump to pump water from the ship

the housing. The mouth of the suction pipe of the pump should be placed as low as possible in the

the hull of the vessel and must be fitted with the suction basket (sieve). This pump

You cannot drain the engine room of the vessel.



Annex 3



THE COMMUNITY INLAND NAVIGATION CERTIFICATE



Annex 4



PROVISIONAL COMMUNITY INLAND NAVIGATION CERTIFICATES



Annex 5



THE SHIP'S CERTIFICATE OF INLAND WATERWAY VESSELS



Annex 6



THE INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATE FOR PLEASURE CRAFT



Annex 7



did



Selected provisions of the novel



Article II of the Decree No. 6/2006 Sb.



Transitional provisions



1. The provisions of article. I, point 3 on the diesel category V1:1, V1:2 and

V1:3 apply only if they have been produced and installed on the

provided for inland navigation vessels after 31 December 2006. December 2006.



2. The provisions of article. I, point 3 on the diesel category V1:4 and V2

apply only if they have been produced and installed on the set

inland navigation vessels after 31 December 2006. December 2008.



Article II of the Decree No 38/2006 Sb.



Transitional provisions



For small vessels, which are in operation on the date of effectiveness of this Ordinance,

You can use a different engine than specified for use on board and made after the

in 1980, but not older than 25 years, not more than three years from the date of

the effectiveness of this Ordinance.



Article. (II) Decree No. 65/2015 Sb.



paid



1) European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC of 12 July 2005. December

2006 laying down technical requirements for inland

Cruises and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC.



European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/137/EC of 18 June 2003. December

2006, amending European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC,

laying down technical requirements for inland waterway vessels.



Council Directive 2008/59/EC of 12 July 2005. in June 2008, which is due to

the accession of the Republic of Bulgaria and Romania are covered by Directive of the European

Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for the

inland waterway vessels.



Commission Directive 2008/87/EC of 22 December 2004. September 2008 amending

European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down the

technical requirements for inland waterway vessels.



European Parliament and Council Directive 97/68/EC of 16 December 2002. December 1997

on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the measures

against the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants from

internal combustion engines for non-road mobile machinery, as amended by

European Parliament and Council Directive 2004/26/EC of 21 June 1999. April 2004,

amending Directive 97/68/EC.



Commission Directive 2008/126/EC of 19 July 1999. December 2008 amending

European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down the

technical requirements for inland waterway vessels.



Commission directive 2009/46/EC of 24 September 1996. April 2009 amending

European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down the

technical requirements for inland waterway vessels.



Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council 2009/100/EC of 16 December 2002. September 2009

on the mutual recognition of navigability of inland waterway vessels.



Commission directive 2012/48/EU of 10 June 1999. December 2012, amending

Annex to the European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC, which

lays down technical requirements for inland waterway vessels.



Commission directive 2012/49/EU of 10 June 1999. December 2012, amending

Annex II to the directive of the European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC, which

lays down technical requirements for inland waterway vessels.



2) Annex I to the directive of the European Parliament and of the Council 2006/87/EC of the European

12 December 2006 laying down technical requirements for vessels

inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC.



2A) Article. 1.21 the annex to Decree No. 344/1991 Coll., issuing the Order

navigation safety on inland waterways of the Czech and

Slovak Federal Republic.



2B) communication from the Czech Statistical Office, no 320/2003 Coll., on the establishment of

Classification of stem disciplines of education (KKOV).



2 c) Government Regulation No 174/2005 Coll., laying down the technical

requirements on recreational craft, partly completed recreational on

vessels and their selected parts, on jet skis and propulsion engines

recreational craft and personal watercraft.



2D) European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC of 12 July 2005.

December 2006 laying down technical requirements for vessels

inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC.
Council Directive 82/714/EEC of 4 March. October 1982 laying down the

technical requirements for inland waterway vessels.



3) Eg. ČSN 33 1500 Revision of electrical equipment, etc.



4) Eg. ČSN 34 1010 General regulations for protection against harmful

the touch voltage, etc.



5) Act No. 111/1998 Coll., on universities and amending and supplementing

other laws (University Act), as amended.



6) Act No. 561/2004 Coll. on pre-school, primary, secondary, higher

vocational and other education (the Education Act), as amended

regulations.



7) Government Regulation No 174/2005 Coll., laying down the technical

requirements on recreational craft, partly completed recreational on

vessels and their selected parts, on jet skis and propulsion engines

recreational craft and personal watercraft.



8) Directive 94/25/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 June 2003. June

1994 on the approximation of the laws, regulations and administrative measures

of the Member States relating to recreational craft.



Directive 2003/44/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 June 2003. June

2003 amending Directive 94/25/EC on the approximation of the laws, other

legislation and administrative measures in Member States concerning the

recreational vessels.



1) Eg. European Agreement concerning the international carriage of dangerous

things-ADR, 1. part of Annex A for a detailed list of dangerous goods is

uveřejňován publications SEVT.



2) Eg. CSN 32 5700 Fire provisions for installation of heaters on

inland navigation vessels, the CSN 06 1008 fire safety of local

appliances and sources of heat, etc.



3) Decree of the Federal Ministry of transport no. 344/1991 Coll., which

issued by the order of navigation safety on inland waterways of the Czech

and Slovak Federative Republic.



4) article 4 and the following directive of the European Parliament and the Council

97/68/EC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the

measures against the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants

particles from internal combustion engines for non-road mobile machinery in

the texts of European Parliament and Council Directive 2004/26/EC of 21 June 1999. April

2004 amending Directive 97/68/EC.



5) Act No. 361/2003 Coll., on the service of members of security

Corps.



Act No. 585/2004 Coll. on conscription and its provision (military

the law).



Act No. 15/1993 Coll., on the army of the Czech Republic and on changes and additions to the

some of the related legislation.



6) Government Regulation No 174/2005 Coll., laying down the technical

requirements on recreational craft, partly completed recreational on

vessels and their selected parts, on jet skis and propulsion engines

recreational craft and personal watercraft.



9) Government Regulation No. 266/2009 Coll., on technical requirements on maritime

the device, in the wording of later regulations.